ML18151A409: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:. . .
{{#Wiki_filter:. ..
* e VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 November 15, 1990 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attention:
* VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 e
Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555 ' Gentlemen:
November 15, 1990 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     Serial No. 90-682 Attention: Document Control Desk                       NO/SAH/acm Washington, D.C. 20555                     '           Docket Nos. 50-280 50-281 50-338 50-339 Gentlemen:                                             License Nos. DPR-32 DPR-37 VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY                                 NPF-4 SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2                                   NPF-7 NORTH ANNA POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 REVISION TO CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN REVISION TO CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(q), Virginia Electric and Power Company hereby submits a revision to the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Manual.       This revision, dated October 15, 1990, updates the previous submittals of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures.
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 NORTH ANNA POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 Serial No. NO/SAH/acm Docket Nos. License Nos. REVISION TO CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN REVISION TO CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 90-682 50-280 50-281 50-338 50-339 DPR-32 DPR-37 NPF-4 NPF-7 Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(q), Virginia Electric and Power Company hereby submits a revision to the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Manual. This revision, dated October 15, 1990, updates the previous submittals of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures.
This revision does not decrease the effectiveness of our Emergency Plan and the plan, as revised, continues to meet the standards of 10 CFR 50.47(b).
This revision does not decrease the effectiveness of our Emergency Plan and the plan, as revised, continues to meet the standards of 10 CFR 50.47(b).
W. L. St wart Senior President-Nuclear Enclosures cc: U. s. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (4 copies) 101 Marietta Street, N.W. Suite 2900
W. L. St wart Senior         President-Nuclear Enclosures cc: U. s. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (4 copies) 101 Marietta Street, N.W.
* Atlanta, GA 30323 Mr. M. s. Lesser NRC Senior Resident Inspector North Anna Power station Mr. William E. Holland NRC Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station 9011 :2E:027:3 PDR ADOCK .. 1--' 901.11!:i CJ!=innn*::**=*n  
Suite 2900
----F*B{ *
* Atlanta, GA 30323 Mr. M. s. Lesser NRC Senior Resident Inspector North Anna Power station Mr. William E. Holland NRC Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station 9011 :2E:027:3 901.11!:i PDR
,. ' .
            .. '  ADOCK CJ!=innn*::**=*n
* VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY REVISIONS TO CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN AND CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Enclosed are recently revisions to the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures.
                          - - - -F*B{
Please take the following actions in order to keep your manual updated with the most recent revisions.
* 1--
Remove and Destroy Dated Entire contents of 03/01/90 Corporate Emergency Response Plan All Corporate Plan 03/01/90 Implementing Procedures*
 
Insert Corrected Copy Dated Entire contents of 10/15/90 Corporate Emergency Response Plan All Corporate Plan 10/15/90 Implementing Procedures CPIP 3.2, previously dated 08/01/90, is also included in this revision and must be replaced with the 10/15/90 version. Emergency Plan Privacy and Proprietary Material has been removed. Reference Generic Letter No. 81-27.
    .
* VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN POLICY STATEMENT CERP Page i-1 03-01-90 The Corporate Emergency Response Plan establishes the guidelines of responsibility, authority, actions and resources required to cope with emergency situations that may arise at North Anna or Surry Power Stations.
,. '
It is the policy of Virginia Power to vigorously pursue a program of Emergency Preparedness in support of our nuclear power stations.
* VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY REVISIONS TO CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN AND CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Enclosed are recently revisions to the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures. Please take the following actions in order to keep your manual updated with the most recent revisions.
This Emergency Response Plan complies with the standards of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and is compatible with existing plans of Local, State, Federal and other organizations that respond or provide assistance
Remove and Destroy     Dated    Insert Corrected Copy  Dated Entire contents of 03/01/90          Entire contents of 10/15/90 Corporate Emergency                 Corporate Emergency Response Plan                        Response Plan All Corporate Plan   03/01/90       All Corporate Plan 10/15/90 Implementing                         Implementing Procedures*                          Procedures CPIP 3.2, previously dated 08/01/90, is also included in this revision and must be replaced with the 10/15/90 version.
:,; duri-ng-.
Emergency Plan Privacy and Proprietary Material has been removed.
a-r1-emergency.
Reference Generic Letter No. 81-27.
Virginia Power requires compliance with this Plan. W. L. Stewart Senior Vice President-Nuclear
 
___J Section No. VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS i Subject Index 1.0 Definitions 2.0 Scope and Applicability 3.0 Surrrnary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan 4.0 Emergency Conditions 5.0 Organizational Controls 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities 7.0 Recovery 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 9.0 General Training Guide CERP Page i-2 03-01-90
CERP Page i-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN POLICY STATEMENT The   Corporate     Emergency Response     Plan   establishes   the guidelines of responsibility, authority, actions and resources           required to cope with emergency situations that may arise at North Anna or Surry Power Stations.
*
It is the policy of Virginia Power to vigorously pursue a program of Emergency Preparedness           in support of our nuclear power stations. This Emergency Response         Plan   complies with   the standards of the       Nuclear Regulatory Commission           and is compatible with existing plans of Local, State, Federal and other organizations that respond or provide assistance         :,;
* Part 1.0 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS Subject Definitions CERP Page 1-1 03-01-90 Page 1.2
duri-ng-. a-r1- emergency. Virginia Power requires compliance with this Plan.
* 1. 0
W. L. Stewart Senior Vice President-Nuclear
* Definitions CERP Page 1-2 03-01-90 1.1 CERC -Corporate Emergency Response Center located on the ground floor, Innsbrook Technical Center in Glen Allen, Virginia.
* ___J
1.2 CERP -Corporate Emergency Response Plan, the plan that describes the Corporate Emergency Response organization.
 
1.3 CERT -Corporate Emergency Response Team, teams of emergency response personnel that staff the Corporate Emergency Response organization.
CERP Page i-2 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS Section No.
1.4 Company -Virginia Power. 1.5 CPIP -Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures, the emergency procedures that implement the Corporate Plan. 1.6 CR -Control Room, the main control center at the station. 1.7 EAL -Emergency Action Levels, station events upon which emergency classifications are based. 1.8 Emergency Classifications:
i   Subject Index 1.0 Definitions 2.0 Scope and Applicability 3.0 Surrrnary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan 4.0 Emergency Conditions 5.0 Organizational Controls 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities 7.0 Recovery 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 9.0 General Training Guide
Notification of Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency 1.9 EPIP -Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, emergency procedures that implement the Station Emergency Plan. I.IO ERF -Emergency Response Facilities, emergency facilities that are staffed upon declaration of an emergency classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency to include CR, TSC, OSC, LEOF, CERC, JPIC, LMC . 1.11 ERFCS -Emergency Response Facility Computer System, a computer system that provides plant status to the major Emergency Response facilities.
* VIRGINIA POWER CERP Page 1-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS Part              Subject             Page 1.0              Definitions         1.2
* CERP Page 1-3 03-01-90 1.12 JPIC -Joint Public Information Center, a part of the Corporate Emergency Response Center responsible for providing timely and accurate information, concerning an emergency, to the media. 1.13 L_EOF -Local Emergency Operations Facility, an Emergency Response facility at the station where Virginia Power, State and Federal officials assess station operating conditions, offsite radiological conditions and make protective action recommendations based on those conditions.
* CERP Page 1-2
1.14 LMC -Local Media Center, nearsite location where members of the media can be briefed by Federal, State and Virginia Power representatives.
* 1. 0 Definitions 1.1 03-01-90 CERC - Corporate Emergency Response Center located on the ground floor, Innsbrook Technical Center in Glen Allen, Virginia.
1.15 Nearsite -Within the site boundary area, but beyond the protected area. 1.16 Offsite -Beyond the site boundary.
1.2 CERP - Corporate Emergency Response Plan, the plan that describes the Corporate Emergency Response organization.
1.17 Onsite -Within the protected area, surrounded by security fence. 1.18 DSC Operational Support Center, onsite ERF designated as a staging area for emergency response support personnel.
1.3 CERT - Corporate Emergency Response Team, teams of emergency response personnel that staff the Corporate Emergency Response organization.
1.19 Protected Area -The immediate.area around the station which has construction completed and is enclosed by a fence. 1.20 Site Boundary -That property boundary beyond which the land is not owned, or controlled by the licensee.
1.4 Company - Virginia Power.
1.21 TSC -Technical Support Center, an Emergency Response Facility, located adjacent to the station control room, which contains instrumentation that provides station status to responsible personnel during an emergency.
1.5 CPIP - Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures, the emergency procedures that implement the Corporate Plan.
* Part 2.0 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 2 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY Subject Scope and Applicability CERP Page 2-1 03-01-90 Page 2.2 
1.6 CR - Control Room, the main control center at the station.
** 2.0 Scope and Applicability CERP Page 2-2 03-01-90 The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) establishes the fundamental guidelines necessary for the response to and mitigation of emergency events that may occur at the North Anna or Surry Power Station. Included are provisions to commit Company resources to the response effort, to allow deviation from standard policy and to provide long term recovery support. The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) is also designed to ensure compatibility with the planning efforts of offsite organizations which may provide assistance in the event of an emergency.
1.7 EAL - Emergency Action Levels, station events upon which emergency classifications are based.
The basic purpose of the Plan is to establish a corporate emergency response organization which will support the affected station with respect to emergency management and resources, and to provide facilities, equipment, and services necessary for recovery.
1.8 Emergency Classifications:
Notification of Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency 1.9 EPIP - Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, emergency procedures that implement the Station Emergency Plan.
I.IO ERF - Emergency Response Facilities, emergency facilities that are staffed upon declaration of an emergency classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency to include CR, TSC, OSC, LEOF, CERC, JPIC, LMC .
* 1.11 ERFCS - Emergency Response Facility Computer System, a computer system that provides plant status to the major Emergency Response facilities.
* CERP Page 1-3 03-01-90 1.12 JPIC - Joint Public Information Center, a part of the Corporate Emergency Response Center responsible for providing timely and accurate information, concerning an emergency, to the media.
1.13 L_EOF - Local Emergency Operations Facility, an Emergency Response facility at the station where Virginia Power, State and Federal officials assess station operating conditions, offsite radiological conditions and make protective action recommendations based on those conditions.
1.14 LMC - Local Media Center, nearsite location where members of the media can be briefed by Federal, State and Virginia Power representatives.
1.15 Nearsite - Within the site boundary area, but beyond the protected area.
1.16 Offsite - Beyond the site boundary.
1.17 Onsite - Within the protected area, surrounded by security fence.
1.18 DSC Operational Support Center, onsite ERF designated as a staging area for emergency response support personnel.
1.19 Protected Area - The immediate.area around the station which has construction completed and is enclosed by a fence.
1.20 Site Boundary - That property boundary beyond which the land is not owned, or controlled by the licensee.
1.21 TSC - Technical Support Center, an Emergency Response Facility, located adjacent to the station control room, which contains instrumentation that provides station status to responsible personnel during an emergency.
 
CERP Page 2-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 2 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY Part            Subject               Page 2.0      Scope and Applicability       2.2
* CERP Page 2-2 03-01-90 2.0 Scope and Applicability The   Corporate   Emergency   Response   Plan   (CERP) establishes   the fundamental guidelines necessary for the     response   to and mitigation of emergency events   that may occur at the North Anna or Surry Power Station.
Included are provisions to commit Company resources to the response effort, to allow deviation from standard policy and to provide long term recovery support. The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) is also designed         to ensure compatibility with     the planning efforts of offsite organizations which may provide assistance in the event of an emergency.
The basic purpose of the Plan is to establish a corporate emergency response organization which will support the affected station with respect to emergency management and       resources,   and   to   provide   facilities, equipment, and services necessary for recovery.
The ultimate goal is to ensure the protection of the health and safety of the general public during unusual or emergency conditions.
The ultimate goal is to ensure the protection of the health and safety of the general public during unusual or emergency conditions.
The organizational framework of the CERP dictat~s that the Corporate Response Manager is responsible for implementation of this plan .
The organizational framework of the CERP dictat~s that the         Corporate Response Manager is responsible for implementation of this plan .
* *
**
* Part 3.0 3.1 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 3  
* VIRGINIA POWER CERP Page 3-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 3


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CERP Subject Summary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan Organizational Structure CERP Page 3-1 03-01-90 Page 3.2 3.3 3.0 Summary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) CERP Page 3-2 03-01-90 The types of emergencies at the nuclear stations are divided into four classifications covering a broad spectrum of potential occurrences.
OF CERP Part                Subject                           Page 3.0 Summary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan     3.2 3.1 Organizational Structure                         3.3
The classifications range from 11 Notification of Unusual Event 11 in which offsite officials are notified of an unusual condition, through 11 General Emergency 11 in which a potential or actual threat to the Health and Safety of the public exist. These classifications are compatible with the applicable State and local government emergency plans. The CERP which is implemented at an 11 Alert 11 or higher classification, provides a mechanism for supporting the station response effort, including determination of offsite radiological conditions and establishing recovery operations.
The CERP also provides additional support if the emergency is of such a magnitude that Company resources are overextended.
Such support may. be additional manpower to augment the station's operating staff, manpower in specialized disciplines, and specialized emergency response equipment and services.
Upon activation of the CERP, the Corporate Response Manager directs operation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), while the Recovery Manager directs LEOF operations and serves as a liaison between the station and CERC. Concurrent with the activation.
of the CERC, the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) Director will report to the JPIC in the cafeteria at the Innsbrook Technical Center to coordinate activation.
and management of the JPIC. 
* *
* CERP Page 3-3 03-01-90 Official news releases to the media, including briefings by the Chief Technical Spokesman, are made from the JPIC. Following approval by the Corporate Response Manager, press releases are distributed to the media and to the Local Media Center for distribution to news personnel assembled at that facility.
Questions from the general public concerning the event are addressed from the Public News Center, which is a part of the JPIC faci 1 i ty. 3.1 Organizational Structure The organizational structure for the Corporate Emergency Response Center, the Local Emergency Operations Facility and the Joint Public Information Center is provided in Sections 3.1.1, 3.1.2 and 3.1.3, respectively, of this plan. Each of the above sections contains functional position descriptions of the emergency response positions required to support the facility, followed by organizational charts depicting the organizational hierarchy and the position required for facility activation.
Both 11 minimum 11 and 11 fully activated" charts are provided, where the 11 minimum 11 chart depicts the organization required for irrmediate staffing.
The 11 fully-staffed 11 chart shows the augmented organization which. is established to provide maximum support of the stations' needs. A matrix indicating those Company personnel who are assigned to fill these positions is maintained on file by the Corporate Emergency Planning department .
I *
* 3.1.1. CERP Page 3-4 03-01-90 Corporate Emergency Response Center Functional Descriptions A. Corporate Response Manager B. The_ Corporate Response Manager* assumes overall control and operation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center, and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 Allocating the use of company re?ources to aid the affected station in the mitigation of and recovery from an accident.
Activation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center. Ensuring CERC functional positions are adequately staffed to support the affected station. Ensuring resources requested are dispatched efficiently and timely. Directing transition of CERP personnel functions from response to recovery operations upon event termination.
Administrative Services Manager The Administrative Services Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Providing the needed clerical support for the CERC to function efficiently.
Handling all arrangements for travel, lodging and meals for those needed to support station and corporate response.
Functioning as the Purchasing Agent with responsibility for contract negotiation/administration and material control. Administering petty cash funds, expense accounts and establishing emergency account numbers. Providing for food deliveries, operation of field kitchens (if necessary) and for trash disposal.
Providing manpower, both technical and craft disciplines, as needed and providing labor relations assistance, as required.
Staffing the motor pool facility and providing vehicles for the response organization.
Providing adequate sanitation facilities for onsite and offsite response personnel.
Providing security personnel, as needed, to maintain station security and offsite response organization security.
Establishing a 24-hour shift schedule as necessary.
Coordinating the transmission of approved news releases over the Nuclear Network System. Providing management direction to the following positions:
0 0 0 Clerical Support Staff CERC Communicator Technical Library Coordinator
* C. 0 0 0 0 TelecolTITiunications Coordinator Computer Services Coordinator Procurement Services Coordinator Accets Control Staff CERP Page 3-5 03-01-90 Technical Support Manager The Technical Support Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ensuring station conditions are analyzed and guidance developed (if necessary) for core and system protection.
Supporting the station by developing procedures to support operations (if necessary).
Assisting in analyzing instrumentation and control problems.
Coordinating installation of short term instrumentation and control modifications.
Reviewing and assessing radiological controls in effect at the stations.
Analyzing and coordinating waste management controls and plans . . Performing dose assessment calculations as backup to the stations.
Resolving questions concerning operating license requirements.
Providing management direction to the following positions:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Radiological Control and Waste Management Reactor Core Analysis Safety Analysis Operations Support SPDS Licensing Chemistry Meteorology D. Medical Advisor The Medical Advisor reports to the Corporate Response Manager and *is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 Alerting appropriate personnel, internal and external to the company, to coordinate medical activities.
Notifying MCV/VCU if radiation exposure and/or contamination is involved in any injury case. Monitoring the medical handling of injured/exposed persons. Notifying MCV/VCU of any contaminated injury victims being transported to MCV/VCU regarding estimated time of arrival, number of cases, and medical condition.
Establishing contact with families of injured persons and keeping them updated.
* E. F.
* G . 0 CERP Page 3-6 03-01-90 Assisting with interpretation of medical information and procurement of consultation medical services as requested by the Corporate Response Manager. Plan/Design/Construction Manager The Plan/Design/Construction Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 Providing the direct contact between Virginia Power Company, the A/E, the NSSS supplier and other equipment suppliers for all design changes and/or needed assistance.
Directing, coordinating and approving engineering, design and construction activities onsite as needed. Coordinating In-house Engineering Reviews and Design efforts utilizing the Virginia Power PES Staff (if needed). Determining the need for construction of new facilities onsite in order to mitigate and/or recover from an accident.
Establishing which engineering design and construction activities, if any, shall conform to utility formal requirements or be documented by the utility Quality Assurance procedures.
Providing management direction to the following positions:
0 0 0 0 Power Station Engineering Director Power Station Construction Director Consultant and Equipment Support Director Recovery Operations Planning Coordinator Chief Technical Spokesman The Chief Technical Spokesman reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Serving as the official company spokesperson during CERP activation.
Responding to technical inqu1r1es from the news media. Ensuring that statements issued to the media are technically correct and factual. Conducting press briefings.
Coordinating reviews with the Corporate Response Manager or Recovery Manager to ensure that press releases are accurate.
Reporting changes in emergency status to the media (i.e. classification upgrades).
Advising the JPIC Director and/or Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator of changes in emergency status. JPIC Director Responsibilities are delineated under the JPIC Organization Functional Description.
( 1 ) ( 1 )
* I ADMIN. SERVICES MANAGER ( 1 ) -CLERICAL SUPPORT -CERC COMMUNIC. ( 1 ) ( 1 ) ( 1 )
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTER Minimum Organization For Activation CORPORATE RESPONSE MANAGER ( 1 ) I I TECHNICAL JPIC CHIEF SUPPORT DIRECTOR TECHNICAL MANAGER SPOKESMAN ( 1 ) ( 1 ) ( 1 ) -RX. ENGINEER -HPTECH. -SAFETY ASSESS.
* I PLAN/DESIGN/
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ( 1 ) -( 1 ) SPDS f\OTE: . 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE.
: 2. MINIMUM ORGANIZATION EQUALS 12 PEOPLE. ' <O JJ 0 CD "U ..... w ' ' (!) --J 0
* I ADMIN. SERVICES MANAGER ( 1 ) ( 3 ) -CLERICAL SUPPORT . ( 1 ) ._ CERC COMMUNIC. ( 1 ) ._ TECH. LIBRARY CCX)A[)INATffi
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTER Fully Staffed Organization I TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER ( 1 ) ( 1 ) -RX. ENGINEER ( 1 ) ._ HP TECH. ( 1 ) ._ SAFETY ANALYSIS ( 1) -SPDS CORPORATE RESPONSE MANAGER ( 1 ) JPIC DIRECTOR ( 1 ) + SEE PRESENT ORGANIZATION I CHIEF TECHNICAL SPOKESMAN ( 1 ) ( 2 ) ._ TELECOMMUNICATIONS ( 1 ) _ LICENSING MEDiCAL ( 1} ADVISOR ( 1 } ._ COMPUTER SERVICES ( 1 } ._ PROCUREMENT SERVICES I\OTE: ( 1 } -CHEMISTRY ( 1 } ._ OPS SUPPORT ( 1 ) -METEOROLOGICAL
: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO FULLY STAFF. I PLAN/DESIGN/
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ( 1 ) * ( 1 } -CONSULTANT AND EQUIP. SUPPORT DIRECTOR ( 1 } ._ POWER STATION ENGINEERING DIRECTOR ( 1 } -POWER STATION CONSTRUCTION DIRECTOR ( 1 ) --RECOVERY OPERATIONS PLANNING COORDINATOR
~JQ I co II 0 CD "0 _._ w I I (0 00 0
* 3.1. 2 *
* CERP Page 3-9 03-01-90 Local Emergency Operations Facility Functional Descriptions A. B. Recovery Manager (RM) The and 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Recovery Manager assumes overall control of LEOF operations functions.
The Recovery Manager is responsible for: Ensuring that necessary personne]
are available to staff functional positions within the LEOF. Directing, supervising, and coordinating LEOF activities.
Assessing and providing protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
Notifying state and 1 oca l governments of
* the emergency status and any changes in a timely manner. Providing prompt and accurate information to the Corporate Emergency Response Center. Working with state and federal agency representatives located in the LEOF. Ensuring that prompt and accurate dose assessments are performed.
Working with the Station Emergency Manager to determine the need to escalate or de-escalate the Emergency Classification.
Arranging for special assistance or services requested by the affected station. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) The RAC reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dose assessment staffing and operations.
Ensuring dose assessment computer equipment operability.
Directing field team radio operator activities.
Dispatching Offsite Field Team members, as necessary.
Tracking the dose of Offsite Field Team members. Projecting offsite does. Obtaining weather forecasts, as necessary.
Correlating offsite survey data with off-site dose projections.
Formulating protective action recommendations (PAR's). Briefing Recovery Manager on radiological conditions and PAR's. Tracking the plume. Ensuring LEOF habitability.
Positioning TLD's throughout LEOF (if required).
Ensuring LEOF HVAC is functioning properly and is in the correct mode of operation.
Assessing core damage estimates (if applicable).
Identifying any supplemental resources needed. 
*
*
* C. CERP Page 3-10 03-01-90 Field Team Radio Operator The Field Team Radio Operator reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ensuring the plant radio is properly used. Maintaining communications with the offsite field teams. Transmitting and receiving information to and from the offsite field teams. Ensuring that information which is transmitted and/or received is correct. Providing direction to the offsite field teams. Conveying the RAC's instructions to the field teams. Providing plume direction information to the field teams(s).
* CERP Page 3-2 03-01-90 3.0 Summary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP)
Assisting in correlation of field measured doses to calculated projected doses. D. Offsite Field Teams The Offsite Field Team members are comprised of H.P. (and Chemistry) personnel.
The types of emergencies at the nuclear stations are divided into four classifications covering a broad spectrum of potential occurrences.            The classifications range from 11 Notification of Unusual Event 11 in which offsite officials are notified of an unusual condition, through    11 General Emergency 11 in which a potential or actual threat to the     Health and Safety of the public exist. These classifications are compatible with the applicable State and local government emergency plans.
These personne 1 report to the RAC and a re responsible for: 0 Performing dose rate measurements off the plant site. 0 Performing air samples off the plant site. 0 Collecting soil samples. 0 Changing out applicable).
The CERP which is implemented at an 11 Alert 11 or higher classification, provides  a mechanism for supporting the station response effort, including determination of offsite radiological conditions and establishing        recovery operations. The CERP also provides additional support if the emergency is of such a magnitude that Company resources are overextended.         Such support may. be additional    manpower to augment    the   station's operating staff, manpower in specialized disciplines,    and specialized emergency        response equipment and services.
TLD' s and filters at fixed stations ( if 0 Reading and interpreting survey maps. 0 Understanding and interpreting points on the Emergency Plan Map (10 mile radius). 0 Maintaining communications with the field team radio operator.
Upon activation    of the CERP, the Corporate Response Manager directs operation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center          (CERC),  while  the Recovery Manager directs      LEOF operations and serves as a liaison between the station and CERC.
E. Dose Assessment Staff The Dose Assessment Staff reports to the RAC and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Setting up the Dose Assessment Computer and verifying proper operation.
Concurrent with    the activation. of the      CERC,    the   Joint    Public Information Center (JPIC) Director will report to the JPIC in the cafeteria at the Innsbrook Technical Center to coordinate activation. and management of the JPIC.
Contacting the Radiological Assessment Director in the TSC (as necessary).
 
Ensuring all calibration curves, factors, etc. are correct prior to making dose projections.
CERP Page 3-3
Inputing present radiological and meteorological information into the computer and running dose projections.
* 03-01-90 Official    news releases to the media, including briefings by the Chief Technical Spokesman, are made from the JPIC.             Following approval    by the Corporate Response Manager, press releases are distributed to the media and to the Local Media Center for distribution to news personnel            assembled at that      facility. Questions from the general public concerning the event are addressed from the Public News            Center, which  is a part of the JPIC faci 1i ty.
Inputing necessary information to run core damage calculations, if necessary.
3.1 Organizational Structure The organizational          structure for  the  Corporate Emergency Response Center, the Local        Emergency Operations      Facility and     the Joint    Public Information      Center    is   provided in Sections      3.1.1,  3.1.2 and     3.1.3, respectively, of this plan.           Each of the above sections contains functional
Providing continuous dose projections.
* position descriptions support the facility, of the emergency response followed  by organizational positions required to charts depicting organizational hierarchy and the position required for facility activation.
Utilizing actual field measurement numbers and comparing to dose projections.
the Both 11 minimum 11    and   11 fully activated"    charts  are  provided,  where  the 11 minimum 11  chart depicts the organization required for irrmediate staffing.
* CERP Page 3-11 03-01-90 F. HPN Communicator G. H. The Health Physics Network Communicator reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for: 0 0 0 Establishing and maintaining contact with the NRC on the Health Physics Network. Transmitting correct and accurate information regarding Dose Projections and Offsite Field Measurements to the NRC. Staying updated on radiological conditions in the plant, dose projections and offsite field measurements.
The    11 fully-staffed 11    chart  shows  the augmented organization which. is established to provide maximum support of the stations' needs.
Emergency Plan Advisor The Emergency Plan Advisor reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 Advising the Recovery Manager on Emergency Action Levels and Emergency Classifications.
A matrix      indicating those Company personnel who are assigned to fill these positions is maintained on file by the Corporate              Emergency    Planning department .
Advising the Recovery Manager on Protective Action Recommendations . Coordinating with the Operations Support Coordinator on Emergency Action Levels. Advising the Recovery Manager on any questions regarding the Emergency Plan. Operations Support Coordinator The Operations Support Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 Advising the Recovery Manager on unit conditions and methods being implemented to mitigate the incident and progress.
Coordinating with the Emergency Plan Advisor on present and potential Emergency Action Levels and Protective Action Recommendations.
Assisting in the development of the Recovery Plan after incident mitigation.
Coordinating with the Recovery Manager in interfacing with the NRC representative in the LEOF (if applicable).
Monitoring plant conditions using ERFCS. Ensuring the staffing of and providing direction to: 0 0 0 TSC Communicator Position CERC Communicator Position State/Local Communicator Position 
*
*
* I. CERP Page 3-12 03-01-90 LEOF Services Coordinator The LEOF Services Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Tracking and staffing of LEOF personnel.
 
Providing scheduling of relief shifts, as necessary.
--
Controlling procurement and ordering supplies.
* CERP Page 3-4 03-01-90 3.1.1. Corporate Emergency Response Center Functional Descriptions A. Corporate Response Manager The_ Corporate Response Manager* assumes overall control and operation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center, and is responsible for:
Obtaining procedures from library or document control, as necessary.
0 Allocating the use of company re?ources to aid the affected station in the mitigation of and recovery from an accident.
Verifying telecopiers operational.
0 Activation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center.
Coordinating any necessary travel arrangements with CERC Administrative personnel.
0 Ensuring CERC functional positions are adequately staffed to support the affected station.
Ensuring food is available for LEOF personnel.
0 Ensuring resources requested are dispatched efficiently and timely.
Ensuring sanitation facilities are available for LEOF personnel.
0 Directing transition of CERP personnel functions from response to recovery operations upon event termination.
Distributing information/instructional packets in the LEOF (if necessary).
B. Administrative Services Manager The Administrative Services Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:
Managing activities performed by the LEOF Office Services Coordinator and Services Staff. J. LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator The LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 Maintaining the operability of the Communication systems within the ERF's. Coordinating the installation of additional communications as necessary.
0 Providing the needed clerical support for the CERC to function efficiently.
Implementing system repairs as necessary.
0 Handling all arrangements for travel, lodging and meals for those needed to support station and corporate response.
Monitoring siren control system status. K. LEOF Technical Advisor The LEOF Technical Advisor reports to the Joint Public Information Center Director and is responsible for: 0 0 Ensuring the JPIC Director receives the latest technical information regarding the incident.
0 Functioning as the Purchasing Agent with responsibility for contract negotiation/administration and material control.
Ensuring that the Recovery Manager reviews and approves (by initialling) potential news releases formulated at the JPIC . -I L. *
0 Administering petty cash funds, expense accounts and establishing emergency account numbers.
* CERP Page 3-13 03-01-90 LEOF ERCS Operator The LEOF ERCS Operator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for: 0 0 Providing assistance to LEOF personnel regarding use of the ERCS. Coordinating corrective actions* should problems with the ERCS arise .
0 Providing for food deliveries, operation of field kitchens (if necessary) and for trash disposal.
( 1 ) ( 1 )
0 Providing manpower, both technical and craft disciplines, as needed and providing labor      relations assistance,      as required.
* l RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR 1 I FIELD TEAM LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY Minimum Organization For Activation ( 1 ) RECOVERY MANAGER l OPERATIONS SUPPORT ( 1 ) COORDINATOR ( 1 ) CERC COMMUNICATOR/
0 Staffing the motor pool facility and providing vehicles for the response organization.
* I STATE AND LOCAL COMMUNICATOR DOSE ASSESS. HPN RADIO OPERATOR STAFF __, ___ (1) ( 1 ) COMMUNICATOR
0 Providing adequate sanitation facilities for onsite and offsite response personnel.
' .... RAD MET OFFSITE ._ HAND CALCS FIELD TEAMS -COMPUTER (MAIN FRAME) f\OTES: NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE.
0 Providing security personnel, as needed, to maintain station security and offsite response organization security.
MINIMUM ORGANIZATION EQUALS 7 PEOPLE. 0 "1J 0 w m m ' <O :0 0 CD "1J __. w ' ' <D __. 0 +>-
0 Establishing a 24-hour shift schedule as necessary.
* I RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT I ( 1 ) COORDINATOR ( 1 ) EMERGENCY PLAN ADVISOR I I FIELD TEAM RADIO ( 1 ) OPERATOR ' OFFSITE FIELD -------DOSE ASSESS. STAFF (1) .... RAD MET ( 1 ) .... HAND CALCS
0 Coordinating the transmission of approved news releases over the Nuclear Network System.
* LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY Fully Staffed Organization I OPERATIONS SUPPORT ( 1 ) COORDINATOR ( 1 ) ...... TSC COMMUNICATOR RECOVERY MANAGER ( 1 ) I LEOF SERVICES ( 1 ) COORDINATOR ( 1 ) '""" LEOF OFFICE I LEOF TELECOMM.
* 0 Providing management direction to the following positions:
(1)~C~O~O~R~D~.  
0 Clerical Support Staff 0
~(1) SERVICES COORDINATOR ( 1 ) _CERC COv1MUNICATOR ( 1 ) LsT ATE/LOCAL r.nMUI INlr.AT()A ( 3) -SERVICES STAFF ERCS OPERATOR I LEOF TECH. ADVISOR -------TEAMS ( 1 ) -COMPUTER (MAIN FRAME) HPN ( 1 ) COMMUNICATOR NOTES: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL FOR FULL STAFFING.
CERC Communicator 0
: 2. FULLY STAFFED ORGANIZATION EQUALS 20 PEOPLE. JI Q * (0 JJ 0 CD "U ..... c.> . . <D ..... 0 01 3.1.3
Technical Library Coordinator
* CERP Page 3-16 03-01-90 Joint Public Information Center Functional Descriptions A. Joint Public Information Center Director B. The Joint Public overall control responsible for: Information Center (JPIC) Director assumes for all media functions.
* CERP Page 3-5 03-01-90 0
The JPIC Director is 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Activation of the JPIC and operation of media response activities.
TelecolTITiunications Coordinator 0
Ensuring all press releases have been approved by the Corporate Response Manager prior to release. Ensuring that all public information representatives from Local, State and Federal agencies have been notified of impending news releases.
Computer Services Coordinator 0
Providing for the prompt distribution of written press statements to the news media. Providing for 24 hour staffing at the JPIC, LMC and LEOF (Media positions).
Procurement Services Coordinator 0
Providing non-technical information to the news media. Identifying those persons AUTHORIZED to make statements for the Company about the status of a station during an emergency.
Accets Control Staff C. Technical Support Manager The Technical Support Manager reports to the     Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:
Ensuring that MEDIA MONITORING and RUMOR CONTROL is updated and proper information is disseminated.
0 Ensuring station conditions are analyzed and guidance developed (if necessary) for core and system protection.
Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator The Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 Maintaining familiarity with positions assigned to the Public Affair's portion of the CERP. Ensuring that sufficient equipment and personnel are available to accomodate assigned responsibilities.
0 Supporting the station by developing procedures to support operations (if necessary).
Assuming the role of the Public Affairs CERP Team Leader. Coordinating changes to the Public Affair's portion of the CERP with the Emergency Planning Department.
0 Assisting in analyzing instrumentation and control problems.
C. LEOF Technical Advisor The LEOF Technical Advisor reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 Reporting directly to the appropriate LEOF. Providing technical information about the emergency to the JPIC. Functioning as liaison between the LEOF and JPIC with regard to accuracy/approval of press releases.
0 Coordinating installation of short term instrumentation and control modifications.
Ensuring that Federal, State and local personnel in the LEOF understand technical aspects of information (press releases) being transmitted to the JPIC if deemed necessary.  
0 Reviewing and assessing radiological controls in effect at the stations.
~I
0 Analyzing and coordinating waste management controls and plans .
* CERP Page 3-17 03-01-90 D. Public Information Director The Public Information Director reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 0 Ensuring emergency telephone banks in the JPIC and the Public Information Room are activated.
0
Maintaining a log of calls and inqu1r1es.
          . Performing dose assessment calculations as backup to the stations.
Supervising Public Information Specialists in distributing information to the press or public via the Public Information Room phone banks. Ensuring that statements*released via telephone have been properly approved and are consistent with statements of the Chief Technical Spokesman.
0 Resolving      questions      concerning operating    license requirements.
Ensuring that the Investor Information Director and Government Information Director receive news releases.
0 Providing management direction to the following positions:
E. OJRP Director The OJRP Director reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for: 0 0 Coordinating activities of OJRP media response personnel.
0 Radiological Control and Waste Management 0
Ensuring that the media monitoring specialist and instant news coordinator receive the latest news releases.
Reactor Core Analysis 0
Safety Analysis 0
Operations Support 0
SPDS 0
Licensing 0
Chemistry 0
Meteorology D. Medical Advisor The Medical Advisor reports to the Corporate Response Manager and
    *is responsible for:
0 Alerting appropriate personnel, internal and external to the company, to coordinate medical activities.
0 Notifying MCV/VCU if radiation exposure and/or contamination is involved in any injury case.
0 Monitoring the medical handling of injured/exposed persons.
0 Notifying MCV/VCU of any contaminated injury victims being transported to MCV/VCU regarding estimated time of arrival, number of cases, and medical condition.
0 Establishing contact with families of injured persons and keeping them updated.
 
CERP Page 3-6
* 03-01-90 0
Assisting with interpretation of medical information and procurement of consultation medical services as requested by the Corporate Response Manager.
E. Plan/Design/Construction Manager The Plan/Design/Construction Manager reports  to the    Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:
0 Providing the direct contact between Virginia Power Company, the A/E, the NSSS supplier and other equipment suppliers for all design changes and/or needed assistance.
0 Directing, coordinating and approving engineering, design and construction activities onsite as needed.
0 Coordinating In-house Engineering Reviews and Design efforts utilizing the Virginia Power PES Staff (if needed).
0 Determining the need for construction of new facilities onsite in order to mitigate and/or recover from an accident.
0 Establishing which engineering design and construction activities,    if any, shall conform to utility formal requirements or be documented by the utility Quality Assurance procedures.
0 Providing management direction to the following positions:
0 Power Station Engineering Director 0
Power Station Construction Director 0
Consultant and Equipment Support Director 0
Recovery Operations Planning Coordinator F. Chief Technical Spokesman The Chief Technical Spokesman reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:
0 Serving as the official company spokesperson during CERP activation.
0 Responding to technical inqu1r1es from the news media.
0 Ensuring that statements issued to the media are technically correct and factual.
0 Conducting press briefings.
0 Coordinating reviews with the Corporate Response Manager or Recovery Manager to ensure that press releases are accurate.
0 Reporting changes in emergency status to the media (i.e.
classification upgrades).
0 Advising the JPIC Director and/or Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator of changes in emergency status.
* G. JPIC Director Responsibilities are delineated      under the JPIC Organization Functional Description.
 
        *
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTER
* Minimum  Organization    For  Activation CORPORATE
 
===RESPONSE===
MANAGER (1)
I                      I                                        I                      I ADMIN.              TECHNICAL                JPIC                 CHIEF            PLAN/DESIGN/
SERVICES              SUPPORT            DIRECTOR            TECHNICAL            CONSTRUCTION MANAGER                MANAGER                                SPOKESMAN                MANAGER (1)                    (1 )                  (1)                (1)                    (1)
(1)-  RX. ENGINEER
( 1 ) - CLERICAL SUPPORT (1)-  HPTECH.
( 1 ) - CERC COMMUNIC.
(1)-  SAFETY ASSESS.
(1) -  SPDS f\OTE:                                        .
: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE.
: 2. MINIMUM ORGANIZATION EQUALS 12 PEOPLE.
                                                                                                                ~~Q 0
                                                                                                                  '  <O CD JJ "U
                                                                                                                ..... w
                                                                                                                  '
(!)
                                                                                                                        '
                                                                                                                        --J 0
 
                *
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTER Fully Staffed Organization
* CORPORATE
 
===RESPONSE===
MANAGER (1)
I                          I                                  I                    I ADMIN.                  TECHNICAL            JPIC             CHIEF          PLAN/DESIGN/
SERVICES                  SUPPORT          DIRECTOR          TECHNICAL        CONSTRUCTION MANAGER                    MANAGER                              SPOKESMAN            MANAGER (1)                      (1)                ( 1)              (1)                (1)
( 3 ) - CLERICAL SUPPORT      ( 1) -  RX. ENGINEER
                                                              +
SEE PRESENT (1}-    CONSULTANT AND EQUIP.
SUPPORT DIRECTOR
. ( 1 ) ._ CERC COMMUNIC.      ( 1 ) ._ HP TECH.         ORGANIZATION
( 1 } ._ POWER STATION ENGINEERING
( 1 ) ._ TECH. LIBRARY      ( 1 ) ._ SAFETY ANALYSIS DIRECTOR CCX)A[)INATffi
( 1) -  SPDS                                          ( 1 }-  POWER STATION CONSTRUCTION
( 2 ) ._ TELECOMMUNICATIONS ( 1 ) _ LICENSING                        MEDiCAL                  DIRECTOR (1}  ADVISOR          1
( 1 } ._ COMPUTER SERVICES      1                                                    (  ) -- RECOVERY OPERATIONS
(  }-  CHEMISTRY PLANNING COORDINATOR
( 1 } ._ PROCUREMENT SERVICES          ( 1 } ._ OPS SUPPORT
( 1 )-   METEOROLOGICAL I\OTE:
: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO FULLY STAFF.
                                                                                                                  ~JQ I  co II 0   CD "0
_._ w I  I (0  00 0
* 3.1. 2 CERP Page 3-9 03-01-90 Local Emergency Operations Facility Functional Descriptions A. Recovery Manager (RM)
The Recovery Manager assumes overall control of LEOF operations and functions. The Recovery Manager is responsible for:
0 Ensuring that necessary personne] are available to staff functional positions within the LEOF.
0 Directing, supervising, and coordinating LEOF activities.
0 Assessing and providing protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.
0 Notifying state and 1oca l governments of
* the emergency status and any changes in a timely manner.
0 Providing prompt and accurate information to the Corporate Emergency Response Center.
0 Working with state and federal agency representatives located in the LEOF.
0 Ensuring that prompt and accurate dose assessments are performed.
* 0 Working with the Station Emergency Manager to determine the need    to    escalate    or de-escalate the Emergency Classification.
0 Arranging for special assistance or services requested by the affected station.
B. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC)
The RAC reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:
0 Dose assessment staffing and operations.
0 Ensuring dose assessment computer equipment operability.
0 Directing field team radio operator activities.
0 Dispatching Offsite Field Team members, as necessary.
0 Tracking the dose of Offsite Field Team members.
0 Projecting offsite does.
0 Obtaining weather forecasts, as necessary.
0 Correlating offsite survey data with off-site dose projections.
0 Formulating protective action recommendations (PAR's).
0 Briefing Recovery Manager on radiological conditions and PAR's.
0 Tracking the plume.
0 Ensuring LEOF habitability.
0 Positioning TLD's throughout LEOF (if required).
* 0 Ensuring LEOF HVAC is functioning properly and is in the correct mode of operation.
0 Assessing core damage estimates (if applicable).
0 Identifying any supplemental resources needed.
* C. Field Team Radio Operator CERP Page 3-10 03-01-90 The Field Team Radio Operator reports to        the  Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for:
0 Ensuring the plant radio is properly used.
0 Maintaining communications with the offsite field teams.
0 Transmitting and receiving information to and from the offsite field teams.
0 Ensuring that information which is transmitted and/or received is correct.
0 Providing direction to the offsite field teams.
0 Conveying the RAC's instructions to the field teams.
0 Providing plume direction information to the field teams(s).
0 Assisting in correlation of field measured doses to calculated projected doses.
D. Offsite Field Teams The Offsite Field Team members are comprised of H.P. (and Chemistry) personnel. These personne 1 report to the RAC and a re responsible for:
0 Performing dose rate measurements off the plant site.
0 Performing air samples off the plant site.
0 Collecting soil samples.
0 Changing out TLD' s and filters at fixed stations ( if applicable).
0 Reading and interpreting survey maps.
0 Understanding and interpreting points on the Emergency Plan Map (10 mile radius).
0 Maintaining communications with the field team radio operator.
E. Dose Assessment Staff The Dose Assessment Staff reports to the RAC and is responsible for:
0 Setting up the Dose Assessment Computer and verifying proper operation.
0 Contacting the Radiological Assessment Director in the TSC (as necessary).
0 Ensuring all calibration curves, factors, etc. are correct prior to making dose projections.
* 0 Inputing present radiological and meteorological information into the computer and running dose projections.
0 Inputing necessary information to run          core damage calculations, if necessary.
0 Providing continuous dose projections.
0 Utilizing actual field measurement numbers and comparing to dose projections.
 
CERP Page 3-11 03-01-90 F. HPN Communicator The Health Physics Network Communicator reports to            the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for:
0 Establishing and maintaining contact with the NRC on the Health Physics Network.
0 Transmitting correct and accurate information regarding Dose Projections and Offsite Field Measurements to the NRC.
0 Staying updated on radiological conditions in the plant, dose projections and offsite field measurements.
G. Emergency Plan Advisor The Emergency Plan Advisor reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:
0 Advising the Recovery Manager on Emergency Action Levels and Emergency Classifications.
0 Advising the Recovery Manager on Protective Action
* Recommendations .
0 Coordinating with the Operations Support Coordinator on Emergency Action Levels.
0 Advising the Recovery Manager on any questions regarding the Emergency Plan.
H. Operations Support Coordinator The Operations Support Coordinator reports      to  the  Recovery Manager and is responsible for:
0 Advising the Recovery Manager on unit conditions and methods being implemented to mitigate the incident and progress.
0 Coordinating with the Emergency Plan Advisor on present and potential Emergency Action Levels and Protective Action Recommendations.
0 Assisting in the development of the Recovery Plan after incident mitigation.
0 Coordinating with the Recovery Manager in interfacing with the NRC representative in the LEOF (if applicable).
0 Monitoring plant conditions using ERFCS.
0 Ensuring the staffing of and providing direction to:
0 TSC Communicator Position 0
CERC Communicator Position 0
State/Local Communicator Position
* I. LEOF Services Coordinator CERP Page 3-12 03-01-90 The LEOF Services Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:
0 Tracking and staffing of LEOF personnel.
0 Providing scheduling of relief shifts, as necessary.
0 Controlling procurement and ordering supplies.
0 Obtaining procedures from library or document control, as necessary.
0 Verifying telecopiers operational.
0 Coordinating any necessary travel arrangements with CERC Administrative personnel.
0 Ensuring food is available for LEOF personnel.
0 Ensuring sanitation facilities are available for        LEOF personnel.
0 Distributing information/instructional packets in the LEOF (if necessary).
0 Managing activities performed by the LEOF Office Services Coordinator and Services Staff.
J. LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator The LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:
0 Maintaining the operability of the Communication systems within the ERF's.
0 Coordinating the installation of additional communications as necessary.
0 Implementing system repairs as necessary.
0 Monitoring siren control system status.
K. LEOF Technical Advisor The LEOF Technical Advisor reports to the Joint            Public Information Center Director and is responsible for:
0 Ensuring the JPIC Director receives the latest technical information regarding the incident.
0 Ensuring that the Recovery Manager reviews and approves (by initialling) potential news releases formulated at the JPIC .
* CERP Page 3-13 03-01-90 L. LEOF ERCS Operator The LEOF ERCS Operator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:
0 Providing assistance to LEOF personnel regarding use of the ERCS.
0 Coordinating corrective actions* should problems with the ERCS arise .
*
*
* LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY
* Minimum  Organization  For    Activation RECOVERY MANAGER (1) l                                                                  l RADIOLOGICAL                                                          OPERATIONS ASSESSMENT                                                            SUPPORT
( 1)    COORDINATOR                                                    ( 1 ) COORDINATOR 1
( 1)  CERC COMMUNICATOR/
I                                    I                            STATE AND LOCAL COMMUNICATOR FIELD          DOSE HPN TEAM      ASSESS.
RADIO                        ( ) COMMUNICATOR
__,_STAFF_ _ (1)    1
( 1 ) OPERATOR
                      .... RAD MET
              '
OFFSITE FIELD TEAMS
                      ._ HAND CALCS
                      - COMPUTER (MAIN FRAME) f\OTES:
NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE.
MINIMUM ORGANIZATION EQUALS 7 PEOPLE.
0    "1J 0 w m m
                                                                                                                '  <O  :0 0    CD  "1J
__. w
                                                                                                                ' __.
                                                                                                                <D    '
0 +>-
* LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY
* Fully Staffed Organization RECOVERY MANAGER (1)
I                        I                      I                                          I                    I                I RADIOLOGICAL                EMERGENCY              OPERATIONS                                      LEOF                LEOF ASSESSMENT                    PLAN                    SUPPORT                                SERVICES                              LEOF TECH.
TELECOMM.
( 1)    COORDINATOR          ( 1)    ADVISOR    ( 1 ) COORDINATOR                                                                              ADVISOR I                -------        ( 1 ) ......TSC COMMUNICATOR (1)    COORDINATOR          (1)~C~O~O~R~D~.~( 1 )
                                                                                                                                              -------
( 1 ) '""" LEOF OFFICE I
SERVICES COORDINATOR FIELD            DOSE                ( 1 ) _CERC COv1MUNICATOR TEAM          ASSESS.                                                          ( 3) - SERVICES STAFF RADIO          STAFF                ( 1 ) LsT ATE/LOCAL
( 1 ) OPERATOR                                              r.nMUI INlr.AT()A (1) .... RAD MET
                '
ERCS OFFSITE    ( 1 ) .... HAND CALCS                                      OPERATOR FIELD TEAMS      ( 1 ) - COMPUTER (MAIN FRAME)
NOTES:
: 1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL FOR FULL STAFFING.
HPN                                                        2. FULLY STAFFED ORGANIZATION EQUALS 20 PEOPLE.
(1 )  COMMUNICATOR
                                                                                                                                                    ~
* JI JJQ (0
0
                                                                                                                                                      .      .
CD
                                                                                                                                                    ..... c.>
                                                                                                                                                    <D .....
                                                                                                                                                              "U 0 01
 
CERP Page 3-16 03-01-90 3.1.3 Joint Public Information Center Functional Descriptions A. Joint Public Information Center Director The Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) Director assumes overall control for all media functions. The JPIC Director is responsible for:
0 Activation of the JPIC and operation of media response activities.
0 Ensuring all press releases have been approved by the Corporate Response Manager prior to release.
0 Ensuring that all public information representatives from Local, State and Federal agencies have been notified of impending news releases.
0 Providing for the prompt distribution of written press statements to the news media.
0 Providing for 24 hour staffing at the JPIC, LMC and LEOF (Media positions).
0 Providing non-technical information to the news media.
* 0 Identifying those persons AUTHORIZED to make statements for the Company about the status of a station during an emergency.
0 Ensuring that MEDIA MONITORING and RUMOR CONTROL is updated and proper information is disseminated.
B. Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator The Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator      reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:
0 Maintaining familiarity with positions assigned to the Public Affair's portion of the CERP.
0 Ensuring that sufficient equipment and personnel are available to accomodate assigned responsibilities.
0 Assuming the role of the Public Affairs CERP Team Leader.
0 Coordinating changes to the Public Affair's portion of the CERP with the Emergency Planning Department.
C. LEOF Technical Advisor The LEOF Technical    Advisor reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:
0 Reporting directly to the appropriate LEOF.
0 Providing technical information about the emergency to the JPIC.
0 Functioning as liaison between the LEOF and JPIC with regard to accuracy/approval of press releases.
0 Ensuring that Federal, State and local personnel in the LEOF understand technical aspects of information (press releases) being transmitted to the JPIC if deemed necessary.
 
CERP Page 3-17 03-01-90 D. Public Information Director The Public Information Director reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:
0 Ensuring emergency telephone banks in the JPIC and the Public Information Room are activated.
0 Maintaining a log of calls and inqu1r1es.
0 Supervising Public Information Specialists in distributing information to the press or public via the Public Information Room phone banks.
0 Ensuring that statements*released via telephone have been properly approved and are consistent with statements of the Chief Technical Spokesman.
0 Ensuring that the Investor Information Director and Government Information Director receive news releases.
E. OJRP Director The OJRP Director reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for:
0 Coordinating activities of OJRP media response personnel.
0 Ensuring that the media monitoring specialist and instant news coordinator receive the latest news releases.
F. Instant News Coordinator The Instant News Coordinator reports to the OJRP Director and is responsible for providing periodic news bulletins to company employees.
F. Instant News Coordinator The Instant News Coordinator reports to the OJRP Director and is responsible for providing periodic news bulletins to company employees.
G. Media Monitoring Specialist H. The Media Monitoring Specialist reports to the OJRP Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 Monitoring news reports concerning incident.
G. Media Monitoring Specialist The Media Monitoring Specialist reports to the OJRP Director and is responsible for:
Reporting any inconsistencies between news reports and press releases to the OJRP Director.
0 Monitoring news reports concerning incident.
Ensuring familiarization with official*
0 Reporting any inconsistencies between news reports and press releases to the OJRP Director.
company news releases.
0 Ensuring familiarization with official* company news releases.
Government Information Director The Government Information Director reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for providing up to date information to appropriate Federal, State and local government officials.
H. Government Information Director The Government Information Director reports to the         Public
I. CERP Page 3-18 03-01-90 Investment Information Director The Investment Information Director reports to the Public Infonnation Director and is responsible for: 0 0 Providing current information to company shareholders and members of the financial community.
* Information Director and is responsible for providing up to date information to appropriate Federal, State and local government officials.
Preparing and distributing information releases to the financial news wires. J. Public Infonnation Room Technical Advisor K. L. M. The Public Information Room Technical Advisor reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 Reporting directly to the Public Infonnation Room. Providing technical information about the emergency event to the media. Answering technical questions, unrelated to the incident, that are generated by the media. Public Information Specialists Public Information Specialists report to the Public Information Director and are responsible for: 0 0 Staffing the Public Information Room telephone bank. Ensuring that statements released via telephone are approved and are consistent with the press releases issued by the Chief Technical Spokesman.
 
Corporate Response Coordinators The Corporate Response Coordinators report to the Public Information Director and are responsible for: 0 0 Notifying Public Affairs CERT personnel that an emergency has occurred and that CERT activation is required.
CERP Page 3-18 03-01-90 I. Investment Information Director The Investment Information Director reports         to   the Public Infonnation Director and is responsible for:
Following completion of the above duties, the Corporate Response Coordinators report to either the OJRP or JPIC Director for additional assignments.
0 Providing current information to company shareholders     and members of the financial community.
Headquarters Telephone Operator The Headquarters Telephone Operator reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for: 0 0 Reporting to the main switchboard at corporate headquarters.
0 Preparing and distributing information releases to         the financial news wires.
Referring calls regarding the emergency to the special public information number for the press and public.
J. Public Infonnation Room Technical Advisor The Public Information Room Technical Advisor reports       to the Public Information Director and is responsible for:
CERP Page 3-19 03-01-90 N. Innsbrook News Team 0. The Innsbrook News Team reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 Ensuring press releases are distributed to AP, UPI, NRC, VOES, the OJRP Director and the Public Information Director.
0 Reporting directly to the Public Infonnation Room.
Acting as liaison between the CERC and JPIC to keep JPIC personnel informed of ongoing ev~nts. Assisting the media. JPIC Computer Communications Specialist The JPIC Computer Communications Specialist reports to the Innsbrook News Team and assists with computer equipment set-up and use. P. JPIC Clerk Q. The JPIC Clerk reports to the Innsbrook News Team to assist in the distribution of press releases.
0 Providing technical information about the emergency event to the media.
JPIC Control Clerk The JPIC Control Clerk reports to the Innsbrook News Team and is responsible for: 0 Providing secretarial, cleriacal or other assistance which may be required.
0 Answering technical questions, unrelated to the incident, that are generated by the media.
0 Recording names and affiliations of persons who utilize the JPIC. 0 Ensuring that adequate secretarial supplies are available at the JPIC. R. JPIC Technical Advisor s. The JPIC Technical Advisor reports to the JPIC responsible for providing technical interpretation to JPIC personnel.
K. Public Information Specialists Public Information Specialists report to the Public Information Director and are responsible for:
Director and is information and Videodisk Information Management System (VIMS) Operator The VIMS Operator reports to the JPIC Director and operates the Videodisk Information Management System. This system serves as a visual aid for the Chief Technical Spokesman when responding to media inquiries.
0 Staffing the Public Information Room telephone bank.
T. u. V. CERP Page 3-20 03-01-90 local Media Center (LMC) Director The LMC Director reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 0 Directing activation of the Local Media Center. Distributing press releases to the media. Responding to non-technical media inquiries.
0 Ensuring that statements released via telephone are approved and are consistent with the press releases issued by the Chief Technical Spokesman.
L. Corporate Response Coordinators The Corporate Response Coordinators report       to   the   Public Information Director and are responsible for:
0 Notifying Public Affairs CERT personnel that an emergency has occurred and that CERT activation is required.
0 Following completion of the above duties, the Corporate Response Coordinators report to either the OJRP or JPIC Director for additional assignments.
M. Headquarters Telephone Operator The Headquarters Telephone Operator reports       to   the   Public Information Director and is responsible for:
0 Reporting to the main switchboard at corporate headquarters.
0 Referring calls regarding the emergency to the special public information number for the press and public.
 
CERP Page 3-19 03-01-90 N. Innsbrook News Team The Innsbrook News Team reports to the JPIC     Director and   is responsible for:
0 Ensuring press releases are distributed to AP, UPI, NRC, VOES, the OJRP Director and the Public Information Director.
0 Acting as liaison between the CERC and JPIC to keep JPIC personnel informed of ongoing ev~nts.
0 Assisting the media.
: 0. JPIC Computer Communications Specialist The JPIC Computer Communications Specialist reports to the Innsbrook News Team and assists with computer equipment set-up and use.
P. JPIC Clerk The JPIC Clerk reports to the Innsbrook News Team to assist in the distribution of press releases.
Q. JPIC Control Clerk The JPIC Control Clerk reports to the Innsbrook News Team and   is responsible for:
0 Providing secretarial, cleriacal or other assistance which may be required.
0 Recording names and affiliations of persons who utilize the JPIC.
0 Ensuring that adequate secretarial supplies are available at the JPIC.
R. JPIC Technical Advisor The JPIC Technical Advisor reports to the JPIC   Director and is responsible     for   providing   technical     information and interpretation to JPIC personnel.
: s. Videodisk Information Management System (VIMS) Operator The VIMS Operator reports to the JPIC Director and operates the Videodisk Information Management System. This system serves as a visual aid for the Chief Technical Spokesman when responding to media inquiries.
 
CERP Page 3-20 03-01-90 T. local Media Center (LMC) Director The LMC Director reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:
0 0
Directing activation of the Local Media Center.
0 Distributing press releases to the media.
0 Responding to non-technical media inquiries.
Controlling evacuation of the LMC if required.
Controlling evacuation of the LMC if required.
Local Media Center (LMC) Coordinator:
: u. Local Media Center (LMC) Coordinator:
The LMC Coordinator reports to the LMC Director and is responsible for: 0 0 0 Activating the LMC. Connecting telephones.
The LMC Coordinator reports       to the LMC Director     and is responsible for:
Establishing telecopier contact with various Public Affairs work areas. Local Media Center (LMC) Assistant Coordinator The LMC Assistant Coordinator reports to the LMC Coordinator and is responsible for: 0 0 Assisting in secretarial, clerical and other duties. Recording names and affiliations of media personnel who use the LMC.
0 0
I PUBLIC AFFAIRS EMERGENCY COORDINATOR I LEOF TECHNICAL ADVISOR JPIC ORGANIZATION JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER {JPIC) DIRECTOR I INNSBROOK NEWS TEAM PUBLIC ---------,---t INFORMATION JPIC COMPUTER COMMUNICATION SPECIALIST INVESTOR -INFORMATION DIRECTOR GOVERNMENT INFORMATION
Activating the LMC.
... DIRECTOR HEADQUARTERS TELEPHONE OPERATOR PUBLIC -INFORMATION SPECIALISTS DIRECTOR Pl ROOM -TECHNICAL ADVISOR -CORPORATE RESPONSE COORDINATOR JPIC CLERK JPIC .__ CONTROL CLERK OJRP DIRECTOR I INSTANT NEWS COORDINATOR MEDIA MONITORING SPECIALISTS LMC DIRECTOR LMC COORDINATOR LMC ASSISTANT COORDINATOR I VIMS OPERATOR
0 Connecting telephones.
* I JPIC TECHNICAL ADVISOR 0 -0 c.> Ill ' lO 0 (I) c.> 0
Establishing telecopier contact with various Public Affairs work areas.
* *
V. Local Media Center (LMC) Assistant Coordinator The LMC Assistant Coordinator reports to the LMC Coordinator and is responsible for:
* VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 4 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS Part Subject 4.0 Emergency Conditions 4.1 Classification System 4.2 State and Local Government Classification System 4.3 Spectrum of Postulated Accidents CERP Page 4-1 03-01-90 Page No. 4.2 4.2 4.3 4.4 
0 0
Assisting in secretarial, clerical and other duties.
Recording names and affiliations of media personnel who use the LMC.
 
JPIC ORGANIZATION
* JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER {JPIC)
DIRECTOR I
I              I PUBLIC AFFAIRS      LEOF INNSBROOK               LMC I        I JPIC EMERGENCY      TECHNICAL                                                              VIMS NEWS             DIRECTOR            TECHNICAL COORDINATOR      ADVISOR                                                              OPERATOR TEAM                                   ADVISOR PUBLIC
---------,---t INFORMATION                                         JPIC LMC COORDINATOR DIRECTOR                          COMPUTER COMMUNICATION SPECIALIST
-      INVESTOR INFORMATION DIRECTOR
                        -
Pl ROOM TECHNICAL ADVISOR JPIC CLERK LMC ASSISTANT COORDINATOR GOVERNMENT           CORPORATE
... INFORMATION DIRECTOR     -     RESPONSE COORDINATOR JPIC
                                                        .__ CONTROL CLERK HEADQUARTERS TELEPHONE
~                                            OJRP OPERATOR DIRECTOR PUBLIC                        I
-  INFORMATION INSTANT           MEDIA                                                 -0
                                                                                                                ~
SPECIALISTS                                                                                     0 NEWS        MONITORING                                          c.> Ill
                                                                                                        ' lO COORDINATOR      SPECIALISTS                                        0   (I)
                                                                                                      ~    c.>
                                                                                                      ~~
0
* CERP Page 4-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 4 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS Part                           Subject               Page No.
4.0 Emergency Conditions                             4.2 4.1 Classification System                             4.2 4.2 State and Local Government Classification System   4.3 4.3 Spectrum of Postulated Accidents                   4.4
*
*
* 4.0 Emergency Conditions CERP Page 4-2 03-01-90 The following guidelines describe the criteria used by station personnel in classifying or determining the type of emergency._
* CERP Page 4-2 03-01-90 4.0  Emergency Conditions The following guidelines describe the criteria used by station personnel in classifying or determining the type of emergency._ The types of potential accidents   or emergencies can be numerous and             vary in magnitude. The classification system is wide-ranged and flexible               to   respond   to   this diversity. There are a total of four classifications.
The types of potential accidents or emergencies can be numerous and vary in magnitude.
The classification       system is   not   intended to include permissible deviations during normal operation.
The classification system is wide-ranged and flexible to respond to this diversity.
4.1 Classification System 4.1.1   Notification of Unusual Event This   is   the   first or lowest classification of an emergency .
There are a total of four classifications.
* Generally there     have been little or no damage to station equipment and station status remains stable and under control.             Corrective and assessment actions are required. Local and State agency notification occurs to assure that the       first   step   in any response         has   been carried out.       Notification also     provides   information     to public officials and assists in ensuring that offsite             communications     are effective.
The classification system is not intended to include permissible deviations during normal operation.
4.1.2 Alert Events   are   in progress or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the           level   of safety of the station. The Alert     classification assures that emergency response personnel     are available     if the     situation     deteriorates     or   if
4.1 Classification System 4.1.1 Notification of Unusual Event This is the first or lowest classification of an emergency . Generally there have been little or no damage to station equipment and station status remains stable and under control. Corrective and assessment actions are required.
* confirmatory       radiation   monitoring     is   required.     Information concerning     current   station conditions       is provided     to     public officials     to   assist   in ensuring     that offsite communications are operational.
Local and State agency notification occurs to assure that the first step in any response has been carried out. Notification also provides information to public officials and assists in ensuring that offsite communications are effective.
* CERP Page 4-3 03-01-90 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency Station events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or anticipated major failures         of station functions necessary for public protection. The Site Area Emergency classification assures that response centers are manned and information for those personnel required for nearsite evacuation assistance is available~             Current station     conditions   are   provided     to   public officials with consultation occurring     promptly. The   communications system and offsite agency response capabilities are activated.
4.1.2 Alert Events are in progress or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the station. The Alert classification assures that emergency response personnel are available if the situation deteriorates or if confirmatory radiation monitoring is required.
4.1.4 General Emergency Events   are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or
Information concerning current station conditions is provided to public officials to assist in ensuring that offsite communications are operational.
* imminent core degradation or melting with containment   integrity. The General predetermined protective actions         for potential  for  loss Emergency warning initiates the   public and of provides continuous assessment of information with appropriate radiation monitoring. Current   information   is   provided   to officials with appropriate notification to the news media.
* *
4.2 State and Local Government Classification System The Commonwealth of Virginia Radiological Emergency Response Plan (COVRERP) defines two levels of projected       radiological   doses   resulting   from   the release of radioactive materials from a fixed nuclear facility. Associated with   these   response   levels are     the   pathways   for communication     and evacuation,   if deemed   necessary, in the 22t 0 primary downwind sector and the   two adjacent     boundary sectors within       10 miles   of the     station .
* 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency CERP Page 4-3 03-01-90 Station events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or anticipated major failures of station functions necessary for public protection.
* Provisions   are   in COVRERP for     dose   assessments within 50 miles of the station for the ingestion of radioactive material via the food pathway.
The Site Area Emergency classification assures that response centers are manned and information for those personnel required for nearsite evacuation assistance is available~
* CERP Page 4-4 03-01-90 The projected radiation doses are:
Current station conditions are provided to public officials with consultation occurring promptly.
GENERAL EMERGENCY
The communications system and offsite agency response capabilities are activated.
: 1. Exceeds 2 Rem Whole Body exposure or .. exceeds     12 Rem Thyroid exposure due to inhalation of radioactive material.
4.1.4 General Emergency Events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or imminent core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity.
The General Emergency warning initiates predetermined protective actions for the public and provides continuous assessment of information with appropriate radiation monitoring.
Current information is provided to officials with appropriate notification to the news media. 4.2 State and Local Government Classification System The Commonwealth of Virginia Radiological Emergency Response Plan (COVRERP) defines two levels of projected radiological doses resulting from the release of radioactive materials from a fixed nuclear facility.
Associated with these response levels are the pathways for communication and evacuation, if deemed necessary, in the 22t 0 primary downwind sector and the two adjacent boundary sectors within 10 miles of the station . Provisions are in COVRERP for dose assessments within 50 miles of the station for the ingestion of radioactive material via the food pathway.
*
* The projected radiation doses are: GENERAL EMERGENCY CERP Page 4-4 03-01-90 1. Exceeds 2 Rem Whole Body exposure or .. exceeds 12 Rem Thyroid exposure due to inhalation of radioactive material.
SITE AREA EMERGENCY
SITE AREA EMERGENCY
: 2. 0.5 Rem to 2.0 Rem Whole Body exposure or 1 to 12 Rem Thyroid exposure due to inhalation of radioactive material.
: 2. 0.5 Rem to 2.0 Rem Whole Body exposure or 1 to 12 Rem Thyroid exposure due to inhalation of radioactive material.
COVRERP's protective actions based on projected doses to the at-risk are based on approximately 50% of the projected doses recommended in Table 5.1 of the Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, EPA-520/1-75-001.
COVRERP's protective actions based on projected doses     to   the population-at-risk are     based on approximately 50% of the projected doses recommended in Table 5.1 of the Manual     of Protective Action Guides     and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, EPA-520/1-75-001.
4.3 Spectrum of Postulated Accidents The following listing of potential emergency situations reflects the broad range of occurrences which are included in the station Plans. Emergencies could be created *or complicated as a result of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, high winds, excessive rainfall, large accumulations of hail, sleet, freezing rain, snow, or forest fires existing on or near the site. Emergencies existing at an industrial complex could be injuries to personnel, equipment failures, fires, or explosions, loss of services (such as electrical power or phones), bomb threats or other civil disturbances, or the release of toxic materials.
4.3 Spectrum of Postulated Accidents The   following listing of potential emergency situations reflects the broad range of occurrences which are included in the station Plans.       Emergencies could be     created *or complicated as a result of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, high winds, excessive rainfall, large accumulations       of hail, sleet,   freezing   rain, snow, or forest fires existing on or near the site.
Emergencies existing at an       industrial   complex could be     injuries to personnel, equipment failures, fires, or explosions, loss of services (such as electrical power or phones), bomb threats or other civil       disturbances, or the release of toxic materials.
Emergency situations or accidents peculiar to nuclear power stations could be the following:
Emergency situations or accidents peculiar to nuclear power stations could be the following:
: 1) small spills of radioactive liquid, 2) external contamination of personnel or personal effects with low quantities of radioactive materials, 3) unplanned or uncontrolled release of small quantities of radioactive 
*
*
* CERP Page 4-5 03-01-90 materials, and 4) equipment malfunctions.
: 1) small spills of radioactive liquid, 2) external contamination of personnel or personal effects with low quantities of radioactive materials,
The response actions to these problems are given in the station radiation protection manual and in abnormal procedures, and therefore, could be within the scope of the station Plan. Station Accident analyses included in the station's updated Final Safety Analysis Report are as follows: a. Major reactor coolant pipe ruptures (LOCA). b. Major secondary system pipe rupture (steam line break or feedwater line break). c. Steam generator tube rupture. d. Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor. e. Fuel handling accidents.
: 3) unplanned or uncontrolled release of small      quantities  of radioactive
: f. . Rupture of a control rod drive mechanism housing (rod cluster cdntrol assembly ejection).
* CERP Page 4-5 03-01-90 materials,   and 4)   equipment malfunctions. The response actions to these problems are given in the station         radiation   protection manual     and   in abnormal     procedures,   and   therefore, could be within     the scope of the station Plan. Station Accident analyses included in the         station's   updated Final Safety Analysis Report are as follows:
Of the six accidents listed above and analyzed, three are considered to release significant amounts of radioactivity.
: a.       Major reactor coolant pipe ruptures (LOCA).
These are: a, c and e. The nature of these three accidents are such that a safety analysis can produce results which vary considerably in the radiological consequences.
: b.       Major secondary system pipe rupture (steam line break or feedwater line break).
This analysis depends on assumptions used concerning such items as the status of primary coolant radioactivity content, meteorological conditions, or behavior of plant systems. The accident analysis in the Environmental Report indicates no significant radiological effects offsite for the three accidents; that is, all .thyroid and whole body doses are calculated to be less than 2 Rem. The UFSAR makes much more conservative estimates of the consequences .
: c.       Steam generator tube rupture.
* Part VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 5 ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROLS Subject 5.0 Organizational Controls 5.1 Corporate Emergency Response Structure 5.2 Augmentation of Station Organization 5.3 Coordination with Participating Government Agencies CERP Page 5-1 03-01-90 Page No. 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3
: d.       Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor.
* 5.0 5.1 Organizational Controls Corporate Emergency Response Structure CERP Page 5-2 03-01-90 The organization of the Corporate Emergency\
: e.       Fuel handling accidents.
Response Team under the direction of the Corporate Response Manager is shown in Section 3. In the event of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency at either Surry or North Anna Power Stations, the CERP is activated.
: f.     . Rupture of a control       rod drive mechanism housing         (rod cluster cdntrol assembly ejection).
In response, the Recovery Manager reports to the local Emergency Operations Facility and acts as the coordinator between the Station Emergency Manager, Corporate Response Manager, and Federal, State, and local agencies.
Of the six accidents         listed above and analyzed, three are considered to release significant amounts of radioactivity.         These are:   a, c and e. The nature of these three accidents are such that a safety analysis can produce results which vary considerably in the         radiological   consequences.     This analysis depends on assumptions used concerning such items as the status of primary coolant radioactivity content,           meteorological     conditions,     or behavior of plant systems.           The accident analysis in the Environmental Report indicates no significant radiological effects offsite for the             three accidents;     that is, all .thyroid and whole body doses are calculated to be less than 2 Rem. The UFSAR makes much more conservative estimates         of the consequences .
The Joint Public Information Center is also activated upon an "Alert" or higher classification, and operates under *the direction of the Joint Public Information Center Director.
Other members in the CERP will assist the Corporate Response Manager in responding to the emergency and recovery in their respective areas. The members of each CERT shall have procedures to assemble their support staffs. 5.2 Augmentation of Station Organization The Station Emergency Manager has the authority to request additional support at the Station, Technical Support Center or Operations Support Center. His requirements will be coordinated with the Recovery Manager and his staff.
* 5.3 Coordination With Participating Government Agencies CERP Page 5-3 03-01-90 Corporate Emergency Response Center personnel coordinate support activities with Federal and State agencies principally responding to the emergency and/or recovery.
The Corporate Response Manager may also assemble NRC, State, vendor, and/or consultant support at the CERC. He may seek assistance from other nuclear utilities, if needed. If requested by the State Emergency Operations Center, a Company technical representative will be dispatched to provide technical interpretation or clarification of data transmitted to that office. (This individual's responsibilities do not include making statements to the media). 
* *
* VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES Part Subject 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities 6.1 Control Room 6.2 Technical Support Center 6.3 Operational Support Center 6.4 Local Emergency Operation Facility 6.5 Corporate Emergency Response Center 6.6 Corporate Emergency Operations Facility 6.7 Joint Public Information Center 6.8 Local Media Center 6.9 CEOF Activation Matrix 6.10 LEOF Records Availability 6.11 North Anna and Surry Power Station LEOF Resources CERP Page 6-1 03-01-90 Page No. 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 
*
*
* 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities (ERF) CERP Page 6-2 03-01-90 Special emergency facilities are staffed upon declaration of an emergency classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or.General Emergency.
* VIRGINIA POWER CERP Page 5-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 5 ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROLS Part                        Subject                      Page No.
They include CR, TSC, OSC, LEOF, CERC, JPIC and LMC. The inter-relationship between the various Emergency Response Facilities (ERF) is outlined in this section of the Plan. These facilities are designed to be a cohesive structure, each providing a role in the emergency.
5.0 Organizational Controls                                5.2 5.1  Corporate Emergency Response Structure                5.2 5.2 Augmentation of Station Organization                    5.2 5.3 Coordination with Participating Government              5.3 Agencies
6.1 Control Room (CR) This is the main control center at the station and any emergency situation is immediately dealt with in the Control Room (classification, assessment, etc.) 6.2 Technical Support Center (TSC) The TSC is staffed at an alert or greater emergency classification to assist the CR Staff and to be the focal point of the onsite emergency organization.
* CERP Page 5-2 03-01-90 5.0 Organizational Controls 5.1 Corporate Emergency Response Structure The  organization of the    Corporate Emergency\ Response Team under the direction of the Corporate Response Manager is shown in Section 3. In the event of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency at either Surry or North Anna Power Stations, the CERP  is  activated. In  response,  the Recovery Manager reports    to  the local Emergency Operations Facility and acts as the coordinator between the Station Emergency Manager,      Corporate Response Manager, and Federal, State, and local agencies.
The Technical Support Center is in direct contact with the LEOF and CR. It serves to support in-station functions and has the necessary instrumentation and documents to permit emergency response personnel to make recommendations and advise the Station Emergency Manager. 6.3 Operational Support Center (OSC) This is an onsite ERF that is a staging area for emergency response personnel and is a resource for the TSC management use. 6.4 Local Emergency Operation .Facility (LEOF) The North Anna LEOF Building and the Surry LEOF Building serve as the LEOF and Recovery Center . The Recovery Manager and the LEOF staff will coordinate with Federal and State and local officials at this center. Field data will be gathered for analysis and provided to the LEOF. The State Mobile Lab may also support this facility.
The Joint  Public Information Center is also activated upon an "Alert" or higher classification, and operates under *the direction of the Joint Public Information Center Director.
This data will be CERP Page 6-3 03-01-90 evaluated to provide protective action recommendations to the State and locals. In addition, the LEOF will provide periodic updates of emergency information to the State and local governm~nt officials.
Other members  in the CERP will assist the Corporate Response Manager in responding to the emergency and recovery in their respective areas. The members of each CERT shall      have procedures  to assemble their support staffs.
Upon event termination, the Recovery Manager and Staff will develop a recovery plan to deal with the post emergency situation.
5.2 Augmentation of Station Organization The Station Emergency Manager has    the authority to    request additional support at  the Station,    Technical  Support Center or Operations Support Center. His requirements will be coordinated with the Recovery Manager and his staff.
6.5 Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) This center is located on the ground floor of the Innsbrook Technical Center. The function of the CERC is to serve as the focal point of the inter-company effort to manage the recove~ operations, and to desiminate all information concerning the emergency.
* CERP Page 5-3 03-01-90 5.3 Coordination With Participating Government Agencies Corporate Emergency Response Center personnel coordinate support activities with Federal and State agencies principally responding  to  the emergency and/or recovery. The Corporate  Response Manager may also assemble NRC, State, vendor,  and/or consultant support at    the  CERC. He may seek assistance  from other nuclear utilities, if needed. If requested by the State Emergency Operations Center, a Company technical representative will be dispatched to provide technical interpretation or clarification of data transmitted to that office.  (This individual's  responsibilities do    not include making statements to the media).
6.6 Corporate Emergency Operations Facility (CEOF) The Corporate Emergency Operations Facility (CEOF) is located adjacent to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) on the ground floor of the Innsbrook Technical Center. If the onsite Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF) is not operational, the CEOF will be activated and staffed with personnel previously assigned to the CERC (as designated on the CEOF Activation Matrix, CERP (Page 6.4), until personnel normally reporting to the LEOF are available to staff the CEOF. 6.7 Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) The Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) is located in the cafeteria of the Innsbrook Technical Center. It is a branch of the CERC. Official company statements to the media will be made from this facility, by the Chief Technical Spokesman.
* CERP Page 6-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES Part                          Subject                Page No.
6.8 Local Media Center A Local Media Center will be activated at the Station Nuclear Information Center where members of the media can be briefed by Federal, State and Virginia Power representatives.
6.0  Emergency Response Facilities                    6.2 6.1 Control Room                                      6.2 6.2 Technical Support Center                          6.2 6.3 Operational Support Center                          6.2 6.4 Local Emergency Operation Facility                  6.2 6.5 Corporate Emergency Response Center                6.3
* 6.9 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
* 6.6  Corporate Emergency Operations Facility 6.7 Joint Public Information Center 6.8 Local Media Center 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.9  CEOF Activation Matrix                            6.4 6.10 LEOF Records Availability                          6.5 6.11 North Anna and Surry Power Station LEOF Resources                                    6.6
* 8.
* CERP
* CERP Page 6-4 03-01-90 CEOF ACTIVATION MATRIX CERC assumes CEOF initiates CORRESPONDING
* 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities (ERF)
* POSITION POSITION CPIP Corporate Response Manager Recovery Manager 1. 0' 6. 1, 6.5 Admin. Services Manager LEOF /CEOF 3.0, 3. 1, 3.2, Services Coordinator Rad Con. & Waste Mgt. Radiological Assessment 6.2 Coordinator Operations Support Operations Support 5 .1 Coordinator Licensing Engineer Emergency Plan Advisor 6.3 CERC Communicator Team Emergency Communicator 6.4, CPIP-3.1 Public Affairs News Coordinator 2.0, 2 .1, 2.2, Emergency Coordinator Technical Support Technical Advisor 5.0, 5. 1, 5. 2, Manager 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.8 NOTE: Other positions normally staffed in conjunction with CERC activation (that are not listed above) will continue regularly assigned duties in coordination with the CEOF staff. NOTE: References to LEOF activation in the above CPIPs correspond to the CEOF in the event that the LEOF is not operational . 3.3 2.3 5.3, 5. 7, 
Special Page 6-2 03-01-90 emergency facilities are staffed upon declaration of an emergency classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or.General         Emergency. They include CR,     TSC,   OSC, LEOF, CERC, JPIC and LMC. The inter-relationship between the various Emergency Response Facilities (ERF) is outlined in this section of the       Plan. These facilities     are designed to be a cohesive structure, each providing a role in the emergency.
6.1 Control Room (CR)
This is the main control center at the station and any emergency situation is   immediately dealt with in the Control Room (classification, assessment, etc.)
6.2 Technical Support Center (TSC)
The TSC is staffed at an alert or greater emergency classification                 to assist   the   CR Staff and       to be the focal point of the onsite emergency organization. The Technical Support Center is in direct contact with         the LEOF and     CR. It   serves   to support   in-station   functions and has the necessary   instrumentation     and documents   to   permit emergency response personnel to make recommendations and advise the Station Emergency Manager.
6.3 Operational Support Center (OSC)
This   is an onsite ERF that         is a staging area for emergency response personnel and is a resource for the TSC management use.
6.4 Local Emergency Operation .Facility (LEOF)
The North Anna LEOF Building and the Surry LEOF Building serve as the           LEOF and   Recovery Center .     The   Recovery Manager and     the   LEOF staff will
* coordinate with Federal and State and Field  data will local   officials at   this be gathered for analysis and provided to the LEOF.
State Mobile Lab may also       support this   facility. This   data center.
will The be
 
CERP Page 6-3 03-01-90 evaluated to provide     protective action recommendations to the State and locals. In addition, the LEOF will provide periodic updates     of emergency information   to the State and     local governm~nt officials. Upon event termination, the Recovery Manager and Staff will develop a recovery plan to deal with the post emergency situation.
6.5 Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC)
This   center is   located on   the ground floor of the Innsbrook Technical Center. The function of the CERC is to serve as the focal     point of the inter-company effort to manage the recove~ operations, and to desiminate all information concerning the emergency.
6.6 Corporate Emergency Operations Facility (CEOF)
The Corporate Emergency Operations Facility (CEOF) is located adjacent         to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) on the ground floor of the Innsbrook Technical Center. If the onsite     Local   Emergency Operations Facility   (LEOF) is not operational, the CEOF will be activated and staffed with personnel previously assigned to     the   CERC (as   designated on   the CEOF Activation Matrix, CERP (Page 6.4), until personnel normally reporting to the LEOF are available to staff the CEOF.
6.7 Joint Public Information Center (JPIC)
The Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) is located in the cafeteria         of the   Innsbrook Technical   Center. It is a branch of the CERC. Official company statements to the media will be made from     this   facility,   by the Chief Technical Spokesman.
6.8 Local Media Center A Local   Media Center will be activated at the Station Nuclear Information Center where members of the media can be     briefed   by Federal,   State   and Virginia Power representatives.
 
CERP
* Page 6-4 03-01-90 6.9    CEOF ACTIVATION MATRIX CERC           assumes           CEOF       initiates         CORRESPONDING
* POSITION                       POSITION                             CPIP
: 1. Corporate Response Manager     Recovery Manager         1. 0' 6. 1, 6.5
: 2. Admin. Services Manager       LEOF /CEOF               3.0, 3. 1, 3.2, 3.3 Services Coordinator
: 3.      Rad Con. &Waste Mgt.           Radiological Assessment 6.2 Coordinator
: 4.      Operations Support           Operations Support       5.1 Coordinator
: 5.      Licensing Engineer           Emergency Plan Advisor   6.3
: 6. CERC Communicator Team         Emergency Communicator   6.4, CPIP-3.1
: 7. Public Affairs                 News Coordinator         2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
* Emergency Coordinator
: 8. Technical Support             Technical Advisor         5.0, 5. 1, 5. 2, 5.3, Manager                                                 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5. 7, 5.8 NOTE: Other positions normally staffed in conjunction with CERC activation (that are not listed above) will continue regularly assigned duties in coordination with the CEOF staff.
NOTE: References to LEOF activation in the above CPIPs correspond to the CEOF in the event that the LEOF is not operational .
*
*
* 6;10 LEOF RECORDS AVAILABILITY CERP Page 6-5 03-01-90 The required LEOF Records, Procedures and Emergericy Plans are onsite and available to support LEOF activities.
* CERP Page 6-5 03-01-90 6;10 LEOF RECORDS AVAILABILITY The required LEOF Records, Procedures and Emergericy Plans are onsite and available to support LEOF activities. The LEOF records include, but shall not be limited to:
The LEOF records include, but shall not be limited to: Plant Technical Specifications Plant Operating Procedures Emergency Operating Procedures Final Safety Analysis Report Licensee, State and Local Emergency Response Plans Offsite Population Distribution Data Environs Radiological Monitoring Records Drawings, Schematics and Diagrams showing conditions of plant structures and systems down to the component, and inplant locations of these systems. Employee Radiation Exposure Histories are available via telephone transmittal from the site Health Physics Department and/or site record storage facility.
Plant Technical Specifications Plant Operating Procedures Emergency Operating Procedures Final Safety Analysis Report Licensee, State and Local Emergency Response Plans Offsite Population Distribution Data
* Environs Radiological Monitoring Records Drawings, Schematics and Diagrams showing conditions of plant structures and systems down to the component, and inplant locations of these systems.
Employee Radiation Exposure Histories are available via telephone transmittal from the site Health Physics Department and/or site record storage facility.
 
CERP Page 6-6 03-01-90 6.11 NORTH ANNA AND SURRY POWER STATION LEOF RESOURCES Office Supplies Office supplies are located in the administrative services office.
Radiation Monitors Radiation detection equipment (fixed and portable) is in the LEOF, and will be monitored by Health Physics. Additional radiation monitoring equipment, if required, will be supplied by the Station Health Physics Department.
Telecommunications Equipment The following telecommunications equipment can be found in the LEOF:
Insta-Phone System, Ringdown Telephone System, Commercial Telephone System, OPX
* and PBX Telephone System, Two-way Mobile Radio System, NRC Dedicated systems (HPN and ENS) and the SCATS telephone system.
Records, Procedures, and Emergency Plans Required plant Records, Procedures and Emergency Plans needed to exercise overall management control, during a radiological emergency, are stored in the LEOF administrative services office, or are available via telephone transmittal or by other means from the Station and/or corporate resources.
Emergency Kit One emergency kit is available for use by radiological monitoring personnel .
* CERP Page 6.7 CORPORATE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER 03-01-90 INNSBROOK TECHNICAL CENTER, GROUND FLOOR - SOUTHWEST ADMIN. SERVICES RECORDS MANAGEMENT TECHNICAL SUPPORT LIBRARY NRCAREA CO'JFERENCE RCOv1 A VA.DEPT.OF EMERGENCY SVCS, PUBLIC AFFAIRS AREA        CONFERENCE RM. F CO'JFERENCE RCOv1 B LOBBY 0
SECURITY BACK-UP fQEL              PLAN/DESIGN/CONST TECHNICAL SUPPORT            CONFERENCE RM. C CONFERENCE RCOv1 E MECHANICAL R()Q\,1 co-JFERENCE R<XM D JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER D
PODIUM PUBLIC INFORMATION
                                                    .ED:M
*
*
* 6.11 NORTH ANNA AND SURRY POWER STATION LEOF RESOURCES Office Supplies CERP Page 6-6 03-01-90 Office supplies are located in the administrative services office. Radiation Monitors Radiation detection equipment (fixed and portable) is in the LEOF, and will be monitored by Health Physics. Additional radiation monitoring equipment, if required, will be supplied by the Station Health Physics Department.
* LOCAL NORTH ANNA POWER STATION EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY NOTE: EXTENSION NUMBERS ARE PRECEEDED BY
Telecommunications Equipment The following telecommunications equipment can be found in the LEOF: Insta-Phone System, Ringdown Telephone System, Commercial Telephone System, OPX and PBX Telephone System, Two-way Mobile Radio System, NRC Dedicated systems (HPN and ENS) and the SCATS telephone system. Records, Procedures, and Emergency Plans Required plant Records, Procedures and Emergency Plans needed to exercise overall management control, during a radiological emergency, are stored in the LEOF administrative services office, or are available via telephone transmittal or by other means from the Station and/or corporate resources.
* STATE RAD HEALTH:                  VIRGINIA POWER HP:              NRC:
Emergency Kit One emergency kit is available for use by radiological monitoring personnel .
: 1.                                 1.                             1.
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER INNSBROOK TECHNICAL CENTER, GROUND FLOOR -SOUTHWEST NRCAREA CO'JFERENCE RCOv1 A PUBLIC AFFAIRS AREA CO'JFERENCE RCOv1 B BACK-UP fQEL TECHNICAL SUPPORT CONFERENCE RCOv1 E MECHANICAL R()Q\,1 ADMIN. SERVICES RECORDS MANAGEMENT TECHNICAL SUPPORT LIBRARY VA.DEPT.OF EMERGENCY SVCS, CONFERENCE RM. F LOBBY 0 SECURITY PLAN/DESIGN/CONST CONFERENCE RM. C co-JFERENCE R<XM D JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER D PODIUM PUBLIC INFORMATION .ED:M CERP Page 6.7 03-01-90
: 2.                                 2.                             2.
* DEPARTMENT OF EWERGENCY SERVICES (STATE DES): 1 . 2. 3. 4. NORTH ANNA POWER STATION LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY NOTE: EXTENSION NUMBERS ARE PRECEEDED BY STATE RAD HEALTH: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 00 0 STATE SECURITY/
: 3.                                 3.                             3.
RAD [XE: 0 HEALTH OONTROL 0 X OSTATE o [ES i 0 RECOVERY MANAGER: 0 VIRGINIA POWER HP: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 VIRGINIA POWER l'fC HEALTH PHYSICS 0 0 0 --1(~ ... ,_ ..... 0 RECORDS/ ADMIN. PUBLIC CXNEfE.CE SERVICES AFFAIRS X Fmv1 X ADMIN. SERVICES AREA IS THE STORAGE LOCATION FOR RECOFOS, PROCEDURES EMERGENCY PLANS, ETC. NRC: 1 . 2. 3. 4. --ELECTRICAU MECHANICAL RXWI X PUBLIC AFFAIRS:
: 4.                                 4.                              4.
* 0 "'U 0 w m m * <O :IJ 0 CD "'U ...... a>
: 5.                                5.
* CXl <D 0
: 6.                                 6.
: 1. 2. 3. 4. DEPARTMENT OF EtvERGENCY SERVICES (STATE DES): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 STATE                                        0 VIRGINIA POWER         l'fC SECURITY/          RAD        HEALTH PHYSICS               0 DEPARTMENT OF          [XE:    0 HEALTH                                      0 EWERGENCY SERVICES  OONTROL    0                                              0 (STATE DES):
* SURRY POWER STATION LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY NOTE: EXTENSION NUMBERS ARE PRECEEDED BY STATE RAD HEALTH: 00 0 STATE SECURITY/
1.
RAD c:x:a:: 0 HEALTH CONlR)l..
2.
0 X OSTATE o &#xa3;ES 1 X 0 RECOVERY MANAGER: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.' 7 .. 8.' 9.1 10. 0 VIRGINIA POWER HP: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 VIRGINIA POWER f,EC 0 HEAL TH PHYSICS 0 0 0 i I ' R RECORDS/ ADMIN. PUBLIC SERVICES AFFAIRS Rnv1 X X ADMIN. SERVICES AREA IS THE STORAGE LOCATION FOO REOOROS, PROCEDURES EMERGENCY PLANS, ETC. NRC: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CQM>UTER Fmvt X . ELECTRICAU MECHANICAL R:OA X PUBLIC AFFAIRS: 1. 2. 3. 4.
3.
* I (0 0 CD ..... O> ' <O <O 0
X          OSTATE o
* LOCAL MEDIA CENTER NORTH ANNA AND SURRY POWER STATIONS FEMA (. I 1 ) " VA. PWR. I A I WORK AREA u RECEPTION AREA TELECOPIER (NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER) VIRGINIA POWER WORK AREA ..... O'> ' ..... <D 0 0 JAMES RIVER TO WAKEFIELD
0
/
[ES  i --1(~                 ,_
* MAP TO SURRY POWER STATION TO WAKEFIE~ JAMES RIVER 'TO RICHMOND JAMES RIVER TO SMITHFIELD (sRAA) SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA ILMCI LOCAL MEDIA CENTER ERAA) PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY 'AREA <D 0 Culpeper
                                                                  . . ...       0
* To Louisa MAP TO NORTH ANNA POWER STATION NOTE: THE LOCAL MEDIA CENTER IS LOCATED AT THE ENTRANCE TO NORTH ANNA POWER STATION ON ROUTE 700 To \;o Richmond \ CEFP Page 6.12 03-01-90 Secondary Remote Assembly Area
                                                                                  --
* Part 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 7 Subject Recovery Recovery Organization Recovery Plan Recovery Plan Outline RECOVERY CERP Page 7-1 03-01-90 Page No. 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.4
4.
* 7.0 Recovery CERP Page 7-2 03-01-90 Upon event termination, a recovery organization will be established and implemented by the Recovery Manager. The recovery organization will provide the personnel resources to accommodate the recovery phase. During the recovery phase, the Recovery Manager's principle responsibilities are: 1. To coordinate necessary response actions to control the recovery operation and to protect the safety of station personnel and the public; 2. To manage all phases of the recovery effort and restore the station to a safe condition;
RECORDS/       ADMIN. PUBLIC   ELECTRICAU CXNEfE.CE     SERVICES   AFFAIRS   MECHANICAL Fmv1        X                      RXWI X                                   X RECOVERY MANAGER:                ADMIN. SERVICES AREA           PUBLIC AFFAIRS:
: 3. To manage and direct any outside support for recovery operations, e.g., equipment, manpower, and services;
IS THE STORAGE LOCATION FOR RECOFOS, PROCEDURES EMERGENCY PLANS, ETC.
: 4. To resolve issues concerning operating license requirements with the NRC; 5. To approve public information releases;
0     "'U 0 w* <O m m
: 6. To direct manpower planning for the recovery organization, assuring the availability of sufficient staff. The Recovery Manager will direct the following activities to aid the recovery phase: 1. Develop a basic recovery plan based on plant conditions;
:IJ 0     CD "'U
                                                                                                    ...... a>
* CXl
                                                                                                    <D 0
* SURRY POWER STATION LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY NOTE: EXTENSION NUMBERS ARE PRECEEDED BY
* STATE RAD HEALTH:                    VIRGINIA POWER HP:                NRC:
: 1.                                             1.                                1.
: 2.                                             2.                               2.
: 3.                                             3.                               3.
: 4.                                             4.                               4.
: 5.                               5.
6.
00 0        0    0    0    0  0 0 00 0 CQM>UTER 0 STATE        VIRGINIA  POWER           f,EC 0 RAD       HEALTH PHYSICS                          Fmvt SECURITY/
c:x:a::     0 HEALTH                                     0        X DEPARTMENT OF                                                                        0 EtvERGENCY SERVICES CONlR)l..       0 X           OSTATE                                       0
                                                        ~I (STATE DES):
o         1    i
                                                                              '
X                &#xa3;ES
: 1.                                                               R 2.
3.
0 4.
5.
6.
7.
: 8.                                                 RECORDS/     ADMIN.     PUBLIC   .ELECTRICAU
: 9.                                                ~            SERVICES   AFFAIRS   MECHANICAL Rnv1         X                        R:OA X                                     X RECOVERY MANAGER:                  ADMIN. SERVICES AREA             PUBLIC AFFAIRS:
: 1.                                IS THE STORAGE LOCATION           1.
: 2.                                  FOO REOOROS, PROCEDURES         2.
: 3.                                  EMERGENCY PLANS, ETC.           3.
: 4.                                                                 4.
5.
6.'
7 ..
                                                                                                          ~~~
0 I   (0 CD
                                                                                                          ..... O>
8.'
                                                                                                            ' <O 9.1                                                                                  <O 0
10.
* LOCAL MEDIA CENTER NORTH ANNA AND SURRY POWER STATIONS TELECOPIER FEMA ( . I1      )
IA I
"               VA. PWR.
WORK AREA u
RECEPTION AREA VIRGINIA POWER WORK AREA (NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER)
                                                            ..... O'>
                                                              '
                                                            <D 0
                                                                  .....
0
* MAP TO SURRY POWER STATION
                                                        ' T O RICHMOND JAMES RIVER JAMES RIVER (sRAA)
SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA ILMCI LOCAL MEDIA CENTER JAMES RIVER                  ERAA)
PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY
                                                                          'AREA TO WAKEFIELD TO WAKEFIE~
/                                    TO SMITHFIELD
                                                                                    <D ~
0
 
MAP TO NORTH ANNA POWER STATION               CEFP Page 6.12 NOTE: THE LOCAL MEDIA CENTER IS LOCATED AT THE     03-01-90 ENTRANCE TO NORTH ANNA POWER STATION ON ROUTE 700 Culpeper To
* Secondary Remote Assembly Area To Louisa
                    \;o Richmond \
 
CERP Page 7-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 7 RECOVERY Part          Subject                               Page No.
7.0  Recovery                                         7.2 7.1  Recovery Organization                           7.3 7.2 Recovery Plan                                    7.3 7.3 Recovery Plan Outline                            7.4
* CERP Page 7-2 03-01-90 7.0 Recovery Upon event termination,     a recovery organization will be established and implemented by the Recovery Manager.       The   recovery organization will provide the personnel resources to accommodate the recovery phase.       During the recovery phase, the Recovery Manager's principle responsibilities are:
: 1. To coordinate necessary response actions       to control   the   recovery operation and to protect the safety of station personnel and the public;
: 2. To manage all phases of the recovery effort and restore the station to a safe condition;
: 3. To manage and direct any outside support for recovery operations,
* e.g., equipment, manpower, and services;
: 4. To resolve issues concerning operating license requirements with the NRC;
: 5. To approve public information releases;
: 6. To direct manpower planning for the recovery organization, assuring the availability of sufficient staff.
The Recovery Manager will   direct the following   activities   to aid   the recovery phase:
: 1. Develop a basic recovery plan based on plant conditions;
: 2. Establish a recovery organization commensurate with the situation;
: 2. Establish a recovery organization commensurate with the situation;
: 3. Notify personnel required to implement recovery plan; 4. Release the balance of the personnel and officially relieve the emergency organization to the extent he deems necessary.
: 3. Notify personnel required to implement recovery plan;
The Recovery Manager will normally direct recovery operations from the Recovery Center (Local Emergency Operations Facility);
: 4. Release the   balance of the   personnel   and officially relieve the emergency organization to the extent he deems necessary.
however, he may relocate to other facilities better suited to direct recovery operations.
The Recovery Manager will normally direct     recovery operations     from   the Recovery Center   (Local Emergency Operations     Facility); however, he may relocate to other facilities better suited to direct recovery operations.
7.1 Recovery Organization CERP Page 7-3 03-01-90 The principle responsibilities of the recovery organization are: 1. To define and communicate the recovery objectives;
 
CERP Page 7-3 03-01-90 7.1  Recovery Organization The principle responsibilities of the recovery organization are:
: 1. To define and communicate the recovery objectives;
: 2. To develop a plan to accomplish the recovery objectives;
: 2. To develop a plan to accomplish the recovery objectives;
: 3. To establish controls and warn of impending complications;
: 3. To establish controls and warn of impending complications;
: 4. To monitor the recovery effort, and; 5. To evaluate the recovery effort accomplishments against the recovery objectives.
: 4. To monitor the recovery effort, and;
Federal and State agencies may augment the recovery organization and participate in establishing recovery objectives.
: 5. To evaluate the recovery effort accomplishments against the recovery objectives.
7.2 Recovery Plan The purpose of the recovery plan is to prescribe those recovery operations necessary to: 1. Identify the extent of damage to the station; 2. Provide assistance as requested, and as resources allow, to State and local agencies to aid their offsite recovery activities;
Federal   and State agencies may augment the         recovery organization and participate in establishing recovery objectives.
: 3. Return the station to an operational status. Under the direction of the Recovery Manager, the recovery organization in cooperation with governmental officials will address the planning and coordination of the recovery effort. Where possible,*
7.2 Recovery Plan The purpose of the recovery plan is to prescribe those recovery operations necessary to:
normal practices will be followed concerning maintenance, repair, modification, decontamination, and radiation exposure control. The recovery plan schedule will be redesigned to accommodate unforeseen problems.
: 1. Identify the extent of damage to the station;
These problems will be evaluated and their impact integrated into the overall recovery plan. The repair, maintenance, modification, and decontamination of station systems, components, etc., will be discussed, prioritized, coordinated, and proceduralized in this plan.
: 2. Provide assistance as requested, and as resources allow, to State and local agencies to aid their offsite recovery activities;
7.3 RECOVERY PLAN OUTLINE Recovery Plan Actions 1. Overall Objectives
: 3. Return the station to an operational status.
: 2. Procedures Development  
Under the direction of the Recovery Manager, the recovery organization       in cooperation with governmental     officials will     address   the planning and coordination of the recovery effort. Where possible,* normal practices will be followed concerning maintenance, repair, modification, decontamination, and radiation exposure control.     The   recovery plan     schedule will   be redesigned   to accommodate   unforeseen   problems. These problems will be evaluated and their impact integrated into the overall recovery plan.       The repair,   maintenance, modification, and decontamination of station systems, components,   etc., will   be discussed,   prioritized,     coordinated,   and proceduralized in this plan.
-Operations Inspection and Testing -Maintenance  
 
-Decontamination  
CERP Page 7-4 03-01-90 7.3 RECOVERY PLAN OUTLINE Recovery Plan Actions
-Radwaste -Start-up 3. Testing Internally or externally ordered or requested  
: 1. Overall Objectives
-Surveillance Testing -Technical Specification Requirements
: 2. Procedures Development
: 4. Radiological Controls -Surveys (Plant, Site, Environs)  
          - Operations Inspection and Testing
-RWP's -Dosimetry  
          - Maintenance
-Exposure Control -Bioassay Analysis CERP Page 7-4 03-01-90 r -5. Administrative Controls -Contracts and Budgets -Processing Correspondence and Reports 6. ALARA Programs, Reports, and Records 7. Comprehensive Radiological Surveillance Program 8. Provide offsite authorities with progress reports 9. Where applicable, provide assistance to the State and local authorities
          - Decontamination
: 10. Provide information to the public on the status of the recovery efforts 11. Security 12. Environmental impact studies and effects CERP Page 7-5 03-01-90
          - Radwaste
* VI RGI NIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 8 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS Part Subject 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 8.1 Dissemination of Public Information 8.2 Organizational Preparedness CERP Page 8-1 03-01-90 Page No. 8.2 8.2 8.3
          - Start-up
*
: 3. Testing Internally or externally ordered or requested
* 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness CERP Page 8-2 03-01-90 The Senior Vice President  
        - Surveillance Testing
-Nuclear has the overall responsibility for radiological emergency response planning.
        - Technical Specification Requirements
The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) and the Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures (CPIP's) are reviewed annually for adequacy and applicability by the Director -Emergency Planning/designee.
: 4. Radiological Controls
In addition, proposed revisions to the Plan or the CPIP's are submitted to the Director -Emergency Planning for review and implementation.
        - Surveys (Plant, Site, Environs)
Changes are made and distributed in accordance with the "Controlled Distribution" list to maintain the plan on a current and controlled basis. It is the responsibility of the CERT leaders to inform the Director Emergency Planning of any changes in team staffing . 8.1 Dissemination of Public Information The Company will disseminate emergency preparedness information to the public within a ten-mile radius of North Anna and Surry Power Stations.
        - RWP's
The information, distributed on an annual basis, will include: 1. Information regarding how the public will be notified and what their actions should be in an emergency
        - Dosimetry
        - Exposure Control
        - Bioassay Analysis
 
r -
CERP Page 7-5 03-01-90
: 5. Administrative Controls
        - Contracts and Budgets
        - Processing Correspondence and Reports
: 6. ALARA Programs, Reports, and Records
: 7. Comprehensive Radiological Surveillance Program
: 8. Provide offsite authorities with progress reports
: 9. Where applicable, provide assistance to the State and local authorities
: 10. Provide information to the public on the status of the recovery efforts
: 11. Security
: 12. Environmental impact studies and effects
 
CERP
* VI RGI NIA POWER Page 8-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 8 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS Part                         Subject                   Page No.
8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness                   8.2 8.1 Dissemination of Public Information                   8.2 8.2 Organizational Preparedness                          8.3
 
CERP Page 8-2
* 03-01-90 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness The Senior Vice President - Nuclear has the overall responsibility for radiological emergency response planning.
The Corporate   Emergency Response   Plan   (CERP) and the   Corporate   Plan Implementing   Procedures (CPIP's) are   reviewed annually for adequacy and applicability by the Director - Emergency Planning/designee. In addition, proposed   revisions to the Plan or the CPIP's are submitted to the Director
      - Emergency Planning for review and implementation. Changes are made   and distributed   in accordance with   the   "Controlled Distribution"   list to maintain the plan on a current and controlled basis.
It is the responsibility of the CERT leaders to inform the Director Emergency Planning of any changes in team staffing .
* 8.1 Dissemination of Public Information The Company will disseminate emergency preparedness information to the public within a ten-mile radius of North Anna and Surry Power Stations.
The information, distributed on an annual basis, will include:
: 1. Information regarding how the public will be notified and what their actions should be in an emergency
: 2. Educational information on radiation
: 2. Educational information on radiation
: 3. Contact for additional information
: 3. Contact for additional information
: 4. Protective measures 5. Needs of the handicapped
: 4. Protective measures
* *
: 5. Needs of the handicapped
* CERP Page 8-3 03-01-90 The Company will coordinate efforts with State and local authorities to ensure the public (permanent, transient and handicapped residents) is informed by publications, including the telephone book, newspaper ads, postings and public information brochures.
 
The Company will conduct programs on an annual basis to infonn and acquaint the media with the emergency plans, the effects of radiation and the points of contact for release of public infonnation in an emergency.
CERP Page 8-3
8.2 Organizational Preparedness 8.2.1 Training Annual training sessions for CERT members regarding implementation of the Plan and their respective responsibilities is conducted . 8.2.2 Director -Emergency Planning The Director -Emergency Planning is responsible for the maintenance of* the CERP and CPIP's, and the administration of corporate emergency planning activities.
* The Company will coordinate efforts with State and local 03-01-90 authorities to ensure the public (permanent, transient and handicapped residents) is informed by publications, including the telephone book, newspaper ads, postings and public information brochures.
8.2.2.1 Scope of Responsibility Develop and coordinate the Corporate Emergency Response Plan activities which establish the supporting mechanism for the Corporate and Station Emergency Response structure.
The Company will   conduct programs on an annual basis to infonn and acquaint the media with the emergency plans, the effects of radiation and the points of contact for release of public infonnation in an emergency.
Provide guidance and assistance to Corporate and power station management and staff on matters relating to Emergen*cy Preparedness.
8.2 Organizational Preparedness 8.2.1 Training Annual training sessions for CERT members regarding implementation of the Plan and their respective responsibilities is conducted .
Provide assistance in conducting the annual emergency exercises.
* 8.2.2 Director - Emergency Planning The Director - Emergency Planning is responsible for the maintenance of* the CERP and CPIP's, and the administration of corporate emergency planning activities.
Ensure that emergency preparedness matters meet current requirements of the various regulatory agencies and that Company efforts to meet these requirements are compatible with Federal, State and local gov~rnment organizations.
8.2.2.1 Scope of Responsibility Develop and coordinate the Corporate Emergency Response Plan activities which establish the supporting mechanism for the Corporate and Station Emergency Response structure. Provide guidance and assistance to Corporate and power station management and staff on matters       relating to Emergen*cy Preparedness. Provide assistance in conducting the annual emergency exercises. Ensure that emergency preparedness
* 8.2.2.2 Emergency Planning Department CERP Page 8-4 03-01-90 Develop, maintain and publish a Corporate Emergency Response Pl an which pro vi des a structure for the co*rporate emergency response organization to deal with emergency conditions at nuclear power stations.
* matters meet current requirements of the various regulatory agencies and that Company efforts to meet these requirements are compatible with Federal, State and local gov~rnment organizations.
Act as corporate liaison in planning, coordinating, and conducting emergency exercises and ensure they conform to standards as prescribed by the NRC. Act as liaison to other corporate departments which provide support for emergency response functions.
 
CERP Page 8-4
* 8.2.2.2 Emergency Planning Department 03-01-90 Develop, maintain and publish a Corporate Emergency Response Pl an which pro vi des a structure for the co*rporate emergency response organization to deal with emergency conditions at nuclear power stations.
Act as corporate liaison in planning, coordinating, and conducting emergency exercises and ensure they conform to standards as prescribed by the NRC.
Act as liaison to other corporate departments which provide support for emergency response functions.
Develop and keep current procedures for alerting, notifying and activating corporate emergency response personnel.
Develop and keep current procedures for alerting, notifying and activating corporate emergency response personnel.
Review station emergency plans, implementing procedures and changes to the same for consistency, adherence to regulations and corporate plan interface prior to submittal to any outside agency. 8.2.2.3 Communications Establish and maintain reliable primary and back-up means of co11111Unications for licensee, state and local response organizations.
Review station emergency plans, implementing procedures and changes   to the     same   for   consistency,   adherence   to regulations     and corporate plan interface prior to submittal to any outside agency.
Evaluate operability of the entire emergency communication system periodically.
8.2.2.3 Communications Establish and maintain reliable primary and back-up means of co11111Unications   for   licensee,   state and   local   response organizations.
---------------~---
Evaluate operability of the entire emergency communication system periodically.
------* 8.2.2.4 Public Information and Education CERP Page 8-5 03-01-90 Develop, coordinate and review the publications which provide information to the public~in the EPZ as prescribed by NUREG-0654.
 
Establish means for the dissemination of the above infonnation by use of periodic mailings, radio broadcasts, specific news releases, public forums, posters and telephone directory advertisements on request. 8.2.2.5 Liaison with Outside Agencies Maintain liaison with Federal, State, and local government agencies, (NRC, FEMA, DES and local county and city jurisdictions) concerning matters which mutually relate to emergency planning and preparedness for nuclear power stations.
                            ---- --
Negotiate letters of agreement on a biennial basis between Virginia Power and supporting government agencies and volunteer organizations to provide emergency assistance.
* 8.2.2.4 Public Information and Education CERP Page 8-5 03-01-90 Develop,   coordinate and     review the   publications which provide information to the public~in the EPZ as       prescribed by NUREG-0654.
8.2.2.6 Early Warning Systems Ensure operability of EWS. Provide information to the Public Affairs Department.
Establish   means   for     the dissemination   of the above infonnation by use of periodic mailings,     radio broadcasts, specific news releases, public forums, posters and telephone directory advertisements on request.
8.2.2.7 Training Identify training needs which support emergency preparedness and advise the appropriate Nuclear Training Department personnel to ensure that emergency training meets the requirements of NUREG-0654.
8.2.2.5   Liaison with Outside Agencies Maintain liaison with Federal, State, and       local government agencies,     (NRC, FEMA,   DES and   local   county and city jurisdictions) concerning matters which mutually relate         to emergency     planning and preparedness       for nuclear power stations.
8.2.3 Equipment and Supplies CERP Page 8-6 03-01-90 Inventory, inspection and operability checks of emergency equipment/instruments in the CERC and JPr, is required once each calendar quarter and after each use. A checklist is provided for each location for verification and docum~ntation in accordance with NUREG 0654. These checks will be the responsibility of the following:
Negotiate letters of agreement on a biennial       basis   between Virginia   Power and     supporting government agencies     and volunteer organizations to provide emergency assistance.
Administrative Services Team -CERC Public Affairs Team -Joint Public Information Center Local Media Center Each team will maintain the completed checklists on file for historical purposes.
8.2.2.6 Early Warning Systems Ensure operability of EWS.
8.2.4 Requesting Additions/Changes to CERP Telecommunications Facilities at Innsbrook, North Anna and Surry Power Stations The Director-Corporate Emergency Planning is the designated person responsible for submitting written requests to the Teleconmunications Department for additions/changes to the CERP facilities at Innsbrook and at North Anna and Surry Power Stations.
Provide information to the Public Affairs Department.
Part 9.0 9.1 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PlAN SECTION 9 GENERAL TRAINING Subject Maintaining Emergency Preparedness Policy Statement Training Program Guide CERP Page 9-1 03-01-90 9.2 9.2 
8.2.2.7 Training Identify training needs which support emergency preparedness and advise     the appropriate   Nuclear Training   Department personnel   to ensure     that emergency training meets       the requirements of NUREG-0654.
*
 
* 9.0 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS POLICY STATEMENT CERP Page 9-2 03-01-90 It is the policy of Virginia Power to vigorously support a program of Emergency Preparedness for our nuclear power stations.
CERP Page 8-6 03-01-90 8.2.3 Equipment and Supplies Inventory,   inspection     and   operability     checks   of emergency equipment/instruments in the CERC and JPr,     is   required once   each calendar quarter and after each use.       A checklist is provided for each location for verification and docum~ntation in accordance with NUREG 0654.
This goal is achieved through the selection, retention and training of qualified individuals who staff emergency response positions in the Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP}. The purpose of such a program shall be (1) to ensure that only qualified individuals are selected to participate as members of the CERP Team; (2} to maintain a disciplined and experienced CERP staff so that members retain their CERP responsibilities and, to educate CERP members through training and exercises.
These checks will be the responsibility of the following:
The CERP is revised semi-annually.
Administrative Services Team - CERC Public Affairs Team - Joint Public Information Center Local Media Center Each   team will   maintain   the completed checklists on       file for historical purposes.
Personnel reassignments will be made as required utilizing reassignment procedures.
8.2.4 Requesting Additions/Changes to CERP Telecommunications Facilities at Innsbrook, North Anna and Surry Power Stations The   Director-Corporate   Emergency Planning is the designated person responsible     for     submitting     written     requests     to     the Teleconmunications   Department for     additions/changes     to the CERP facilities at Innsbrook and at North Anna and Surry Power Stations.
The Nuclear Training Department is responsible for the following:
 
: 1. To schedule training for CERT members with respect to the CERP and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures (CPIP 1 s)~ 2. To insure that all formal CERP training is properly documented.
CERP Page 9-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PlAN SECTION 9 GENERAL TRAINING Part                  Subject 9.0  Maintaining Emergency Preparedness Policy Statement               9.2 9.1  Training Program Guide                     9.2
: 3. To coordinate CERP training requirements through the Director-Emergency Planning.
* 9.0 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS POLICY STATEMENT CERP Page 9-2 03-01-90 It is the policy of Virginia     Power to vigorously support a program of Emergency   Preparedness for our nuclear power stations.           This   goal is achieved   through   the selection,   retention and   training of       qualified individuals     who staff emergency response       positions   in   the Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP}.
9.1 TRAINING PROGRAM GUIDE This section provides guidance in training the CERP team members. Training for CERT personnel will be provided in accordance with the Nuclear Power Station Emergency Preparedness Training program guide .
The purpose of such a program shall be (1) to ensure       that only qualified individuals   are selected to participate as members of the CERP Team; (2} to maintain a disciplined and experienced CERP staff so       that members     retain their   CERP   responsibilities and, to educate CERP members through training and exercises. The CERP is revised semi-annually. Personnel   reassignments will be made as     required   utilizing reassignment procedures. The Nuclear Training Department is responsible for the following:
* 9.1.1 9.1.2
: 1. To schedule training for CERT members with       respect   to   the   CERP   and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures (CPIP s)~1
* 9.1. 3
: 2. To insure that all formal CERP training is properly documented.
* Newly Assigned Personnel Training CERP Page 9-3 03-01-90 The Nuclear Training Department is responsible for ensuring the training of new personnel.
: 3. To coordinate     CERP training requirements through the Director-Emergency Planning.
Training should occur by the next available training date after assignment.
9.1 TRAINING PROGRAM GUIDE This section provides guidance in training the CERP team members.         Training for CERT personnel     will be provided in accordance with the Nuclear Power Station Emergency Preparedness Training program guide .
Training courses are scheduled periodically during the calendar year and new members should be scheduled to attend. Training Records Records of training will be maintained by the Nuclear Training Department.
* CERP Page 9-3
Training
* 03-01-90 9.1.1  Newly Assigned Personnel Training The Nuclear Training Department is       responsible for ensuring the training of new personnel.       Training should occur by the     next available training date after assignment.         Training courses are scheduled periodically during the calendar year and new members should be scheduled to attend.
* records are subject to examination by the Company Quality Assurance department, and the NRC . Special Assignments Any member of the CERC may be reassigned as required.
9.1.2  Training Records Records of training will     be maintained by the     Nuclear Training Department. Training
The Corporate Response Manager should be informed of reassignments and shall approve such changes. Individuals may be sent to the State or local Emergency Operating Centers (EOCs) to act as liaison personnel .
* records are   subject to examination   by the Company Quality Assurance department, and the NRC .
CPIP Page i-1
* 9.1. 3 Special Assignments Any member of the CERC may be reassigned as required.     The Corporate Response Manager should be informed of reassignments and shall approve such changes. Individuals may be sent to the State or local Emergency Operating Centers (EOCs) to act as liaison personnel .
* 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SUBJECT INDEX Imp.lementi ng Procedure Subject Page 1.0 Corporate Response Manager 1-1 Situation Appraisal Procedure 2.0 JPIC Call-Out Activation 2-1 2.1 Media Call-Out Activation 2-7 2.2 Initial Press Release 2-9 2.3 Public Information 2-10 2.4 Local Media Center Activation 2-11 2.5 Local Media Center Duty Assignment Description 2-13
* CPIP Page i-1
* 2.6 Evacuation Plans NAPS 2-15 2.7 Evacuation Plans Surry 2-17 3.0 Administrative Services 3-1 Call-Out Activation 3 .1 CERC Immediate Action Items 3-2 3.2 LEOF Administrative Services 3-4 Action Item Check Off List 3.3 Computer Services Support 3-12 4.0 Plan/Design/Construction 4-1 Activation 4.1 Plan/Design/Construction Activation and Duties Support 4-2 5.0 Technical Support 5-1 Call-Out Activation 5.1 Operations Support 5-2 Activation and Duties
* Imp.lementi ng VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SUBJECT INDEX 03-01-90 Procedure                 Subject                       Page 1.0       Corporate Response Manager               1-1 Situation Appraisal Procedure 2.0       JPIC Call-Out Activation                 2-1 2.1       Media Call- Out Activation               2-7 2.2       Initial Press Release                   2-9 2.3       Public Information                       2-10 2.4       Local Media Center Activation           2-11 2.5       Local Media Center Duty                 2-13 Assignment Description 2.6
* 5.2 Instrumentation and Control 5-3 Activation and Duties
* Evacuation Plans NAPS                   2-15 2.7       Evacuation Plans Surry                   2-17 3.0       Administrative Services                   3-1 Call-Out Activation 3 .1     CERC Immediate Action Items               3-2 3.2       LEOF Administrative Services             3-4 Action Item Check Off List 3.3       Computer Services Support                 3-12 4.0       Plan/Design/Construction                 4-1 Activation 4.1       Plan/Design/Construction Support         4-2 Activation and Duties 5.0       Technical Support                         5-1 Call-Out Activation 5.1       Operations Support                       5-2 Activation and Duties
* CPIP Page i-2 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SUBJECT INDEX Implementing Procedure Subject Page 5.3 Reactor Core Analysis 5-4 Activation and Duties 5.4 Radiological Control 5-5 and Waste Management Activation and Duties 5.5 Technical Staff Support 5-6 Activation and Duties 5.6 Licensing Activation and Duties 5-7 5.7 Chemistry Activation and Duties 5-8
* 5.2       Instrumentation and Control Activation and Duties 5-3
* 5.8 Meteorological Assessment 5-9 Activation and Duties 5.9 Safety and Analysis 5-10 Activation and Duties 6.0 Recovery Manager 6-1 Call-Out Activation 6.1 Recovery Manager 6-2 Guidance 6.2 Radiological Assessment 6-5 Coordinator Procedures 6.3 Emergency Plan Advisor 6-48 LEOF Responsibilities 6.4 Communication Procedure LEOF 6-49 6.5 Recovery Procedure LEOF 6-50 7.0 Medical Advisor 7-1 Call-Out Activation
* CPIP Page i-2 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SUBJECT INDEX Implementing Procedure             Subject                       Page 5.3     Reactor Core Analysis                   5-4 Activation and Duties 5.4     Radiological Control                   5-5 and Waste Management Activation and Duties 5.5     Technical Staff Support                 5-6 Activation and Duties 5.6     Licensing Activation and Duties         5-7 5.7     Chemistry Activation and Duties         5-8
* 7 .1 Medical Activation Duties 7-2 8.0 Revision of CERP Manual 8-1 9.0 Removal of Personnel 9-1
* 5.8 5.9 Meteorological Assessment Activation and Duties Safety and Analysis Activation and Duties 5-9 5-10 6.0     Recovery Manager                       6-1 Call-Out Activation 6.1     Recovery Manager                       6-2 Guidance 6.2     Radiological Assessment                 6-5 Coordinator Procedures 6.3     Emergency Plan Advisor                   6-48 LEOF Responsibilities 6.4     Communication Procedure LEOF             6-49 6.5     Recovery Procedure LEOF                 6-50 7.0     Medical Advisor                         7-1 Call-Out Activation
* Purpose: CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 1.0 CORPORATE RESPONSE MANAGER SITUATION APPRAISAL PROCEDURE CPIP-1.0 Page 1-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides for establishing a description of the emergency and a written record of the event. It also provides direction for the Corporate Response Manager to assist him in the first sequence of steps to respond to the emergency.
* 7.1 8.0 9.0 Medical Activation Duties Revision of CERP Manual Removal of Personnel 7-2 8-1 9-1
1.0 Immediate Assessment 1.1 The Corporate Response Manager shall initiate the following steps: Initial 1. Call a CERT meeting to get description of event and determine course of action. 2. Determine from General Office Building Security the status of emergency callout. 3. Establish communication with the affected station if the LEOF is not activated.
 
: 4. Have a written description of the incident prepared and make this descript1on available as soon as possible to a member of the Innsbrook News Team. 5. Establish direct communication with the Recovery Manager at the LEOF and the Station Emergency Manager at the TSC. 6. Establish the need for the Technical Support Manager and Plan/Design/Construction Manager to report to the site in coordination with the Recovery Manager. 7. Direct responsible CERT members to establish communication with the NRC, vendors, and industry emergency response organizations.
CPIP-1.0 Page 1-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 1.0 CORPORATE RESPONSE MANAGER SITUATION APPRAISAL PROCEDURE Purpose:      This procedure provides for establishing a description of the emergency and a written record of the event. It also provides direction for the Corporate Response Manager to assist him in the first sequence of steps to respond to the emergency.
1.0 Immediate Assessment 1.1 The Corporate Response Manager shall initiate the following steps:
Initial
: 1. Call a CERT meeting to get         description of event and determine course of action.
: 2. Determine from General Office Building Security the status
* 3.
4.
of emergency callout.
Establish communication with the affected LEOF is not activated.
station  if the Have a written description of the incident prepared and make this descript1on available as soon as possible to a member of the Innsbrook News Team.
: 5. Establish direct communication with the Recovery Manager at the LEOF and the Station Emergency Manager at the TSC.
: 6. Establish the need for the Technical Support Manager and Plan/Design/Construction Manager to report to the site in coordination with the Recovery Manager.
: 7. Direct responsible CERT members to establish communication with the NRC, vendors, and industry emergency response organizations.
: 8. tstablish a recovery work schedule.
: 8. tstablish a recovery work schedule.
: 9. Make provision for ongoing assessment meetings.
: 9. Make provision for ongoing assessment meetings.
: 10. Establish official log of events. Record data on 11 Emergency Event Log" booklet, available in the CERC storage cabinet.   
: 10. Establish official log of events. Record data on 11 Emergency Event Log" booklet, available in the CERC storage cabinet.
 
CPIP-1.0
* Page 1-2 03-01-90
: 11. Call the President of    the Company  to  brief him on the emergency.
: 12. Period1cally brief the CERT organization on event status and coordination of the response effort using the PA system.
2.0 Delegation of Authority Should the Corporate Response Manager need to leave the CERC for any reason he should appoint another team member to assume his responsibilities until his return .
*
*
* 11. CPIP-1.0 Page 1-2 03-01-90 Call the President of the Company to brief him on the emergency.
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.0 CPIP-2.0 Page 2-1 03-01-90 JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER DLRECTOR CALL-OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose        This procedure provides the necessary steps to notify the Corporate Response Coordinator who in turn will notify members of the Joint Public Information Center and Local Media Center Staff and/or their alternates.
: 12. Period1cally brief the CERT organization on event status and coordination of the response effort using the PA system. 2.0 Delegation of Authority Should the Corporate Response Manager need to leave the CERC for any reason he should appoint another team member to assume his responsibilities until his return .
Activation      The Corporate Security Control Center has already notified the Corporate Emergency Response Team of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. The JPIC Director or alternate, and the Chief Technical Spokesman or alternate must report to the Joint Public Information Center at Innsbrook Technical Center. Once notification by Security has been completed, the Public Information Director alternates notify the Corporate Response Coordinators, who irrmediately initiate the call-out to the Public Affairs CERT members.
* Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.0 JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER DLRECTOR CALL-OUT/ACTIVATION CPIP-2.0 Page 2-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides the necessary steps to notify the Corporate Response Coordinator who in turn will notify members of the Joint Public Information Center and Local Media Center Staff and/or their alternates.
In the event the Public Information Director alternates are unsuccessful in contacting any one of the Corporate Response Coordinators, it shall then be the responsibility of the Public Information Director alternates to ensure the call-out of Public Affairs CERT members is completed.
Activation The Corporate Security Control Center has already notified the Corporate Emergency Response Team of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
1.0  Immediate Action 1.1 The JPIC Director shall note the time and date of the call from Security and the level of the emergency that has been declared.      The JPIC Director and the Chief Technical Spokesman shall then proceed immediately to the JPIC at Innsbrook Technical Center.
The JPIC Director or alternate, and the Chief Technical Spokesman or alternate must report to the Joint Public Information Center at Innsbrook Technical Center. Once notification by Security has been completed, the Public Information Director alternates notify the Corporate Response Coordinators, who irrmediately initiate the call-out to the Public Affairs CERT members. In the event the Public Information Director alternates are unsuccessful in contacting any one of the Corporate Response Coordinators, it shall then be the responsibility of the Public Information Director alternates to ensure the call-out of Public Affairs CERT members is completed.
Likewise, all Public Affairs     CERT members   report to  their  pre-assigned duty stations.
1.0 Immediate Action 1.1 The JPIC Director shall note the time and date of the call from Security and the level of the emergency that has been declared.
1.2  In the absence of the Chief Technical Spokesman and with the concurrence of the Corporate Response Manager the JPIC Director is authorized to report to the news media any change in the emergency status of the affected station i.e., when the status is upgraded from ALERT to SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY, etc.             This announcement shall be made utilizing the following pre-approved message format: "The status of the North Anna/Surry Power Station has been changed from                      to               . Additional information will be provided to you as soon as possible."
The JPIC Director and the Chief Technical Spokesman shall then proceed immediately to the JPIC at Innsbrook Technical Center. Likewise, all Public Affairs CERT members report to their assigned duty stations.
Once this announcement has been made, the JPIC Director shall immediately advise the Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator, the Public Information Director, and other appropriate Public Affairs personnel of the change in the status of the station.
1.2 In the absence of the Chief Technical Spokesman and with the concurrence of the Corporate Response Manager the JPIC Director is authorized to report to the news media any change in the emergency status of the affected station i.e., when the status is upgraded from ALERT to SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY, etc. This announcement shall be made utilizing the following pre-approved message format: "The status of the North Anna/Surry Power Station has been changed from to . Additional information will be provided to you as soon as possible." Once this announcement has been made, the JPIC immediately advise the Public Affairs Emergency Public Information Director, and other appropriate personnel of the change in the status of the station. Director shall Coordinator, the Public Affairs 2.0 Call-out CPIP-2.0 Page 2-2 03-01-90 2.1 The Corporate Response Coordinator shall call the Pub1ic Affairs CERT members with the following message: "This is . An emergency condition has been declared at the (Surry) (North Anna) Power Station. In accordance with the Corporate Emergency Response plan, report immediately to the Joint Public Information Center, Innsbrook Technical Center, or to your assigned work area. The Public Information Director alternates ensure that the call-out is complete.
 
2.2 Call-out list: Implement Section 2 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory (CPT Section 2). Corporate Response Coordinator Prin. Pri n. Alt. Alt. Chief Technical Spokesman Pri n. Public Information Director Prin. Prin. Alt. Alt. Local Media Center Director (Surry) Prin. Alt. D. S. Cox F. H. Wi 11 i ams R. J. Randolph J. C. Best F. K. Moore I. Holli day M. N. Healy H. T. Sink B. J. Kennedy F. R. Ellis D. J. Genest Local Media Center Director (North Anna) Prin. Alt. Alt. Alt. C. Gillespie F. C. Carmichael D. J. Genest D. Tompkins-Lipscombe 
CPIP-2.0 Page 2-2 03-01-90 2.0 Call-out 2.1    The Corporate Response Coordinator shall call the Pub1ic Affairs CERT members with the following message:
*
            "This is                            . An emergency condition has been declared at the (Surry) (North Anna) Power Station. In accordance with the Corporate Emergency Response plan, report immediately to the Joint Public Information Center, Innsbrook Technical Center, or to your assigned work area.
* Joint Public Information Center Director Prin. Alt. Alt. Public Information Specialist:
The Public Information Director alternates ensure that the call-out is complete.
Pri n. Prin. Pri n. Prin. Pri n. Prin. Pri n. Alt. Alt. Alt. Alt. Alt. Alt. Alt. Media Monitoring Specialist:
2.2    Call-out list:
Prin. Alt. JPIC Technical Advisor: Pri n. Alt. ----P. G. Edwards W. N. Curry E. Munsey D. A. Pickett S. F. Lewis L. P. Wilson M. A. Spanel J. T. Evans M. G. Jackson G. R. Short B. Gannon T. M. Hogg D. A. Schneider R. B. Brand H. S. Wheary V. M. Board L. E. Spiller A. w. Powell F. H. Wi 11 i ams B. H. Wakeman M. L. Smith Videodisk Infonnation Management System Operator:
Implement Section 2 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory (CPT Section 2).
Prin. Alt . R. H. Adams C. L. Walker CPIP-2.0 Page 2-3 03-01-90
Corporate Response Coordinator Prin.                          D. S. Cox Pri n.                          F. H. Wi 11 i ams Alt.                             R. J. Randolph Alt.                             J. C. Best Chief Technical Spokesman Pri n.                         F. K. Moore Public Information Director Prin.                           I. Holli day Prin.                           M. N. Healy Alt.                             H. T. Sink Alt.                             B. J. Kennedy Local Media Center Director (Surry)
* LEOF Technical Advisor -North Anna: Pri n. Alt. LEOF Technical Advisor -Surry: Prin. Alt. F. T. Terminella A. Price D. Grady Public Information Room Tech. Advisor: Pri n. Alt. L. A. Johnson F. M. A 11 i good JPIC Computer Communications Specialist:
Prin.                           F. R. Ellis Alt.                             D. J. Genest Local Media Center Director (North Anna)
Prin. Instant News Coordinator:
Prin.                            C. Gillespie Alt.                            F. C. Carmichael Alt.                             D. J. Genest Alt.                             D. Tompkins-Lipscombe
Pri n. Alt. Alt. Headquarters Telephone Operator:
* Joint Public Information Center Director CPIP-2.0 Page 2-3 03-01-90 Prin.                         P. G. Edwards Alt.                         W. N. Curry Alt.                          E. Munsey Public Information Specialist:
Prin. Alt. Phy 11 i s Lai d l ow K. M. Fessler F. R. Hansen C. L. Wa 11 K. L. Collins Roxanne Henshaw Local Media Center Coordinator: (Surry) Prin. Alt. Local Media Center Coordinator:
Pri n.                       D. A. Pickett Prin.                         S. F. Lewis Pri n.                       L. P. Wilson Prin.                       M. A. Spanel Pri n.                       J. T. Evans Prin.                       M. G. Jackson Pri n.                       G. R. Short Alt.                         B. Gannon Alt.                         T. M. Hogg Alt.                         D. A. Schneider Alt.                         R. B. Brand Alt.                         H. S. Wheary Alt.                         V. M. Board Alt.                         L. E. Spiller Media Monitoring Specialist:
Prin. Alt. Alt. C. Elmore C. Fleming (North Anna) E. Musser R. E. Stiles C. L. Hanky CPIP-2.0 Page 2-4 03-01-90 I CPIP-2.0 Page 2-5 03-01-90 Joint Public Information Center Control Clerk (Sign-in):
Prin.                         A. w. Powell Alt.                         F. H. Wi 11 i ams JPIC Technical Advisor:
Pri n. A. E. Williams Prin. --B. A. Jones Alt. D. s. Cox Alt. J. C. Best --JPIC Clerk ( Conference Room B): Prin. C. P. Balderson Prin. B. B. Mitten Alt. R. J. Randolph Assistant Local Media Center Coordinator: (Surry) Prin. Janis Moore Pri n. ----Wanda Bradshaw Prin. --Susan Turner Alt. Perlene Montgomery Alt. --Sandra Davis
Pri n.                        B. H. Wakeman Alt.               --        M. L. Smith
* Alt . --Brenda Rickmond --Assistant Local Media Center Coordinator: (North Anna) Prin. Kathy Sims Prin. Kathy Duncan Prin. Sandra Stiles Alt. --Janice Bullock A 1 t. Celestine Thurston A.lt. --Marguerite Pendleton
                          --
--Government Information Director:
Videodisk Infonnation Management System Operator:
Prin. E. s. Teig Alt. --E. L. Crump, Jr. Alt. --H. T. Sink Investor Information Director:
Prin.                        R. H. Adams Alt .                         C. L. Walker
Federal Reserve: Prin. w. C. Ha 11 , Jr. Alt. --D. w. Hedgepeth Innsbrook:
* I CPIP-2.0 Page 2-4
* Prin. p. M. Feine Alt. M. G. Lazenby --
* LEOF Technical Advisor - North Anna:
* Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator:
Pri n.
Pri n. Alt. Innsbrook News Team: Prin. Prin. Alt. OJRP Director:
Alt.                          F. T. Terminella 03-01-90 LEOF Technical Advisor - Surry:
Pri n. Alt. 3.0 Temporary Assignment M.A. Thompson K. D. Russe 11 J. W. Norvelle C. F. Baab D. F. Cochran Charles Hardy TBA 3.1 If both the principal and alternate cannot be reached, another member of the JPIC staff may be assigned on a temporary basis. CPIP-2.0 Page 2-6 03-01-90 Purpose Activation CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.1 MEDIA CALL-OUT/ACTIVATION CPIP 2.1 Page 2-7 03-01-90 This procedure provides the necessary steps to notify the media that an emergency has been declared at one of the Company's nuclear power stations.
Prin.                         A. Price Alt.                          D. Grady Public Information Room Tech. Advisor:
Once the Innsbrook News Team has been advised that an emergency has been declared, a principal and alternate shall report to the* Public Affairs Work Area, Conference Room B, Innsbrook Technical Center and prepare a news release for the news media. Releases shall be prepared at the Innsbrook Technical Center. Once the LEOF is operational, station status and recovery information shall be sent to the Innsbrook Technical Center by the LEOF Technical Advisor for preparation of press releases.
Pri n.                        L. A. Johnson Alt.                         F. M. A11 i good JPIC Computer Communications Specialist:
All press releases shall be issued after the approval of the Recovery Manager and/or the Corporate Response Manager or their alternates.
Prin.                         Phy 11 i s Lai dl ow Instant News Coordinator:
Pri n.                       K. M. Fessler Alt.                         F. R. Hansen Alt.                         C. L. Wa 11 Headquarters Telephone Operator:
Prin.                       K. L. Collins Alt.                         Roxanne Henshaw Local Media Center Coordinator: (Surry)
Prin.                        C. Elmore Alt.                         C. Fleming Local Media Center Coordinator: (North Anna)
Prin.                         E. Musser Alt.                         R. E. Stiles Alt.                         C. L. Hanky
 
CPIP-2.0 Page 2-5 03-01-90 Joint Public Information Center Control Clerk (Sign-in):
Pri n.                     A. E. Williams Prin.   --                B. A. Jones Alt.                       D. s. Cox Alt.                       J. C. Best
                  --
JPIC Clerk ( Conference Room B):
Prin.                       C. P. Balderson Prin.                       B. B. Mitten Alt.                        R. J. Randolph Assistant Local Media Center Coordinator: (Surry)
Prin.                      Janis Moore Pri n.   --        --      Wanda Bradshaw Prin.   --                 Susan Turner Alt.                         Perlene Montgomery Alt.               --      Sandra Davis
                            --
* Alt .                       Brenda Rickmond
                            --
Assistant Local Media Center Coordinator: (North Anna)
Prin.                       Kathy Sims Prin.                       Kathy Duncan Prin.                       Sandra Stiles Alt.               --      Janice Bullock A1t.                         Celestine Thurston A.lt.     --                 Marguerite Pendleton
                            --
Government Information Director:
Prin.
                            --       E. s. Teig Alt.                         E. L. Crump, Jr.
Alt.               --       H. T. Sink Investor Information Director:
Federal Reserve:
Prin.
                            --      w. C. Ha 11 , Jr.
Alt.                         D. w. Hedgepeth Innsbrook:
* Prin.
Alt.
                  --
: p. M. Feine M. G. Lazenby
 
CPIP-2.0 Page 2-6 03-01-90 Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator:
Pri n.                         M.A. Thompson Alt.                             K. D. Russe 11 Innsbrook News Team:
Prin.                           J. W. Norvelle Prin.                           C. F. Baab Alt.                             D. F. Cochran OJRP Director:
Pri n.                           Charles Hardy Alt.                             TBA 3.0 Temporary Assignment 3.1    If both the principal and alternate cannot be reached,
* another member of the JPIC staff may be assigned on a temporary basis.
 
CPIP 2.1 Page 2-7 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.1 MEDIA CALL-OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides the necessary steps to notify the media that an emergency has been declared at one of the Company's nuclear power stations.
Activation Once the Innsbrook News Team has been advised that an emergency has been declared, a principal and alternate shall report to the*
Public Affairs Work Area, Conference Room B, Innsbrook Technical Center and prepare a news release for the news media. Releases shall be prepared at the Innsbrook Technical Center. Once the LEOF is operational, station status and recovery information shall be sent to the Innsbrook Technical Center by the LEOF Technical Advisor for preparation of press releases. All press releases shall be issued after the approval of the Recovery Manager and/or the Corporate Response Manager or their alternates.
The initial press release upon activation of the Public Information Room, shall be telecopied to the Associated Press, United Press International and U. S. Newswire after approval and then brought to the immediate attention of the Chief Technical Spokesman.
The initial press release upon activation of the Public Information Room, shall be telecopied to the Associated Press, United Press International and U. S. Newswire after approval and then brought to the immediate attention of the Chief Technical Spokesman.
Items To Be Included In The Initial Press Release: A definition of the emergency condition is provided to the media and the public. Additional information can be obtained by calling a special emergency hotline manned by Public Affairs emergency personnel.
Items To Be Included In The Initial Press Release:
The number is
A definition of the emergency condition is provided to the media and the public. Additional information can be obtained by calling a special emergency hotline manned by Public Affairs emergency personnel. The number is
* This special hot line number for the public activates a bank of 20 telephones and serves as the Company's public information number. Collect calls will be accepted at this number.
* This special hot line number for the public activates a bank of 20 telephones and serves as the Company's public information number.         Collect calls will be accepted at this number.
*
* Ca 1.1-out List:
* CPIP 2.1 Page 2-8 03-01-90 Ca 1.1-out List: The initial press release should be phoned to the following:
CPIP 2.1 Page 2-8 03-01-90 The initial press release should be phoned to the following:
Media Associated Press United Press International U.S. Newswire Virginia Circuit Non-Media Director-Investor Information NRC Public Information Atlanta, GA FAX Time Date Federal Legislative Affairs Repesentative Daniel V. Flanaqan, Jr. State Department of Emergency Services Mike laCivita Telephone After Hours CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.2 INITIAL PRESS RELEASE ISSUED BY THE 'coMPANY CPIP 2.2 Page 2-9 03-01-90 The initial press release issued by the Innsbrook News Team should contain the f o 11 owi ng: 1. Virginia Power declared an Emergency) on (date) at (time) Station. (Alert) at its (Site Area Emergency) (General (Surry) (North Anna) Power 2. The (Alert) (Site Area Emergency) (General Emergency) was declared because -------------
FAX    Time      Date      Telephone      After Hours Media Associated Press United Press International U.S. Newswire Virginia Circuit Non-Media Director-Investor Information NRC Public Information Atlanta, GA Federal Legislative Affairs Repesentative Daniel V. Flanaqan, Jr.
: 3. Virginia Power has established a special phone number to provide information to the public regarding the Alert or Emergency.
State Department of Emergency Services Mike laCivita
Collect calls will be accepted at this number. The number is 4. Virginia Power has established a Joint Public Information Center in the Company's Innsbrook Technical Center located at 5000 Dominion Boulevard in Glen Allen, Virginia.
* CPIP 2.2 Page 2-9 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.2 INITIAL PRESS RELEASE ISSUED BY THE 'coMPANY The initial press release issued by the Innsbrook News Team should contain the f o11 owi ng:
The Company has Local Media Centers located in the Nuclear Information Centers approaching the entrance to North Anna and Surry Power Stations.
: 1. Virginia Power declared an (Alert) (Site Area Emergency) (General Emergency) on (date) at (time) at its (Surry) (North Anna) Power Station.
However, official company statements regarding the emergency will be provided at the Joint Public Information Center.
: 2. The (Alert)     (Site Area   Emergency) (General Emergency) was declared because
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION Public Information Number -CPIP 2.3 Page 2-10 03-01-90 Collect calls will be accepted at this number. This number serves 20 telephones in the Innsbrook Technical Center, which will be staffed continuously by Public Affairs emergency personnel throughout any Alert or emergency.
                      -------------
: 3. Virginia Power has established a special phone number to provide information to the public regarding the Alert or Emergency. Collect calls will be accepted at this number. The number is
: 4.     Virginia Power has established a Joint Public Information Center in the Company's Innsbrook Technical Center located at 5000 Dominion Boulevard in Glen Allen, Virginia.         The Company has Local Media Centers located in the Nuclear Information Centers approaching the entrance to North Anna and Surry Power Stations.         However, official company statements regarding the emergency will be provided at the Joint Public Information Center.
 
CPIP 2.3 Page 2-10 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION Public Information Number -
Collect calls will be accepted at this number. This number serves 20 telephones in the Innsbrook Technical Center, which will be staffed continuously by Public Affairs emergency personnel throughout any Alert or emergency.
I. The Public Information number is activated by press release, only after the phone bank in the Public Information Room has been declared activated (i.e. phones set up and appropriately staffed) .
I. The Public Information number is activated by press release, only after the phone bank in the Public Information Room has been declared activated (i.e. phones set up and appropriately staffed) .
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.4 LOCAL MEDIA CENTER ACTIVATION CHECKLIST CPIP 2.4 Page 2-11 03-01-90 This procedure provides for the timely and orderly activation of the Local Media Center. It also provides the LMC director with a reference document to verify that the LMC and its equipment are in proper working order. The LMC coordinator or alternate will ensure the following:
* CPIP 2.4 Page 2-11 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.4 LOCAL MEDIA CENTER ACTIVATION CHECKLIST This procedure provides for the timely and orderly activation of the Local Media Center. It also provides the LMC director with a reference document to verify that the LMC and its equipment are in proper working order.
The LMC coordinator or alternate will ensure the following:
Initial I. During normal working hours the LMC is open and the LMC staff has access to all necessary rooms and equipment.
Initial I. During normal working hours the LMC is open and the LMC staff has access to all necessary rooms and equipment.
: 2. During after hours the first LMC staff person should check to see if the LMC is open. If not, proceed to the visitors access window of station security, present company ID with CERT sticker on back, and request that security open LMC for CERP activation purposes.
: 2. During after hours the first LMC staff person should check to see if the LMC is open. If not, proceed to the visitors access window of station security, present company ID with CERT sticker on back, and request that security open LMC for CERP activation purposes.
The lone LMC staff should maintain vigil at the unlocked entrance until additional Virginia Power LMC staff arrive. All early arrival non-company individuals (e.g. media) should be ushered to the display area. 3. When additional staff arrive the LMC sign-in area is established, thi proper equipment is available and the location is manned. 3a. Extensions and at North Anna and extension , or (located in Virginia Power work area called LMC Public Information Room) at* Surry are constantly monitored to receive notification of evacuation of all non-essential personnel.
The lone LMC staff should maintain vigil at the unlocked entrance until additional Virginia Power LMC staff arrive.       All early arrival non-company individuals (e.g. media) should be ushered to the display area.
Notification will come from Station Emergency Manager and/or Emergency Administrative Director from one of the following locations:
: 3. When additional staff arrive the LMC sign-in area is established, thi proper equipment is available and the location is manned.
Control Room, TSC, or Station Security.
3a. Extensions         and     at North Anna and extension   ,     or (located in Virginia Power work area called LMC Public Information Room) at* Surry are constantly monitored to receive notification of evacuation of all         non-essential personnel.
Notification will come from Station Emergency Manager and/or Emergency Administrative Director from one of the following locations: Control Room, TSC, or Station Security.
3b. In the event of notification of evacuation:
3b. In the event of notification of evacuation:
I. Bring notification to immediate attention of LMC Director.
I. Bring notification to immediate attention of LMC Director.
Notify JPIC Director or Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator using automatic-ringdown phone that LMC is evacuating.
Notify JPIC Director or Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator using automatic-ringdown phone that LMC is evacuating.
: 2. Leave equipment in place 3. Gather immediate personal effects 4. Deposit badges in box at sign-in 5. Exit building 6. Proceed to PRAA or SRAA as instructed 
: 2. Leave equipment in place
: 3. Gather immediate personal effects
: 4. Deposit badges in box at sign-in
: 5. Exit building
*
*
* 4. 5. 6. CPIP 2.4 Page 2-12 03-01-90 The media room (Conference Room A) is set up with at least 25 working telephones and that the lines are active. Allow media access at this time. The automatic ring down phones to the LEOF and JPIC are hooked up and operating (Conference Room D and both front offices. At Surry LMC only, remove telephone super set from kitchen, receptionist desk and FEMA office. Return to proper jack when emergency condition terminates.)
: 6. Proceed to PRAA or SRAA as instructed
LMC personnel have reported and are assigned specific duties (the LMC Director or alternate, LMC Coordinator or alternate, (3) LMC Assistant Coordinators or alternates in order that LMC activated).
 
6a. Make coffee when time allows. 7. The audio-conferencing system (jack at front of Auditorium B for Surry LMC; North Anna jack is in Conference Room D) to the JPIC is set up and operational.
CPIP 2.4 Page 2-12
: 8. The speaker phone is set up and operational in conference room D at Surry. The North Anna speaker phone is at the front of auditoriums A and B. 9. The telecopier is moved to conference room 0, in operating order and there are adequate supplies.
* 03-01-90
: 10. The IBM typewriter used for telecopier backup (press releases phoned to LMC and typed) is operational and has an adequate paper supply. 11. The FEMA (Information Center Director Office), NRC (Conference Room C), and State (Conference Room B) conference rooms are set up with signs, telephones, paper supply, pens and pencils. 12. Remote monitors for viewing the Auditorium B press conferences should be set up (plugs to B jacks) in the following locations:
: 4. The media room (Conference Room A) is set up with at least 25 working telephones and that the lines are active.     Allow media access at this time.
Theater FEMA office (Information Center Director office) NRC (Conference Room C) State (Conference Room B) Media (Conference Room A) In Auditorium B a microphone (in drawer on left behind screen, with hexagonal wrench) should be connected to floor jack and placed on podium. J
: 5. The automatic ring down phones to the LEOF and JPIC are hooked up and operating (Conference Room D and both front offices. At Surry LMC only, remove telephone super set from kitchen, receptionist desk and FEMA office. Return to proper jack when emergency condition terminates.)
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.5 LOCAL MEDIA CENTER DUTY ASSIGNMENT DESCRIPTIONS
: 6. LMC personnel have reported and are assigned specific duties (the LMC Director or alternate, LMC Coordinator or alternate, (3) LMC Assistant Coordinators or alternates in order that LMC activated).
: 1. Reception Area CPIP 2.5 Page 2-13 03-01-90 The reception area will be manned by an assistant coordinator.
6a. Make coffee when time allows.
The site will be manned at all times. It will be the responsibility of the assistant coordinator assigned to the post to ensure that .it is set up and has the proper equipment.
: 7. The audio-conferencing system (jack at front of Auditorium B for Surry LMC; North Anna jack is in Conference Room D) to the JPIC is set up and operational.
Equipment needed includes:
: 8. The speaker phone is set up and operational in conference room D at Surry. The North Anna speaker phone is at the front of
sign-in sheet, LMC roll call list, identification badges. This equipment is stored in the file cabinets located in the equipment room behind the viewing screen in the auditorium.
* 9.
The assistant coordinator will ensure that all persons entering the LMC have signed the sign-in sheet and have the proper identification badge. No person shall be allowed to enter the LMC without signing in. All persons leaving the LMC must surrender their badge and sign out. To re-enter they must again sign in. The assistant coordinator assigned to the post will not leave that post unless a replacement is already on hand. 2. Telecopier The telecopier and photocopy machine will be moved to Conference Room D and will be manned by an assistant coordinator.
10.
It will be the responsibility of the assistant coordinator assigned to this post to ensure that all equipment is operational by conducting a test with the LEOF. Responsibil1ties also will include ensuring that all equipment has adequate supplies.
auditoriums A and B.
After the telecopier and Xerox machine have been set up, the person assigned to that post will assist in setting up the auditorium, media communications room and NRC, FEMA, and State Office of Emergency Services' rooms. Once the LMC is activated, the person assigned to the post will leave only to deliver press releases or other telecopied information.
The telecopier is moved to conference room 0, in operating order and there are adequate supplies.
When a press release arrtves, the assistant coordinator will make sure it is a complete copy by calling the verification number for the JPIC. A minimum of 25 copies must be made of each release. (If more copies are needed, the director will inform the LMC coordinator)
The IBM typewriter used for telecopier backup (press releases phoned to LMC and typed) is operational and has an adequate paper supply.
Completed press releases (One Copy) will be distributed to the FEMA, NRC, and State Office of Emergency Services' conference rooms. The remaining copies will be delivered to the LMC Coordinator or if that person is not available to the LMC Director.  
: 11. The FEMA (Information Center Director Office), NRC (Conference Room C), and State (Conference Room B) conference rooms are set up with signs, telephones, paper supply, pens and pencils.
---1 CPIP-2.5 Page 2-14 03-01-90 Under no circumstances should a press release or any other telecopied matter be delivered directly to the press. 3. Ring Down Phone An assistant coordinator will be assigned to man the ring down phone in conference room D. Phone sets with the extensions to be called in the event of an evacuation or other use are also located in Conferencr Room D and the adjoining office, which may be used by LMC staff. This person shall be responsible for testing the phone by calling and receiving calls from the JPIC and LEOF. This person also will be responsible for setting and testing the speaker phone to the JPIC. In addition, this person shall assist in setting up the Audio Conferencing System in the auditorium and the phones in the media communications room, if needed. Once the LMC has been activated, the assistant coordinator assigned to the ring down phone will answer all calls and log them on the phone sheet. If a call comes in for a specific person, the assistant coordinator is not to leave the room, but may go to the door and pass the message*on to someone who can relay it to the proper person. 4. LMC COORDINATOR The LMC Coordinator will supervise the activation of the LMC. Once the LMC is activated, the coordinator will serve as a liaison, between the LMC staff and the LMC Director.
: 12. Remote monitors for viewing the Auditorium B press conferences should be set up (plugs to B jacks) in the following locations:
The coordinator will keep the director abreast of all problems that might affect the operation of the LMC. In addition, the coordinator shall post press releases; inform the media, NRC, FEMA and State officials of pending news briefings and distribute press releases to the media.
Theater FEMA office (Information Center Director office)
*
NRC (Conference Room C)
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.6 EVACUATION PLANS NORTH ANNA NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN 11 A 11 EVACUATION WITHOUT RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle. Exit parking area cautiously and depart the area
State (Conference Room B)
* CPIP 2.6 Page 2-15 03-01-90 . Media Representatives  
Media (Conference Room A)
-maj proceed to the Virginia Power Joint Public Infonnation Center (JPIC), Innsbrook Technical Center, 5000 Dominion Blvd., Glen Allen, Virginia, to continue event coverage . Virginia Power Personnel  
In Auditorium B a microphone (in drawer on left behind screen, with hexagonal wrench) should be connected to floor jack and placed on podium.
-proceed to location specified by the LMC Director.
J
when notified:
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP 2.5 Page 2-13 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.5 LOCAL MEDIA CENTER DUTY ASSIGNMENT DESCRIPTIONS
NORTH ANNA NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN usu EVACUATION WITH RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE CPIP-2.6 Page 2-16 03-01-90 Assemble your materials and supplies.
: 1. Reception Area The reception area will be manned by an assistant coordinator. The site will be manned at all times. It will be the responsibility of the assistant coordinator assigned to the post to ensure that .it is set up and has the proper equipment. Equipment needed includes: sign-in sheet, LMC roll call list, identification badges. This equipment is stored in the file cabinets located in the equipment room behind the viewing screen in the auditorium.
The assistant coordinator will ensure that all persons entering the LMC have signed the sign-in sheet and have the proper identification badge. No person shall be allowed to enter the LMC without signing in.           All persons leaving the LMC must surrender their badge and sign out. To re-enter they must again sign in.
The assistant coordinator assigned to the post will   not   leave   that   post unless a replacement is already on hand.
: 2. Telecopier The telecopier and photocopy machine will be moved to Conference Room D and will be manned by an assistant coordinator. It will be the responsibility of the assistant coordinator assigned to this post to ensure that all equipment is operational by conducting a test with the LEOF.     Responsibil1ties also will include ensuring that all equipment has adequate supplies.
After the telecopier and Xerox machine have been set up, the person assigned to that post will assist in setting up the auditorium, media communications room and NRC, FEMA, and State Office of Emergency Services' rooms.
Once the LMC is activated, the person assigned to the post will leave     only to deliver press releases or other telecopied information.
When a press release arrtves, the assistant coordinator will make sure it is a complete copy by calling the verification number for the JPIC.       A minimum of 25 copies must be made of each release. (If more copies are needed, the director will inform the LMC coordinator)
Completed press releases (One Copy) will be distributed to the FEMA, NRC, and State Office of Emergency Services' conference rooms. The remaining copies will be delivered to the LMC Coordinator or if that person is not available to the LMC Director.
 
CPIP-2.5 Page 2-14 03-01-90 Under no circumstances should a press       release or any other telecopied matter be delivered directly to the press.
: 3. Ring Down Phone An assistant coordinator will be assigned to man the ring down phone in conference room D. Phone sets with the extensions to be called in the event of an evacuation or other use are also located in Conferencr Room D and the adjoining office, which may be used by LMC staff.           This person shall be responsible for testing the phone by calling and receiving calls from the JPIC and LEOF. This person also will be responsible for setting and testing the speaker phone to the JPIC.
In addition, this person shall assist in setting up the Audio Conferencing System in the auditorium and the phones in the media communications room, if needed.
Once the LMC has been activated, the assistant coordinator assigned to the ring down phone will answer all calls and log them on the phone sheet. If a call comes in for a specific person, the assistant coordinator is not to leave the room, but may go to the door and pass the message*on to someone who can relay it to the proper person.
: 4. LMC COORDINATOR The LMC Coordinator will supervise the activation of the LMC. Once the LMC is activated, the coordinator will serve as a liaison, between the LMC staff and the LMC Director. The coordinator will keep the director abreast of all problems that might affect the operation of the LMC.             In addition, the coordinator shall post press releases; inform the media, NRC, FEMA and State officials of pending news briefings and distribute press releases to the media.
* CPIP 2.6 Page 2-15 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.6 EVACUATION PLANS NORTH ANNA NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN A 11 11 EVACUATION WITHOUT RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle.
Exit parking area cautiously and depart the area *
  . Media Representatives - maj proceed to the Virginia Power Joint Public Infonnation Center (JPIC), Innsbrook Technical Center, 5000 Dominion Blvd., Glen Allen, Virginia, to continue event coverage .
* Virginia Power Personnel - proceed to location specified by the LMC Director.
 
CPIP-2.6 Page 2-16 03-01-90 NORTH ANNA NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN usu EVACUATION WITH RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE when notified:
Assemble your materials and supplies.
Proceed to your vehicle as expeditiously as possible.
Proceed to your vehicle as expeditiously as possible.
Keep windows closed and ventilation systems off. Exit parking area and follow directional signs to the Designated Remote Assembly Area. PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA -Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 700 and 618. Turn left on Rt. 618 and proceed 0.8 mile to the assembly area. SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA -Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 700 and 652. Turn left on Rt. 652 and proceed to Rt. 622. Turn left on Rt. 622 and proceed to Rt. 701. Turn left on Rt. 701 and proceed to Rt. 601 Turn left on Rt. 601 and proceed 0.1 mile. The assembly area will be on your left, through the gate, at the dam. Aw~it arrival of Health Physics Personnel for Radiological Monitoring and additional instructions.
Keep windows closed and ventilation systems off.
*
Exit parking area and follow directional signs to the Designated Remote Assembly Area.
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.7 \ EVACUATION PLANS SURRY NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN 11 A 11 EVACUATION WITHOUT RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle Exit parking area cautiously and vacate the area. CPIP 2.7 Page 2-17 03-01-90 Media Re resentatives  
PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 700 and 618.
-may proceed to the Virginia Power Joint Public In ormat,on Center JPIC), Innsbrook Technical Center, 5000 Dominion Blvd., Glen Allen, Virginia, to continue event coverage.
Turn left on Rt. 618 and proceed 0.8 mile to the assembly area.
Virginia Power Personnel  
SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 700 and 652.
-proceed to location specified by the LMC Director. 
Turn left on Rt. 652 and proceed to Rt. 622.
*
Turn left on Rt. 622 and proceed to Rt. 701.
* When notified:
Turn left on Rt. 701 and proceed to Rt. 601 Turn left on Rt. 601 and proceed 0.1 mile.
SURRY NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN 11 8 11 EVACUATION WITH RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle as expeditiously as possible Keep windows closed and ventilation systems off CPIP 2.7 Page 2-18 03-01-90 Exit parking area and proceed to the Designated Remote Assembly Area PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA -Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 650 and 628. Turn left on Rt. 628 and proceed 1.3 miles to the assembly area on the right under transmission line . SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA -Proceed to the intersection of Media Center Exit Road and Rt. 650. Turn right on Rt. 650 and proceed to Hog Island Wildlife Management area. Await arrival of Health Physics Personnel for Radiological Monitoring and additional instructions . ~I 
The assembly area will be on your left, through the gate, at the dam.
*
Aw~it arrival of Health Physics Personnel for Radiological Monitoring and additional instructions.
* Purpose: CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.0 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MANAGER ACTIVATION CPIP-3.0 Page 3-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides the Administrative Services Manager (ASM) with a sequence of events to serve as a guide in organizing his team and marshalling the required resources to perform assigned tasks. Activation:
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP 2.7 Page 2-17 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.7 \
When the Corporate Security Control Center is notified of an emergency at either station they will initiate the Corporate Emergency Response Team Call-Out.
EVACUATION PLANS SURRY NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN A11 11 EVACUATION WITHOUT RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle Exit parking area cautiously and vacate the area.
The Primary and Alternates for the Administrative Services Manager, Clerical Support and the CERC Communicator will be notified of the emergency.
Media Re resentatives - may proceed to the Virginia Power Joint Public
1.0 Required Actions 1.1 The Primary and Alternates for the above positions will report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center and initiate CPIP 3.1 .
* In ormat,on Center JPIC), Innsbrook Technical Center, 5000 Dominion Blvd., Glen Allen, Virginia, to continue event coverage.
Purpose: Activation:
Virginia Power Personnel Director.
CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 3.1 CERC ACTIVATION CPIP-3.1 Page 3-2 03-01-90 This procedure provides a sequence of events to be followed for setting up the Corporate Emergency Response Center with resources to perform assigned tasks. This procedure will be activated by the Administrative Services Manager or a Team Member, upon notification of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
                            - proceed to location specified by the LMC
1.0 Immediate Action The following immediate action items should be carried out in the order listed: 1.1 Retrieve from Corporate Security Control Room the keys for: Corporate EDF Corporate Emergency Response Center CERC Storage Room and unlock the doors to each room. If Corporate Security is not available, use Break Away Box outside the Corporate EDF. 1.2 Verify ground floor and 2nd floor lights are turned on. If lights are not on, notify Corporate Security on extension 1.3 Perform Call-Out in accordance with CPT Section 3, Step 1.2, (minimum call-out) 1.4 Verify that CERC and Corporate EDF console clock(s) are synchronized with time display on the Emergency Response Computer System Monitor. (To synchronize, remove front panel of CEOF console to gain access to clock controls).
 
1.5 Position personnel to ensure access control. 1.6 Retrieve badges and "Emergency Event Attendance Roster** sheets from CERC cabinet, and table from Storage room. Set up for receptionist to issue badges and maintain sign-in roster sheets. 1.7 Verify CERC Emergency Response Matrix Board is kept current. Provide Corporate Response Manager with time in which CERC minimum staffing is activated.
CPIP 2.7 Page 2-18 03-01-90 SURRY NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN 11 811 EVACUATION WITH RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE When notified:
Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle as expeditiously as possible Keep windows closed and ventilation systems off Exit parking area and proceed to the Designated Remote Assembly Area PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 650 and 628.
Turn left on Rt. 628 and proceed 1.3 miles to the assembly area on the right under transmission line .
* SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Media Center Exit Road and Rt. 650. Turn right on Rt. 650 and proceed to Hog Island Wildlife Management area.
Await arrival of Health Physics Personnel for Radiological Monitoring and additional instructions .
* CPIP-3.0 Page 3-1
* 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.0 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MANAGER ACTIVATION Purpose:  This procedure provides the Administrative Services Manager (ASM) with a sequence of events to serve as a guide in organizing his team and marshalling the required resources to perform assigned tasks.
Activation:   When the Corporate Security Control Center is notified of an emergency at either station they will initiate the Corporate Emergency Response Team Call-Out. The Primary and Alternates for the Administrative Services Manager, Clerical Support and the CERC Communicator will be notified of the emergency.
1.0 Required Actions 1.1 The Primary and Alternates for the above positions will report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center and initiate CPIP 3.1 .
* CPIP-3.1 Page 3-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 3.1 CERC ACTIVATION Purpose:        This procedure provides a sequence of events to be followed for setting up the Corporate Emergency Response Center with resources to perform assigned tasks.
Activation:    This procedure will be activated by the Administrative Services Manager or a Team Member, upon notification of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
1.0 Immediate Action The following     immediate action items should be carried out in the order listed:
1.1 Retrieve from Corporate Security Control Room the keys for:
Corporate EDF Corporate Emergency Response Center CERC Storage Room and unlock the doors to each room.
If Corporate Security is not available, use Break Away Box outside the Corporate EDF.
1.2 Verify ground floor and 2nd floor lights are turned on.
If lights are not on, notify Corporate Security on extension 1.3 Perform Call-Out in accordance with CPT Section 3, Step 1.2, (minimum call-out) 1.4 Verify that CERC and Corporate EDF console clock(s) are synchronized with time display on the Emergency Response Computer System Monitor. (To synchronize, remove front panel of CEOF console to gain access to clock controls).
1.5 Position personnel to ensure access control.
1.6 Retrieve badges and "Emergency Event Attendance Roster**
sheets from CERC cabinet, and table from Storage room.
Set up for receptionist to issue badges and maintain sign-in roster sheets.
1.7 Verify CERC Emergency Response Matrix Board is kept current.
Provide Corporate Response Manager with time in which CERC minimum staffing is activated.
1.8 Set up CERC Floor Plan Board on easel in reception area.
1.8 Set up CERC Floor Plan Board on easel in reception area.
* CPIP-3.1 Page 3-3 03-01-90 1.9 Verify Red Phone(s) and monitor(s) are connected for affected site. 1.10 Select affected station switch 'for Automatic Ring Down (ARD) located on Corporate Response Manager Console. 1.11 Using the ARD, contact the TSC and LEOF at the affected site. Ensure station TSC and LEOF call back to verify circuits.
 
CPIP-3.1 Page 3-3 03-01-90 1.9 Verify Red Phone(s) and monitor(s) are connected for affected site.
1.10 Select affected station switch 'for Automatic Ring Down (ARD) located on Corporate Response Manager Console.
1.11 Using the ARD, contact the TSC and LEOF at the affected site.
Ensure station TSC and LEOF call back to verify circuits.
NOTE: LEOF may not be manned during initial try; verify when LEOF is activated.
NOTE: LEOF may not be manned during initial try; verify when LEOF is activated.
1.12 Verify affected station maps (10 mile EPZ/Evacuation Map) are properly displayed.
1.12 Verify affected station maps (10 mile EPZ/Evacuation Map) are properly displayed.
1.13 Verify affected station Emergency Action Level Matrix is properly displayed.
1.13 Verify affected station Emergency Action Level Matrix is properly displayed.
1.14 Retrieve "Emergency Event Log" booklets from CERC cabinet and distribute to managers.
1.14 Retrieve "Emergency Event Log" booklets from CERC cabinet and distribute to managers.
1.15 Verify emergency lighting in CERC is operable by depressing button on portable lamp . 1.16 In Records Management Office: a. Ensure copy machine is operational with appropriate toner and paper supplies.
1.15 Verify emergency lighting in CERC is operable by depressing button on portable lamp .
: b. Ensure aperture card reader/printer is operational with appropriate toner and paper supplies.
* 1.16 In Records Management Office:
: c. Ensure telecopier is operational by transmitting and receiving a test message to the affected station TSC and LEOF. NAPS TSC NAPS LEOF SPS TSC SPS LEOF 1.17 When requested by Corporate Response Manager, direct telecomnunications to monitor Whelen Siren Control System and obtain siren status if system is activated.
a.
1.18 After event is officially terminated, return all appropriate materials to original location and restock/replace as needed. Reviewed By: Clerical Coordinator Reviewed By: Administrative Services Manager
b.
'.~ f'II*
c.
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.2 ACTIVATION OF LEOF ACTION ITEMS CHECK-OFF LIST CPIP-3.2 Page 3.4 08-01-90 NOTE: The first person to report to the LEOF should implement this procedure and then give it to either the Services Coordinator or the Office Services Coordinator upon his/her arrival. 1. INITIATE PROCEDURE:
Ensure copy machine is operational with appropriate toner and paper supplies.
Initiated By: Date: Time: 2. Verify Security activation and establishment of access control to LEOF per EPIP-3.04.
Ensure aperture card reader/printer is operational with appropriate toner and paper supplies.
3
Ensure telecopier is operational by transmitting and receiving a test message to the affected station TSC and LEOF.
* Get assigned folders and binders from the Administrative Services Area and place at the appropriate work stations.
NAPS TSC                      SPS TSC NAPS LEOF                     SPS LEOF 1.17 When requested by Corporate Response Manager, direct telecomnunications to monitor Whelen Siren Control System and obtain siren status if system is activated.
1.18 After event is officially terminated, return all appropriate materials to original location and restock/replace as needed.
Reviewed By:
Clerical Coordinator Reviewed By:
Administrative Services Manager
 
'.~
CPIP-3.2 f'II*                                                         Page 3.4 08-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.2 ACTIVATION OF LEOF ACTION ITEMS CHECK-OFF LIST NOTE:     The first person to report to the LEOF should implement this procedure and then give it to either the Services Coordinator or the Office Services Coordinator upon his/her arrival.
: 1. INITIATE PROCEDURE:
Initiated By:
Date:
Time:
: 2. Verify Security activation and establishment of access control to LEOF per EPIP-3.04.
Get assigned folders and binders from the Administrative Services
* 3*
Area and place at the appropriate work stations.
: 4. Distribute Virginia Power Emergency Phone Books to appropriate work stations.
: 4. Distribute Virginia Power Emergency Phone Books to appropriate work stations.
* Recovery Manager/Communicator Console
* Recovery Manager/Communicator Console
Line 516: Line 1,030:
* NRC Area
* NRC Area
* Administrative Services Area
* Administrative Services Area
* Public Relations Area 5. Verify headsets for the CERC and the TSC Phonetalkers are at the appropriate work stations.
* Public Relations Area
If not present or if communicator determines headset is not operable, replace with spare headset from Administrative Cabinet. 6. Ensure PA operable.
: 5. Verify headsets for the CERC and the TSC Phonetalkers are at the appropriate work stations. If not present or if communicator determines headset is not operable, replace with spare headset from Administrative Cabinet.
: 7. Open cabinet containing the Emergency status Information and Emergency Action Level Matrix (cabinet located to the outside right of the Admin. Services Area door).
: 6. Ensure PA operable.
. ,.
: 7. Open cabinet containing the Emergency status Information and Emergency Action Level Matrix (cabinet located to the outside right of the Admin. Services Area door).
* a. CPIP-3.2 Page 3.5 08-01-90 Verify routing status bins in place to collect/disseminate appropriate hard copies.
 
.,.                                                           CPIP-3.2 Page 3.5 08-01-90
: a. Verify routing status bins in place to collect/disseminate appropriate hard copies.
* Department of Emergency Services
* Department of Emergency Services
* State Bureau of Radiological Health
* State Bureau of Radiological Health
Line 528: Line 1,044:
* NRC Area
* NRC Area
* Administrative Services Area
* Administrative Services Area
* Public Relations Area 9. *Adjust brightness on ERFCS terminals.
* Public Relations Area
: 9. *Adjust brightness on ERFCS terminals.
: 10. Verify operability of ERFCS printer by depressing "PRINT DSPLY" key one time on one keyboard.
: 10. Verify operability of ERFCS printer by depressing "PRINT DSPLY" key one time on one keyboard.
: 11. Verify operability of photo copier. 12. Verify operability of telecopier in Administrative Services Area by sending test message transmission to TSC and CERC. 13. verify LEOF digital clock is synchronized with time in upper right hand corner of ERFCS CRT. NOTE: LEOF clock controls are located on the Recovery Manager/Communicator console. 14. Retrieve cart containing station drawings from the Training Center Library. 15. Verify minimum LEOF staffing via the staffing Board. 16. Inform the Recovery Manager that LEOF is ready to be activated and minimum staffing is present. 17. Report any discrepancies to either the Services Coordinator or the Office Services Coordinator  
: 11. Verify operability of photo copier.
*
: 12. Verify operability of telecopier in Administrative Services Area by sending test message transmission to TSC and CERC.
.. -*
: 13. verify LEOF digital clock is synchronized with time in upper right hand corner of ERFCS CRT.
* CPIP-3.2 Attachment 1 LEOF TAKE-DOWN CPIP-3.2 Page 3.6 08-01-90 Upon termination of the drill, emergency and/or recovery operation the Services Coordinator will ensure the LEOF is deactivated and readied as soon as possible by ensuring the following steps are completed.
NOTE:     LEOF clock controls are located on the Recovery Manager/Communicator console.
: 14. Retrieve cart containing station drawings from the Training Center Library.
: 15. Verify minimum LEOF staffing via the staffing Board.
: 16. Inform the Recovery Manager that LEOF is ready to be activated and minimum staffing is present.
: 17. Report any discrepancies to either the Services Coordinator or the Office Services Coordinator *
    *
 
..-                                                         CPIP-3.2 Page 3.6 08-01-90
* CPIP-3.2 Attachment 1 LEOF TAKE-DOWN Upon termination of the drill, emergency and/or recovery operation the Services Coordinator will ensure the LEOF is deactivated and readied as soon as possible by ensuring the following steps are completed.
: 1. Ensure all documentation pertaining to the event is retrieved and given to the Station Coordinator-Emergency Planning.
: 1. Ensure all documentation pertaining to the event is retrieved and given to the Station Coordinator-Emergency Planning.
: 2. Realign ventilation system using Attachment
: 2. Realign ventilation system using Attachment 2.
: 2. 3. Have Station Records restock procedures.
: 3. Have Station Records restock procedures.
NOTE: Station records is to restock procedures within one hour following termination of drill, emergency and/or recovery operation.
NOTE:     Station records is to restock procedures within one hour following termination of drill, emergency and/or recovery operation.
: 4. Direct HP to perform PT on Emergency Kit. 5. Arrange for cleaning of LEOF. 6. Turn brightness down on all ERFCS CRTs. 7. Check emergency admin supplies and restock as required.
: 4. Direct HP to perform PT on Emergency Kit.
: 5. Arrange for cleaning of LEOF.
: 6. Turn brightness down on all ERFCS CRTs.
: 7. Check emergency admin supplies and restock as required.
: 8. Return headsets to appropriate locations.
: 8. Return headsets to appropriate locations.
: 9. Report any communication hardware problems to telecommunications.
: 9. Report any communication hardware problems to telecommunications.
: 10. Clean all status boards. 11. Replace break-away lock on Administrative Supply Cabinet if appropriate.
: 10. Clean all status boards.
: 12. Request Station Coordinator-EP to submit work orders on any equipment malfunctions .
: 11. Replace break-away lock on Administrative Supply Cabinet if appropriate.
.** *
: 12. Request Station Coordinator-EP to submit work orders on any equipment malfunctions .
* CPIP-3.2 Attachment 2 SETTING THE HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC) IN THE NON-EMERGENCY MODE CPIP-3.2 Page 3.7 08-01-90 To align the system for normal non-emergency operation, perform the system line-up in the sequence indicated.
  *
Following this sequence is required to ensure the system interlocks do not defeat the start-up.
 
NOTE: 1. 2. 3
.**
* If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the stop position and restarted using CPIP-3.2 Attachment 4, LEOF Startup and Restart. Perform the following steps in sequence.
CPIP-3.2 Page 3.7 08-01-90
: a. D-1 Damper Start (Open) b. S-1 Air Handler Fan start (On) c. D-3 Damper Start (Open) d. F-1 HEPA Filter Fan Stop (Off) e. D-2 Damper Stop (Off) f. S-2 Computer Room HVAC Start (On) Verify the system indication light colors. a. D-1 Red b. S-1 Red c. D-3 Red d. F-1 Green e. D-2 Green f. S-2 Red Refer to CPIP-6.2 Attachment 4 if realignment problems develop.
* CPIP-3.2 Attachment 2 SETTING THE HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)
.,-* CPIP-3.2 Attachment 3 LEOF SERVICES COORDINATOR GUIDELINE CPIP-3.2 Page 3.8 08-01-90 1. Verify LEOF activated and functional.
IN THE NON-EMERGENCY MODE To align the system for normal non-emergency operation, perform the system line-up in the sequence indicated. Following this sequence is required to ensure the system interlocks do not defeat the start-up.
NOTE:     If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the stop position and restarted using CPIP-3.2 Attachment 4, LEOF Startup and Restart.
: 1. Perform the following steps in sequence.
: a. D-1 Damper               Start (Open)
: b. S-1 Air Handler Fan       start (On)
: c. D-3 Damper               Start (Open)
: d. F-1 HEPA Filter Fan       Stop (Off)
: e. D-2 Damper               Stop (Off)
: f. S-2 Computer Room HVAC   Start (On)
* 2. Verify the system indication light colors.
a.
b.
c.
d.
D-1 S-1 D-3 F-1 Red Red Red Green
: e. D-2 Green
: f. S-2 Red 3*  Refer to CPIP-6.2 Attachment 4 if realignment problems develop.
 
.,-
CPIP-3.2 Page 3.8 08-01-90 CPIP-3.2 Attachment 3 LEOF SERVICES COORDINATOR GUIDELINE
: 1. Verify LEOF activated and functional.
: 2. Verify Services Organization:
: 2. Verify Services Organization:
: a. Office Services Coordinator
: a. Office Services Coordinator
: b. Clerks -2 c. Telecommunications Coordinator
: b. Clerks - 2
: d. ERFCS Operator e. Technical Advisor 3. Determine routing of status information, verify bins in place and assign staffing to keep information current and posted on the Emergency Status Information and Emergency Action Level Matrix. NOTE: Minimum information to be routed includes the following:
: c. Telecommunications Coordinator
: d. ERFCS Operator
: e. Technical Advisor
: 3. Determine routing of status information, verify bins in place and assign staffing to keep information current and posted on the Emergency Status Information and Emergency Action Level Matrix.
NOTE:     Minimum information to be routed includes the following:
* Report of Emergency to State/Local Governments, Attachment 1 of EPIP-2.01 (original from State/Local Communicator).
* Report of Emergency to State/Local Governments, Attachment 1 of EPIP-2.01 (original from State/Local Communicator).
* News Releases (original from Public Relations Area).
* News Releases (original from Public Relations Area).
* Report of Radiological Conditions to the state, Attachment 2 of EPIP-2.01 (original from State/Local Communicator).
* Report of Radiological Conditions to the state, Attachment 2 of EPIP-2.01 (original from State/Local Communicator).
* Plant status, Attachment 1 of EPIP-2.04, issued if ERFCS inoperable (original faxed from TSC). 4. verify station drawings retrieved from Training Center library. 5. Ensure Personnel Staffing and Time/Event boards are maintained.
* Plant status, Attachment 1 of EPIP-2.04, issued if ERFCS inoperable (original faxed from TSC).
: 4. verify station drawings retrieved from Training Center library.
: 5. Ensure Personnel Staffing and Time/Event boards are maintained.
: 6. Direct Telecommunications Coordinator to poll the siren system and to prepare for verification of activation.
: 6. Direct Telecommunications Coordinator to poll the siren system and to prepare for verification of activation.
: 7. If sirens are activated, direct Telecommunications Coordinator to poll siren system for verification.
: 7. If sirens are activated, direct Telecommunications Coordinator to poll siren system for verification.
: 8. Make arrangements for acquisition, delivery and serving of meals with the Emergency Administrative Director in the TSC. 9. Maintain a list (name and response position) of responders present in the LEOF and identify those actively filling positions.
: 8. Make arrangements for acquisition, delivery and serving of meals with the Emergency Administrative Director in the TSC.
: 9. Maintain a list (name and response position) of responders
* present in the LEOF and identify those actively filling positions.
: 10. Arrange for shift rotation of Emergency Response Personnel.
: 10. Arrange for shift rotation of Emergency Response Personnel.
: 11. Retrieve any needed procedures/documentation from the NATC
: 11. Retrieve any needed procedures/documentation from the NATC
. *' .,
 
* CPIP-3.2 Page 3.9 08-01-90 12. In the event of loss of power to the LEOF, direct ERFCS Operator to initiate Attachment 4, LEOF Startup and Restart. 13. Upon termination of drill, emergency and/or recovery operation, ensure LEOF is returned to ready state.
*'
CPIP-3.2 Attachment 4 NORTH ANNA POWER STATION LEOF STARTUP AND RESTART CPIP-3.2 Page 3.10 08-01-90 NOTE: The LEOF wall clocks are powered from the computer power supply. A. Go to the Ventilation Control Panel O-HV-CP-01 and complete the following steps: 1. Press start for S-1 (UNIT FAN) red light should come on. 2. Check that D-3 (DAMPER) red light comes on. 3. Press start for s-2 (COMPUTER FAN) red light should come on. 4. Proceed to Electrical/Mechanical Equipment room. a. Proceed to filter panel 1) Press ACKNOWLEDGE button 2) Press RESET button B. Proceed to the computer room and complete the following steps: 1. Set computer HALT/RUN switch to HALT position.
  .
.,                                                       CPIP-3.2 Page 3.9 08-01-90
* 12.
13.
In the event of loss of power to the LEOF, direct ERFCS Operator to initiate Attachment 4, LEOF Startup and Restart.
Upon termination of drill, emergency and/or recovery operation, ensure LEOF is returned to ready state.
 
CPIP-3.2 Page 3.10 08-01-90 CPIP-3.2 Attachment 4 NORTH ANNA POWER STATION LEOF STARTUP AND RESTART NOTE:       The LEOF wall clocks are powered from the computer power supply.
A. Go to the Ventilation Control Panel O-HV-CP-01 and complete the following steps:
: 1. Press start for S-1 (UNIT FAN) red light should come on.
: 2. Check that D-3 (DAMPER) red light comes on.
: 3. Press start for s-2 (COMPUTER FAN) red light should come on.
: 4. Proceed to Electrical/Mechanical Equipment room.
: a. Proceed to filter panel
: 1)   Press ACKNOWLEDGE button
: 2)   Press RESET button B. Proceed to the computer room and complete the following steps:
: 1. Set computer HALT/RUN switch to HALT position.
: 2. Ensure start switch on disk drives is in OUT position.
: 2. Ensure start switch on disk drives is in OUT position.
: 3. Open computer panels and turn power breakers at bottom of , each rack off. 4. Go to the rear of disk drives open panels and turn power switches off. 5. Go to the Electrical/Mechanical Equipment Room and go to the distribution panel and press START on COMPUTER PANEL "CPl". 6. Re-energize breakers on computer racks and disk drives. 7. Start disk drives. NOTE: Steps 8, 9, 10, may need to be repeated 8. Go to MANUAL on clock panel. 9. Ensure that switches 13 and 15 on control panel rack one are in the UP position.
: 3. Open computer panels and turn power breakers at bottom of
4 *. 1
          , each rack off.
* 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. CPIP-3.2 Page 3.11 08-01-90 On rack one control panel press M-CLEAR, FILL, RUN (printer should respond).
: 4. Go to the rear of disk drives open panels and turn power switches off.
Go to printer and type "H09,,20,5,5" RETURN (printer should respond "SATISFIED").
: 5. Go to the Electrical/Mechanical Equipment Room and go to the distribution panel and press START on COMPUTER PANEL "CPl".
Type "GO" RETURN. When lights stop flashing on the control panel on rack one press HALT, go to AUTO on the clock, then press, M-CLEAR, FILL, RUN. Reset clocks at Recovery Manager's panel. NOTE: NOTE: If taking computer system down go to "Disable" on the battery. If the Fire Alarm System energizes and trips the dampers to the Computer Room, they must be manually reset before the breakers for the power supply and Computer Room A-Care started. They are located under the floor panels below the alarm light in the Computer Room,and in the overhead above the alarm light. D. Restore LEOF computer from Simulator to LEOF configuration.
: 6. Re-energize breakers on computer racks and disk drives.
NOTE: The first step is to determine what mode of operation is currently active (simulator or LEOF). While there are several distinct differences between the two systems, the easiest method of determining which mode is operating is to attempt to recall display "FREEZE" on the Recovery Manager's CRT. The "FREEZE" display only exists on the simulator system and its presence indicates that the simulator system is currently configured.
: 7. Start disk drives.
Conversely, the lack of display "FREEZE", indicated by the error message "DISPLAY FREEZE NAME NOT IN DIRECTORY" indicates LEOF system is configured.
NOTE:     Steps 8, 9, 10, may need to be repeated
Once the simulator mode has been determined to be active it is necessary to stop the system and reconfigure the LEOF system. This is accomplished by "HALTINGn the CPU, stopping the 76Mb disk drives, changing the system disk pack, switching the active CRTs and re-booting the system.
: 8. Go to MANUAL on clock panel.
,-' . j
: 9. Ensure that switches 13 and 15 on control panel rack one are in the UP position.
* 1. Determine system configuration recall display "FREEZE" CPIP-3.2 Page 3 .11.1 08-01-90 If display not in directory, then LEOF is already configured.
 
4
*.1                                                         CPIP-3.2 Page 3.11 08-01-90
: 10. On rack one control panel press M-CLEAR, FILL, RUN (printer should respond).
: 11. Go to printer and type "H09,,20,5,5" RETURN (printer should respond "SATISFIED").
: 12. Type "GO" RETURN.
: 13. When lights stop flashing on the control panel on rack one press HALT, go to AUTO on the clock, then press, M-CLEAR, FILL, RUN.
: 14. Reset clocks at Recovery Manager's panel.
NOTE:     If taking computer system down go to "Disable" on the battery.
NOTE:      If the Fire Alarm System energizes and trips the dampers to the Computer Room, they must be manually reset before the breakers for the power supply and Computer Room A-Care started. They are located under the floor panels below the alarm
* light in the Computer Room,and in the overhead above the alarm light.
D. Restore LEOF computer from Simulator to LEOF configuration.
NOTE:       The first step is to determine what mode of operation is currently active (simulator or LEOF). While there are several distinct differences between the two systems, the easiest method of determining which mode is operating is to attempt to recall display "FREEZE" on the Recovery Manager's CRT. The "FREEZE" display only exists on the simulator system and its presence indicates that the simulator system is currently configured. Conversely, the lack of display "FREEZE",
indicated by the error message "DISPLAY FREEZE NAME NOT IN DIRECTORY" indicates LEOF system is configured.
Once the simulator mode has been determined to be active it is necessary to stop the system and reconfigure the LEOF system. This is accomplished by "HALTINGn the CPU, stopping the 76Mb disk drives, changing the system disk pack, switching the active CRTs and re-booting the system.
 
. j' CPIP-3.2 Page 3 .11.1 08-01-90
* 1. Determine system configuration recall display "FREEZE" If display not in directory, then LEOF is already configured.
: 2. HALT the CPU Check key lock in the "ENABLE" position.
: 2. HALT the CPU Check key lock in the "ENABLE" position.
Set HALT/RUN switch to HALT. 3. Stop both 67Mb disk drives. Depress the "START" button. wait for "START" light to stop blinking.
Set HALT/RUN switch to HALT.
: 4. Change system disk. Remove simulator system disk pack from drive o. Load LEOF system disk pack in drive o. Depress "START" button on drive O (ONLY DRIVE 0). Wait for "START" light to stop blinking.
: 3. Stop both 67Mb disk drives.
: 5. Switch CRTs. switch ALL 4 CRT selector switches, located in rack 3, to ERF position.
Depress the "START" button.
: 6. Re-boot the system. NOTE: Check DATA DISPLAY control switches 13 and 15 are in the up position, and all other DATA DISPLAY control switches are off. Depress "MCLEAR, FILL, and RUN" in order. Check system is available in 1 to 2 minutes. The procedure to change from LEOF mode to simulator mode is very similar to the above procedure.
wait for "START" light to stop blinking.
The key differences are that the SIMULATOR system disk pack must be loaded, BOTH 67Mb disk drives started and the four (4) CRT selector switches set to the SIM position.
: 4. Change system disk.
Purpose: CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.3 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT CPIP-3.3 Page 3-12 03-01-90 This procedure will provide instructions for the CERC Computer Services Team and the administrative team to supply the identified information to the communicator and to support Nuclear Network and other computer systems. Activation:
Remove simulator system disk pack from drive o.
This procedure will be activated by the Administrative'services Manager or his alternate, upon notification of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
Load LEOF system disk pack in drive o.
1.0 General There are two major steps to this procedure.
Depress "START" button on drive O (ONLY DRIVE 0).
Each of the steps supplies the procedure needed to initiate Nuclear Network. In addition, IS Client Services will support the use of the Virginia Power Mainframe, the Instant News System, and other computer systems that are used during an emergency by Virginia Power. 1.1 Nuclear Network Note: 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1. 3 If Nuclear Network cannot be accessed by the following procedure, remove diskette from 11 A 11 drive and shut off main switch to PC. Upon arrival at the designated Nuclear Network work station, turn the Power Director 11 Master 11 switch to the 11 on 11 position (the lights on the Power Director will come on). Also turn on the modem (the switch is on the back of the modem). Let the machine run its diagnostics.
Wait for "START" light to stop blinking.
When it is finished, the IBM Fixed Disk Organizer screen will appear. The cursor will be in the lower left corner of the screen indicating the date. Press 11 Enter 11 and the cursor will move to the lower right corner of the screen indicating the time. Type in the correct time (example:
: 5. Switch CRTs.
08:15) and press 11 Enter 11* The Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1) will be displayed.
switch ALL 4 CRT selector switches, located in rack 3, to ERF position.
Using the cursor (arrow) keys, select the 11 SPFPC 11 option and press 11 Enter 11*
: 6. Re-boot the system.
1.1.4 1.1.5 1.1. 6 1.1. 7 CP!P-3.3 Page 3-13 03-01-90 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.) The Primary Option Menu screen (Attachment 2.2) will be displayed.
Check DATA DISPLAY control switches 13 and 15 are in the up position, and all other DATA DISPLAY control switches are off.
Type 11 2 11 for the Edit o.ption and press 11 Enter 11* The Edit-File Menu screen (Attachment 2.3) will be displayed.
Depress "MCLEAR, FILL, and RUN" in   order.
Check system is available in 1 to 2 minutes.
NOTE:      The procedure to change from LEOF mode to simulator mode is very similar to the above procedure. The key differences are that the SIMULATOR system disk pack must be loaded, BOTH 67Mb disk drives started and the four (4) CRT selector switches set to the SIM position.
 
CPIP-3.3 Page 3-12 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.3 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT Purpose:  This procedure will provide instructions for the CERC Computer Services Team and the administrative team to supply the identified information to the communicator and to support Nuclear Network and other computer systems.
Activation:     This procedure will be activated by the Administrative'services Manager or his alternate, upon notification of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
1.0 General There are two major steps to this procedure. Each of the steps supplies the procedure needed to initiate Nuclear Network. In addition, IS Client Services will support the use of the Virginia Power Mainframe, the Instant News System, and other computer systems that are used during an emergency by Virginia Power.
1.1 Nuclear Network Note:     If Nuclear Network cannot be accessed by the following procedure, remove diskette from 11 A11 drive and shut off main switch to PC.
1.1.1      Upon arrival at the designated Nuclear Network work station, turn the Power Director 11 Master 11 switch to the 11 on 11 position (the lights on the Power Director will come on). Also turn on the modem (the switch is on the back of the modem).
1.1.2      Let the machine run its diagnostics. When it is finished, the IBM Fixed Disk Organizer screen will appear. The cursor will be in the lower left corner of the screen indicating the date. Press 11 Enter 11 and the cursor will move to the lower right corner of the screen indicating the time. Type in the correct time (example: 08:15) and press 11 Enter 11
* 1.1. 3    The Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1) will be displayed.
Using the cursor (arrow) keys, select the 11 SPFPC 11 option and press 11 Enter 11
* CP!P-3.3 Page 3-13 03-01-90 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)
1.1.4    The Primary Option Menu screen (Attachment 2.2) will be displayed. Type 11 211 for the Edit o.ption and press 11 Enter 11
* 1.1.5    The Edit-File Menu screen (Attachment 2.3) will be displayed.
Fill in the following information:
Fill in the following information:
DRIVE ---C PATH---MODEM FILENAME ---NEWS!
DRIVE --- C                             11 Enter 11 PATH--- MODEM                           11 Enter 11 FILENAME --- NEWS!                     11 Enter 11 (The number after NEWS indicates the press release number and will change each time)
* EXTENSION
* EXTENSION --- TXT                      11 Enter 11 PROFILE NAME ---                        11 Enter 11 RECORD FORMAT --- V                    11 Enter 11 MAXIMUM RECORD LENGTH --- 65        11 Enter 11 1.1. 6  Begin typing the press release (Attachment 2.5 is an               example of a press release). If you want the text to 11 wrap 11             around, go to line 1 and type 11 te 11
---TXT PROFILE NAME RECORD FORMAT ---V MAXIMUM RECORD LENGTH ---65 11 Enter 11 11 Enter 11 11 Enter 11 (The number after NEWS indicates the press release number and will change each time) 11 Enter 11 11 Enter 11 11 Enter 11 11 Enter 11 Begin typing the press release (Attachment 2.5 is an example of a press release).
* You will then be able             to type without overflowing into the line numbers. When the                 release has been typed, press the 11 F3 11 key to save it.
If you want the text to 11 wrap 11 around, go to line 1 and type 11 te 11* You will then be able to type without overflowing into the line numbers. When the release has been typed, press the 11 F3 11 key to save it. Press the 11 F3 11 key again. You will
1.1. 7  Press the 11 F3 11 key again.             You will
* b,e returned to the Primary Option menu screen (Attachment 2.2). Type an 11 X 11 and press II Enter". You wi 11 be returned to the Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1). 1.1.8 Using the cursor (arrow) keys, select 11 SMARTCOM 11 and press 11 Enter 11* The Smartcom I I menu screen (Attachment
* b,e returned to the Primary Option menu screen (Attachment 2.2). Type an 11 X11 and press       II Enter". You wi 11 be returned to the Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1).
: 5. 4) wi 11 be displayed.
1.1.8   Using the cursor (arrow) keys, select 11 SMARTCOM 11 and press 11 Enter 11
1.1.9 Selection 11 1 11 will already be shown, so just press 11 Enter 11* The cursor will now be blinking on an 11 0 11 for Originate.
* The Smartcom I I menu screen (Attachment 5. 4) wi 11 be displayed.
Press 11 Enter 11* 1.1.10 The cursor will now be blinking on an 11 R 11 for the Communication Di rector labeled 11 TELENET 11* Press II Enter" and the machine will take over and begin connection to the INPO Nuclear Network. DO NOT TOUCH THE MACHINE UNTIL YOU SEE THE FOLLOWING PROMPT: Please select a Topic Id or 11 All 11: 1.1.11 Type 11 NT 11 (for exercises) or 11 HL 11 (for actual emergencies) and press 11 Enter 11* 
1.1.9   Selection 11 111 will already be shown, so just press 11 Enter 11
* *
* The cursor will now be blinking on an 11 0 11 for Originate.
* COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.) CPIP-3.3 Page 3-14 03-01-90 1.1.12 The Nuclear Network Main Menu will be displayed, followed by the following prompt: Enter an Option or 11?11 for the Main Selection Menu: 1.1.13 Type a 11 3 11 for SEND message and press 11 Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed:
Press 11 Enter 11
Enter list of receiving users or 11 Al1 11 to send public messages.
* 1.1.10   The cursor will now be blinking on an 11 R11                      for the Communication Di rector labeled 11 TELENET 11
LIST-1.1.14 Type 11 A 11 11 and press 11 Enter 11* A statement on the number of. valid receivers in the list will be displayed, followed by the following prompt: Is this a response to a message (Y/N)? 1.1.15 Type 11 N 11 for No and press 11 Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed:
* Press II Enter" and the machine will take over and begin connection to the INPO Nuclear Network. DO NOT TOUCH THE MACHINE UNTIL YOU SEE THE FOLLOWING PROMPT:
Is this a question (Q) or an information entry (I): 1.1.16 Type 11!11 for information entry and press 11 Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed:  
Please select a Topic Id or 11 All 11 :
1.1.11   Type 11 NT 11 (for exercises) or 11 HL 11 (for actual emergencies) and press 11 Enter 11 *
* COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)
CPIP-3.3 Page 3-14 03-01-90 1.1.12 The Nuclear Network Main Menu will be displayed, followed                               by the following prompt:
Enter an Option or 11 ? 11 for the Main Selection Menu:
1.1.13 Type a 11 311 for SEND message and press 11 Enter 11
* The following prompt will be displayed:
Enter list of receiving users                   or 11 Al1 11   to send public messages.
LIST-1.1.14 Type 11 A11 11 and press 11 Enter 11
* A statement on the number of.
valid receivers in the list will be displayed, followed by the following prompt:
Is this a response to a message (Y/N)?
* 1.1.15 1.1.16 Type 11 N11 for No and press be displayed:
11 Enter 11
* Is this a question (Q) or an information entry (I):
Type 11 ! 11 for information entry and The following prompt will press     11 Enter 11
* The following prompt will be displayed:


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
1.1.17 Type "Virginia Power Emergency Exercise" or the subject of the press release, and press 11 Enter 11* A 11 (cont.)11 line will be displayed and can be used if the subject line extends to 2 lines. If additional space is not needed, press 11 Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed:
 
Information Contact: 1.1.18 Type 11 Public News Center/ 11 and press 11 Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed:
1.1.17 Type "Virginia Power Emergency Exercise" or the subject of the press release, and press 11 Enter 11
Enter message text. Z -ret-to end text, + to input from text file: 1.1.19 Press 11 Fl 11 to return to the Smartcom II menu screen and select 5 "Send File". Press 11 Enter 11* 1.1.20 Select Protocol:
* A 11 (cont.) 11 line will be displayed and can be used if the subject line extends to 2 lines. If additional space is not needed, press 11 Enter 11
Type 11 3 11 (Send Lines) and press 11 Enter 11* 
* The following prompt will be displayed:
*
Information Contact:
* COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.) CPIP-3.3 Page 3-15 03-01-90 1.1.21 Enter File Name: Type "NEWSl.TXT" and press "Enter". NOTE: The number after 11 NEWS 11 will chang~ with each press release. 1.1.22 At this point you will have to keep pressing the 11 Enter 11 key until all lines of the text have been printed. The lower left corner of the screen will indicate "Send Complete." 1.1. 23 Press the "Ctrl II key and while ho 1 ding it down,-type a II Z", release both keys and press 11 Enter 11* The followling prompt will be displayed:
1.1.18 Type 11 Public News Center/                             11 and   press       11 Enter 11
* Do you want to SEND, EDIT, FILE, OR CANCEL the message? 1.1.24 Type an 11 E 11 to EDIT and press 11 Enter 11* The followling prompt will be displayed:
* The following prompt will be displayed:
Do you want to edit the Subject (S), Information Contact (I), Message Text (M), or Quit (Q)? 1.1.25 Type an 11 M 11 for Message Text and press 11 Enter 11* At the EDIT prompt type 11 P T: 8 11 and press 11 Enter 11* Your message wi 11 be displayed without extra spaces and lines. 1.1.26 After the message has been displayed, type a 11 Q 11 at the EDIT prompt and press 11 Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed again: Do you want to edit the Subject (S), Information Contact (I), Message Text (M), or Quit (Q)? 1.1.27 Type a 11 Q 11 and press "Enter 11* The following prompt will be displayed again: Do you want to SEND, EDIT, FILE, OR CANCEL the message? 1.1.28 Type an II S" to SEND message and press "Enter". A notification that your message has been sent will be displayed and will tell you the message number. (Write the number and the time on the press release in the upper right corner.) The following prompt will be displayed:
Enter message text.       Z -ret- to end text,                 + to     input       from text file:
Enter an Option or 11?11 for the Main Selection Menu: 1.1.29 Type a 11 5" for EXIT and press 11 Enter'.'.
* 1.1.19 Press 11 Fl 11 to return to the Smartcom II menu screen and select 5 "Send File". Press 11 Enter 11
Network will disconnect you and display a LOGON APPLID (TSO) MENU. 1.1.30 At the "ENTER OPTION---" prompt type "X" to EXIT and press 11 Enter 11* You wi 11 be 1 ogged off the system and a "@" wi 11 be displayed.
* 1.1.20 Select Protocol:       Type   11 311 (Send Lines) and press               11 Enter 11 *
------------
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-15 03-01-90 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)
---*
1.1.21     Enter File Name: Type "NEWSl.TXT" and press "Enter".               NOTE:
* COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.) CPIP-3.3 Page 3-16 03-01-90 1.1. 31 Press the II Fl II key to return to the Smartcom II menu screen (Attachment 2.4). Type a 11 0 11 (zero) to End Corrmunication/Program and press 11 El'\ter 11* 1.1.32 The cursor will be blinking on an 11 H 11 for Hang Up. Press 11 Enter 11 and type a 11 0 11 (zero) again and press "Enter", then type an 11 E 11 to Exit Smartcom.
The number after 11 NEWS 11 will chang~ with each press release.
You wi 11 be returned to the Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1). 1.1.33 Follow steps 1.1.1 through 1.1.32 for each press release received during the exercise or actual emergency.  
1.1.22     At this point you will have to keep pressing the 11 Enter 11 key until all lines of the text have been printed.                 The lower left corner of the screen will indicate "Send Complete."
II 1.1. 23   Press the "Ctrl key and while ho 1ding it down,- type a Z",         II release both keys and press 11 Enter 11
* The followling prompt will be displayed:
* Do you want to SEND, EDIT, FILE, OR CANCEL the message?
1.1.24   Type an 11 E11 to EDIT and press       11 Enter 11
* The followling prompt will be displayed:
Do you want to edit the Subject (S), Information Contact (I),
Message Text (M), or Quit (Q)?
1.1.25   Type an 11 M11 11 for Message Text and press 11 Enter 11
* At the EDIT prompt type P T: 811 and press 11 Enter 11
* Your message wi 11 be displayed without extra spaces and lines.
1.1.26   After the message has been displayed, type a 11 Q11 at the EDIT prompt and press 11 Enter 11
* The following prompt will be displayed again:
Do you want to edit the Subject (S), Information Contact (I),
Message Text (M), or Quit (Q)?
1.1.27   Type a 11 Q11 and press "Enter 11
* The following prompt will be displayed again:
Do you want to SEND, EDIT, FILE, OR CANCEL the message?
1.1.28   Type an II S" to SEND message and press "Enter".                           A notification that your message has been sent will                         be displayed and will tell you the message number. (Write the number and the time on the press release in the upper right corner.) The following prompt will be displayed:
Enter an Option or       11
                                        ?11 for the Main Selection Menu:
1.1.29   Type a 5" for EXIT and press 11 Enter'.'.
11 Network will
* 1.1.30 disconnect you and display a LOGON APPLID (TSO) MENU.
At 11 the "ENTER OPTION---" prompt type "X" to EXIT and press Enter 11
* You wi 11 be 1ogged off the system and a "@" wi 11 be displayed.
 
                  ---
* COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)
1.1. 31 CPIP-3.3 Page 3-16 03-01-90 Press the II Fl II key to return to the Smartcom II menu screen (Attachment 2.4).         Type a     11 011    (zero)   to     End Corrmunication/Program and press 11 El'\ter 11
* 1.1.32   The 11 cursor 11 will be11 blinking on an 11 H11 for Hang Up. Press 11 Enter and type a 0 (zero) again and press "Enter", then type an 11 E11 to Exit Smartcom. You wi 11 be returned to the Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1).
1.1.33   Follow steps 1.1.1 through 1.1.32 for each press             release received during the exercise or actual emergency.


===1.2 BACKUP===
===1.2 BACKUP===
Implement this step only during an actual emergency at one or both of our nuclear power stations.
Implement this step only during an actual emergency at one or both of our nuclear power stations.
Should the Nuclear Network System fail or cannot be accessed, call INP0 1 s Emergency Response Center at Ask for the Duty Officer. Upon contacting the Duty Officer, inform him that an emergency has been declared at North Anna/Surry Power Station(s).
Should the Nuclear Network System fail or cannot be accessed, call 1
Advise him that you will be transmitting a news release via the telecopier Provide the Duty Officer with your name and telephone number. Do not address any questions that may be asked, refer the Duty Officer to our Rumor Control telephone number 1.3 Contact LIST Should a problem develop with one of the supported systems or any mainframe or other computer in use, the team will provide required support. 1.4 Frequency The Computer Services Coordinator shall ensure that the tasks in this procedure are performed during scheduled emergency drills, during periodic tests of the emergency equipment, or when informed by telephone or in person that an actual emergency is occurring .
INP0 s Emergency Response Center at                           Ask for the Duty Officer.     Upon contacting the Duty Officer, inform him that an emergency has been declared at North Anna/Surry Power Station(s).
*-2.0
Advise him that you will be transmitting a news release via the telecopier                     Provide the Duty Officer with your name and telephone number.
* ATTACHMENTS 2 .1. Master Menu Screen 2.2 SPFPC Primary Option Menu Screen 2.3 SPFPC Edit-File Menu Screen 2.4 Smartcom II Menu Screen 2.5 Example Press Release CPIP-3.3 Page 3-17 03-01-90
Do not address any questions that may be asked, refer the Duty Officer to our Rumor Control telephone number 1.3 Contact LIST Should a problem develop with one of the supported systems or any mainframe or other computer in use, the team will provide required support.
** *
1.4 Frequency The Computer Services Coordinator shall ensure that the tasks in this procedure are performed during scheduled emergency drills, during periodic tests of the emergency equipment, or when informed by telephone or in person that an actual emergency is occurring .
* D 09-30-1988 TI: 13: 57: 46 1. SPFPC 2. Exit to DDS 3. GRAPHICS 4. LOTUS 1-2-3 5. DISPLAYWRITE 4 6. POWER-UP!
*
Master Menu CPIP-3.3 Page 3-18 03-01-90 Attachment 2.1 Page 1 of 1 Version I. 00 7. NUCLEAR DATA SYSTEM (Bernoulli cart. in drive 11 D 11) 8. SMARTCOM 
 
*- 2.0 ATTACHMENTS CPIP-3.3 Page 3-17 03-01-90 2 .1. Master Menu Screen 2.2   SPFPC Primary Option Menu Screen 2.3 SPFPC Edit-File Menu Screen 2.4 Smartcom II Menu Screen 2.5 Example Press Release
*
 
**                                                        Attachment 2.1 CPIP-3.3 Page 3-18 03-01-90 Master Menu D   09-30-1988                                               Page 1 of 1 TI: 13: 57: 46                                               Version I. 00
: 1. SPFPC
: 2. Exit to DDS
: 3. GRAPHICS
: 4. LOTUS 1-2-3
: 5. DISPLAYWRITE 4
: 6. POWER-UP!
: 7. NUCLEAR DATA SYSTEM (Bernoulli cart. in drive  11 D11 )
: 8. SMARTCOM
*
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-19 03-01-90 Attachment 2.2 SPF/PC2 379K ------------- PRIMARY OPTION MENU----------------- VER 01.82 SE        OPTION----- 2 0
USERID -    lBMPC SPF/PC PARMS - SPECIFY TERMINAL AND USER PARAMETERS      TIME      - 14:01 1   BROWSE        - DISPLAY SOURCE DATA OR OUTPUT LISTINGS TERMINAL-    IBM 2    EDIT          - CREATE OR CHANGE SOURCE DATA            PF KEYS -  40 3    UTILITIES    - PERFORM SPF/PC UTILITY FUNCTIONS 4    FOREGROUND - INVOKE LANGUAGE PROCESSORS IN FOREGROUND 6    COMMAND      - EXECUTE DOS COMMANDS H    HELP          - DISPLAY INFORMATION ABOUT SPF/PC u USER            - SPECIFY USER APPLICATIONS X    EXIT          - EXIT SPF/PC PRESS [F3] TO TERMINATE SPF/PC SPF/PC VER 01.82 (C) COPYRIGHT COMMAND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 1984,85,86
* ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
* UNAUTHORIZED DUPLICATION PROHIBITED SERIAL# 0155952A
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-20 03-01-90 Attachment 2.3 SPF/PC2 379K -------~---------- EDIT - FILE MENU -------------------VER 01.82 EN VERIFY PARAMETERS BELOWt SPF/PC FILE DEFINITION:
DRIVE---------- c PATH----------- MODEM        PATH------                  PATH--------
FILENAME ------- NEWS1 EXTENSION------ TXT PROFILE NAME-------------    (DEFAULTS TO FILENAME EXTENSION IF BLANK)
NJE.NA H.N,(I FFFFFFF U      YUKH l:t- *Y.~RIABLE F FIXED    DEFAUL T=-V)
  ,(00,Z, NJE.NA CJDBIR FFFFFF *8        YAJH(ZCI ; $6 TLHKLE ,(00,Z, ; X87S LNJTT Eas5 Jcars 2 I. LN.EJTT ,JDZ 0
LNJTT H2&deg; I. NJIZND I. LNO.N ,JDZ 0
*
*
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-19 03-01-90 Attachment 2.2 SPF/PC2 379K -------------
PRIMARY OPTION MENU-----------------
VER 01.82 SE OPTION-----
2 0 1 2 3 4 6 H u X SPF/PC PARMS -SPECIFY TERMINAL AND USER PARAMETERS BROWSE -DISPLAY SOURCE DATA OR OUTPUT LISTINGS EDIT -CREATE OR CHANGE SOURCE DATA UTILITIES
-PERFORM SPF/PC UTILITY FUNCTIONS FOREGROUND
-INVOKE LANGUAGE PROCESSORS IN FOREGROUND COMMAND -EXECUTE DOS COMMANDS HELP -DISPLAY INFORMATION ABOUT SPF/PC USER -SPECIFY USER APPLICATIONS EXIT -EXIT SPF/PC USERID -lBMPC TIME -14:01 TERMINAL-IBM PF KEYS -40 PRESS [F3] TO TERMINATE SPF/PC SPF/PC VER 01.82 (C) COPYRIGHT COMMAND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 1984,85,86 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
* UNAUTHORIZED DUPLICATION PROHIBITED SERIAL# 0155952A 
*
*
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-20 03-01-90 Attachment 2.3 SPF/PC2 379K -------~----------
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-21 03-01-90 Attachment 2.4 Smartcom II        Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
EDIT -FILE MENU -------------------VER 01.82 EN VERIFY PARAMETERS BELOWt SPF/PC FILE DEFINITION:
: 1. Begin Communication
DRIVE----------
* Receive File        *. 7. Change Printer Status (OFF)
c PATH-----------
: 2. Edit Set
MODEM PATH------
* Send File
FILENAME -------NEWS1 EXTENSION------
* Select Remote Access (OFF)
TXT PATH--------
: 3. Select File Command    6. Change Configuration 9. Display Disk Directory (OFF; A,8,C - Change Drive                                      0. End Co111Tiunication/Program Press F2 for. Help Enter Selection: 1          Press Fl to Return On-Line Dials or answers phone with Smartmodem
PROFILE NJE.NA H.N,(I FFFFFFF U (DEFAULTS TO FILENAME EXTENSION IF BLANK) YUKH l:t-*Y.~RIABLE F FIXED DEFAUL T=-V) ,(00,Z, NJE.NA CJDBIR FFFFFF *8 YAJH(ZCI ; $6 TLHKLE ,(00,Z, ; X87S LNJTT 0 Eas5 Jcars 2 I. LN.EJTT ,JDZ LNJTT 0 H2&deg; I. NJIZND I. LNO.N ,JDZ 
* 2: 19 pm                      Friday September 30, 1988                    CAPS
* CPIP-3.3 Page 3-22 03-01-90 Attachment 2.5 THIS IS A DRILL THESE EVENTS DID NOT OCCUR June 1, 1988 Release No. 1                                                12:31 p.m.
VIRGINIA POWER DECLARES ALERT Virginia Power declared an alert at its North Anna Power Station today at 11:30 a.m.
The  alert was declared because of a reactor coolant leak that could not be isolated. There was no release of radiation and no danger    to  the public or employees.
Virginia  Power  has  established a special    phone number to provide information regarding the alert. Collect calls will be accepted at this number.
The number is Virginia  Power  has  established a Joint Public Information Center in the Company's Innsbrook Technical Center at 5000 Dominion Boulevard in      Glen Allen, Virginia. Additionally, the company has established Local Media Centers located in the Information Centers at Surry and North Anna      Power Stations. However, official  company statements    regarding  the emergency will be provided at the Joint Public Information Center at the Innsbrook Technical Center.
                                      #  #  #  #  #
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP-4.0 Page 4-1 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4.0~
PLAN/DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT ACTIVATION Purpose    This      procedure    provides    guidance  to  implement    the Plan/Design/Construction support group to support Corporate Emergency Response Center functions.
Activation      When the Corporate Security Control Center is notified of an of an emergency at either station they will initiate the Corporate Emergency Response Team Call-Out. The Primary and Alternates for the Plan/Design/Construction Manager will be notified of the emergency.
1.0 Required Action
* 1.1  The Primary and/or Alternates for the Plan/Design/Construction Manager will report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center and initiate CPIP 4.1 .
*
*
* Smartcom II 1. Begin Communication
* CPIP-4.1 Page 4-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4.1 .
: 2. Edit Set 3. Select File Command A,8,C -Change Drive Enter Selection:
PLAN/DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to         implement the   Plan/Design/
2: 19 pm *
* 6. 1 CPIP-3.3 Page 3-21 03-01-90 Attachment 2.4 Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc. Receive File Send File Change Configuration
*. 7. Change Printer Status (OFF)
* Select Remote Access (OFF) 9. Display Disk Directory (OFF; 0. End Co111Tiunication/Program Press F2 for. Help Press Fl to Return On-Line Dials or answers phone with Smartmodem Friday September 30, 1988 CAPS
* Release No. 1 THIS IS A DRILL THESE EVENTS DID NOT OCCUR VIRGINIA POWER DECLARES ALERT CPIP-3.3 Page 3-22 03-01-90 Attachment 2.5 June 1, 1988 12:31 p.m. Virginia Power declared an alert at its North Anna Power Station today at 11:30 a.m. The alert was declared because of a reactor coolant leak that could not be isolated.
There was no release of radiation and no danger to the public or employees.
Virginia Power has established a special phone number to provide information regarding the alert. Collect calls will be accepted at this number. The number is Virginia Power has established a Joint Public Information Center in the Company's Innsbrook Technical Center at 5000 Dominion Boulevard in Glen Allen, Virginia.
Additionally, the company has established Local Media Centers located in the Information Centers at Surry and North Anna Power Stations.
However, official company statements regarding the emergency will be provided at the Joint Public Information Center at the Innsbrook Technical Center. # # # # # 
* *
* Purpose Activation CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4.0~ PLAN/DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT ACTIVATION CPIP-4.0 Page 4-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the Plan/Design/Construction support group to support Corporate Emergency Response Center functions.
When the Corporate Security Control Center is notified of an of an emergency at either station they will initiate the Corporate Emergency Response Team Call-Out.
The Primary and Alternates for the Plan/Design/Construction Manager will be notified of the emergency.
1.0 Required Action 1.1 The Primary and/or Alternates for the Plan/Design/Construction Manager will report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center and initiate CPIP 4.1 .
* Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4.1 . PLAN/DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-4.1 Page 4-2 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the Plan/Design/
Construction support activities.
Construction support activities.
1.0 Initial Actions Upon arrival at the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) the Plan/Design/Construction Manager should report to the Corporate Response Manager and perform the following: (Initial)
1.0 Initial Actions Upon arrival at the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) the Plan/Design/Construction Manager should report to the Corporate Response Manager and perform the following:
(Initial)
: 1. Determine the emergency classification.
: 1. Determine the emergency classification.
: 2. Determine the description of events leading to the classification, and station needs regarding planning, design and/or construction.
: 2. Determine the description of events       leading to the classification, and station needs regarding planning, design and/or construction.
: 3. Determine the need for staffing the following positions: (Circle One) Consultant  
: 3. Determine the need for staffing the following positions:
& Equipment Support Director Power Station Engineering Director Power Station Construction Director Recovery Ops Planning Coordinator (If personnel are needed to fill these refer to CPT Section 4.0) positions Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No 4. Determine the need to establish communication with the A/E and NSSS Vendor. (If communications are needed, refer* to CPT Section 4.0 for applicable phone numbers) 5. Establish a shift schedule for personnel relief. 6. Make appropriate work assignments as needed. 7. Ensure all personnel are informed of any changes in emergency status or identified needs.
(Circle One)
* 2.0
Consultant & Equipment Support Director           Yes/No Power Station Engineering Director               Yes/No Power Station Construction Director               Yes/No Recovery Ops Planning Coordinator                 Yes/No (If personnel are needed to fill these positions refer to CPT Section 4.0)
* Duties CPIP-4.1 Page 4-3 03-01-90 2.1 Once the incident is terminated and/or downgraded, determine the need for recovery support. 2.2 Ensure the following is accomplished as needed: (Initial)
: 4. Determine the need to establish communication with the A/E and NSSS Vendor.
: 1. Deve 1 op an operations.
(If communications are needed, refer* to CPT Section 4.0 for applicable phone numbers)
overa 11 schedule for completion of recovery 2. Develop a schedule for completing construction facilities for the recovery phase. needed 3. Identify key problems, decisions needed. resource limitations and technical
: 5. Establish a shift schedule for personnel relief.
: 4. Identify milestones and monitor and report the recovery operations.
: 6. Make appropriate work assignments as needed.
progress of the 5. Develop an agenda (if needed) for response staff meetings and followup with expediting commitments .
: 7. Ensure all personnel are informed of any changes in emergency status or identified needs.
* 2.0 Duties CPIP-4.1 Page 4-3 03-01-90 2.1 Once the incident is terminated and/or downgraded, determine the   need for recovery support.
2.2 Ensure the following is accomplished as needed:
(Initial)
: 1. Deve 1op  an   overa 11 schedule   for completion of recovery operations.
: 2. Develop a schedule for completing construction facilities   needed for the recovery phase.
: 3. Identify key problems,     resource   limitations and technical decisions needed.
: 4. Identify milestones and monitor and report the  progress  of the recovery operations.
: 5. Develop an agenda (if needed) for response staff meetings and followup with expediting commitments .
*
*
* Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.0~ TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER CALL OUT/ACTIVATION CPIP-5.0 Page 5-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides the necessary steps to call the members of the Technical Support Staff, and/or their alternates, and have them report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) or, when required, to the affected station. 1.0 Required Action 1.1 Implement Section 5 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory .
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP-5.0 Page 5-1 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.0~
TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER CALL OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose  This procedure provides the necessary steps to call the members of the Technical Support Staff, and/or their alternates, and have them report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) or, when required, to the affected station.
1.0 Required Action 1.1 Implement Section 5 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory .
*
*
* Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.1 Page 5-2 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the operations support aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Operations Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) ground floor Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
* CPIP-5.1 Page 5-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to       implement the operations support aspects of Technical Support.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Operations Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) ground floor Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0 Duties
* 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2 Coordinate the efforts of the technical specialists.
2.2 Coordinate the efforts of the technical specialists.
2.3 Analyze systems for operation in a degraded mode. 2.4 Activate the Emergency Response Facility monitoring systems as required or requested by the Corporate Response Manager. See Corporate Emergency Response Center Computer System Users Guide. 2.5 Recommend alternate procedures and prepare those procedures, where required.
2.3 Analyze systems for operation in a degraded mode.
2.4 Activate   the Emergency Response Facility monitoring systems as required or requested by the Corporate Response Manager.             See Corporate Emergency Response Center Computer System Users Guide.
2.5 Recommend alternate   procedures and prepare those procedures, where required.
2.6 Assist in recovery.
2.6 Assist in recovery.
2.7 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.7 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.8 Notify INPO (See CPT, Section 5).
2.8 Notify INPO (See CPT, Section 5).
CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.2 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.2 Page 5-3 03-01-90 Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the instrumentation and control aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Instrumentation and Control Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) ground floor Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
 
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
CPIP-5.2 Page 5-3 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.2 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the instrumentation and control aspects of Technical Support.
2.2 Review instrumentation and control operations.
1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Instrumentation and Control Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) ground floor Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.3 Coordinate temporary or short-term instrumentation and control changes. 2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2 Review instrumentation and control operations.
2.3 Coordinate temporary or short-term       instrumentation and   control changes.
2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.3 REACTOR CORE ANALYSIS ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.3 Page 5-4 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the reactor core analysis aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Reactor Core Analysis Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center. (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
 
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
CPIP-5.3 Page 5-4 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.3 REACTOR CORE ANALYSIS ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the reactor core analysis aspects of Technical Support.
2.2 Analyze reactor core for operations in degraded mode.* 2.3 Recommend alternate procedures and prepare those procedures where required.
1.0   Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Reactor Core Analysis Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center.
(CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0 Duties 2.1   Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2 Analyze reactor core for operations in degraded mode.*
2.3   Recommend alternate procedures     and prepare those procedures where required.
2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.  
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
*Core damage assessment procedure entitled, 11 Core Damage Assessment Procedure for Virginia Power Corporate Emergency Response, 11 NE Technical Report No. 422, is available for use in the Innsbrook Records Management area.
*Core damage assessment procedure entitled, 11 Core Damage Assessment Procedure for Virginia Power Corporate Emergency Response, 11 NE Technical Report No. 422, is available for use in the Innsbrook Records Management area.
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.4 RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL AND WASTE MANA~EMENT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES . CPIP-5.4 Page 5-5 03-01-90 Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the radiological control and waste management aspects of Technical Support.*
 
1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Radiological Control and Waste Management Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and detennine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
CPIP-5.4 Page 5-5 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.4 RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL AND WASTE MANA~EMENT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES   .
In articular, an immediate assessment of the need for meteorolo ical su art be ma e. 2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the radiological control and waste management aspects of Technical Support.*
1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Radiological Control and Waste Management Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and detennine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency. In articular, an immediate assessment of the need for meteorolo ical su art be ma e.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2 Review radiation controls in effect; make appropriate recorrmendations.
2.2 Review radiation controls in effect; make appropriate recorrmendations.
2.3 Analyze and coordinate waste management schemes. 2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.3 Analyze and coordinate waste management schemes.
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements .
2.4 Assist in recovery.
* Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.5 TECHNICAL STAFF SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.5 Page 5-6 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the staff support aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 IITITiediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for the Staff Support shall call other members of the Technical Support Staff, report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements .
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
* CPIP-5.5 Page 5-6 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.5 TECHNICAL STAFF SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the staff support aspects of Technical Support.
2.2 Provide support for the Technical Support staff. 2.3 Provide computer corrmunications support and data transmission.
1.0 IITITiediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for the Staff Support shall call other members of the Technical Support Staff, report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0 Duties
* 2.1 2.2 2.3 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
Provide support for the Technical Support staff.
Provide computer corrmunications support and data transmission.
2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.6 LICENSING ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.6 Page 5-7 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the licensing aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Licensing Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
 
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
CPIP-5.6 Page 5-7 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.6 LICENSING ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance     to implement the licensing aspects of Technical Support.
2.2 Resolve questions concerning operating license requirements with NRC representatives.
1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Licensing Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2 Resolve questions concerning operating license requirements with   NRC representatives.
2.3  Assist in recovery.
2.4  Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.5  Establish contact with NRC (See CPT, Section 5)
 
CPIP-5.7 Page 5-8 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.7 CHEMISTRY ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance      to  implement the Chemistry aspects of Technical Support.
1.0  Inmediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Chemistry Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0  Duties 2.1  Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2  Provide assistance in chemical/radiochemical data evaluation.
2.3 Assist in recovery.
2.3 Assist in recovery.
2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
2.5 Establish contact with NRC (See CPT, Section 5)
 
Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.7 CHEMISTRY ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.7 Page 5-8 03-01-90 This procedure provides guidance to implement the Chemistry aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 Inmediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Chemistry Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
CPIP-5.8 Page 5-9 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.8 METEOROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose:  This procedure provides guidelines to implement the Meteorological Assessment aspects of technical support.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
1.0   Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with staff support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Meteorological Assessment shall call and report to his team leader or the alternate at the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, and then go to meteorological operations, Innsbrook IE, first floor, to determine current meteorological situation and ascertain the emergency meteorological staffing required to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.2 Provide assistance in chemical/radiochemical data evaluation.
2.0 Duties
2.3 Assist in recovery.
* 2.1   Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
* Purpose: CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.8 METEOROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES This procedure provides guidelines to implement the Meteorological Assessment aspects of technical support. 1.0 Immediate Assessment CPIP-5.8 Page 5-9 03-01-90 Upon notification and discussion with staff support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Meteorological Assessment shall call and report to his team leader or the alternate at the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, and then go to meteorological operations, Innsbrook IE, first floor, to determine current meteorological situation and ascertain the emergency meteorological staffing required to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.
2.2 Provide assistance in meteorological assessment data evaluation.
2.2 Provide assistance in meteorological assessment data evaluation.
2.3 Provide meteorological support to assist in recovery.
2.3   Provide meteorological support to assist in recovery.
2.4 Remain cognizant of current meteorological assessment in each phase of emergency.
2.4 Remain cognizant of current meteorological assessment in each phase of emergency.
2.5 Telephone number through the PBX in the meteorological area is
2.5 Telephone     number through   the PBX in the meteorological area is
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.9 SAFETY ANALYSIS ACTIVATION AND DUTIES CPIP-5.9 Page 5-10 03-01-90 Purpose: This procedure provides guidelines to implement the safety analysis aspects of Technical Support. 1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with staff support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Safety Analysis Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification and determine the required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
 
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities
CPIP-5.9 Page 5-10 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.9 SAFETY ANALYSIS ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose: This procedure provides guidelines to implement the safety analysis aspects of Technical Support.
1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with staff support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Safety Analysis Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC)
Innsbrook Technical Center, or the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification and determine the required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.
2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities *
* 2.2 Provide safety analysis support for emergency operations.
* 2.2 Provide safety analysis support for emergency operations.
2.3 Recommend alternate procedures and prepare those procedures where required.
2.3 Recommend alternate procedures required.
2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.4 Assist in recovery.
2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
and  prepare  those procedures where 2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.
Purpose Activation CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.0 RECOVERY MANAGER GUIDANCE CALL OUT/ACTIVATION CPIP-6.0 Page 6-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides the necessary steps to call personnel responsible for manning the Local Emergency Operations Facility at the affected station or the Corporate Emergency Response Center at the Innsbrook Technical Center. The Station Emergency Manager has initiated the Corporate Emergency Response Plan due to an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the affected station. 1.0 Required Actions 1.1 Implement Section 6 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory.
 
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.1 RECOVERY MANAGER GUIDANCE~
CPIP-6.0 Page 6-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.0 RECOVERY MANAGER GUIDANCE CALL OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose    This   procedure provides the necessary steps to call personnel responsible for manning the Local Emergency Operations Facility at the affected station or the Corporate Emergency Response Center at the Innsbrook Technical Center.
CPIP-6.1 Page 6-2 03-01-90 1.0 Primary Responsibilities The Recovery Manager is responsible for coordinating offsite actions necessary to mitigate the consequences of any emergency condition at North Anna/Surry Power Station. The Recovery Manager reports to the Local Emergency Operations Facility and coordinates with the Station Emergency Manager, Corporate Emergency Response Manager, and Federal, State, and local governments.
Activation      The Station Emergency Manager has initiated the Corporate Emergency Response Plan due to an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the affected station.
1.0 Required Actions 1.1   Implement Section 6 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory.
* CPIP-6.1 Page 6-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.1 RECOVERY MANAGER GUIDANCE~
1.0 Primary Responsibilities The Recovery Manager is responsible for coordinating offsite actions necessary to mitigate the consequences of any emergency condition at North Anna/Surry Power Station.       The Recovery Manager reports to the Local Emergency Operations Facility and coordinates with the Station Emergency Manager, Corporate Emergency Response Manager, and Federal, State, and local governments.
2.0 Conditions Declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency.
2.0 Conditions Declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency.
3.0 Actions and Limitations 3.1 Establish corrmunications with the Technical Support Center (TSC), Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), and offsite authorities.
3.0 Actions and Limitations 3.1 Establish corrmunications with the Technical Support Center (TSC),
3.2 Synchronize time in all facilities using the time of the ERF computer.
Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), and offsite authorities.
May be read off any CRT monitor in the upper right corner. 3.3 Obtain a comprehensive update of the current plant status, emergency conditions, actions that are underway to mitigate the event, the emergency class, etc. 3.4 Obtain the operational status of the TSC and the CERC. 3.5 Verify that key emergency operations personnel are at the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF). 3.5.1. Key Personnel 3.5.1.1 Operations support 3.5.1.2 Radiological assessment coordinator 3.5.1.3 Emergency plan advisor 3.5.1.4 LEOF services coordinator
3.2 Synchronize time in all facilities using the time of the ERF computer. May be read off any CRT monitor in the upper right corner.
* CPIP-6.1 Page 6-3 03-01-90 3.5.1.5 LEOF access control security 3.5.1.6 LEOF teleco1TJT1unications coordinator 3.5.1.7 LEOF Technical Advisor 3.6 Verify that the services coordinator has provided each emergency response team work station with designated plans, supplies and materials necessary for their operation.
3.3 Obtain a comprehensive update of the current plant status, emergency conditions, actions that are underway to mitigate the event, the emergency class, etc.
3.7 Verify that the radiological evaluating the i~pact of an actual release. assessment coordinator is or potential radiological 3.8 Notify all LEOF personnel (using P.A. system) of your name, duty position, and the operational status of the LEOF. If adequate staff is present, declare LEOF operational.
3.4 Obtain the operational status of the TSC and the CERC.
3.9 Notify the SEM, Corporate Response Manager (CRM), and LEOF staff when the LEOF has been activated
3.5 Verify that key emergency operations personnel are at   the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF).
* 3.10 Notify State and local governments using the following titled forms: 3.10.1 3.10.2 NOTE: Report of Emergency to State and local governments.
3.5.1. Key Personnel 3.5.1.1 Operations support 3.5.1.2 Radiological assessment coordinator 3.5.1.3 Emergency plan advisor 3.5.1.4 LEOF services coordinator
Report of Radiological Conditions to the State. Update State and local governments at approximately 30-minute intervals and after a significant change to the plant status, radiological data, meteorological data, and/or if one or more of the following activities are underway:
 
3.10.2.1 Station monitoring*
CPIP-6.1 Page 6-3 03-01-90 3.5.1.5 LEOF access control security 3.5.1.6 LEOF teleco1TJT1unications coordinator 3.5.1.7 LEOF Technical Advisor 3.6     Verify that the services coordinator has provided each emergency response team work station with designated plans, supplies and materials necessary for their operation.
teams dispatched offs it~ 3.10.2.2 Station emergency personnel called-in 3.10.2.3 Evacuation of onsite personnel 3.10.2.4 Transport of a contaminated injured individual 3.10.2.5 Escalation of emergency class 3.11 Evaluate EPIP-1.05 and consult with radiological assessment coordinator prior to making protective action recommendations to the State.
3.7   Verify that the radiological           assessment coordinator is evaluating the i~pact of an actual     or potential radiological release.
* CPIP-6.1 Page 6-4 03-01-90 3.12 Coordinate with the CERC, as required, to augment specialized equipment, services and/or staff for the station and/or LEOF. 3.13 Review and approve news releases.
3.8   Notify all LEOF personnel (using P.A. system) of your name, duty position, and the operational status of the LEOF.     If adequate staff is present, declare LEOF operational.
3.14 Direct that all communications failures in the ERFs (CR, TSC, OSC, and LEOF) be identified and brought to the attention of the LEOF services coordinator so that he may coordinate with LEOF telecommunications coordinator for repair. 3.15 Direct LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator to monitor Whelen Siren Control system and to obtain siren status if system is activated.
3.9   Notify the SEM, Corporate Response Manager (CRM), and LEOF staff
* when the LEOF has been activated
* 3.10   Notify State and local governments using     the following   titled forms:
3.10.1     Report of Emergency to State and local governments.
3.10.2    Report of Radiological Conditions to the State.
NOTE:      Update State and     local governments at approximately 30-minute intervals and after a significant change to the plant status,     radiological data, meteorological data, and/or if one or more of the following activities are underway:
3.10.2.1 Station     monitoring* teams   dispatched offs it~
3.10.2.2 Station emergency personnel called-in 3.10.2.3 Evacuation of onsite personnel 3.10.2.4 Transport of a contaminated         injured individual 3.10.2.5 Escalation of emergency class 3.11 Evaluate EPIP-1.05 and consult with radiological assessment coordinator prior to making protective action recommendations to the State.
* CPIP-6.1 Page 6-4 03-01-90 3.12 Coordinate with the CERC, as required, to augment specialized equipment, services and/or staff for the station and/or LEOF.
3.13 Review and approve news releases.
3.14 Direct that all communications failures in the ERFs (CR, TSC, OSC, and LEOF) be identified and brought to the attention of the LEOF services coordinator so that he may coordinate with LEOF telecommunications coordinator for repair.
3.15 Direct LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator to monitor Whelen Siren Control system and to obtain siren status if system is activated.
3.16 Establish a 24-hour working schedule.
3.16 Establish a 24-hour working schedule.
4.0 Recovery Implement the Recovery Procedure in CPIP-6.5, if the conditions of the following checklist have been or have the potential of being met: 4.1 Station EALs no longer indicate a potential or actual emergency exists. 4.2 The release of radioactivity from the station no longer exceeds permissible levels, and there is no danger to the public. 4.3 The station is capable of sustaining itself in a stable shutdown condition.
4.0 Recovery Implement the Recovery Procedure in CPIP-6.5, if the conditions of the following checklist have been or have the potential of being met:
* *
4.1 Station EALs no longer indicate a potential or actual     emergency exists.
* Purpose: CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.2 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR CPIP-6.2 Page 6-5 03-01-90 This procedure directs the dose assessment activities of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) at the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF). 1.0 Immediate Functions 1.1 This procedure is activated upon declaration of an emergency classification of ALERT or greater or at any. other time when the Radiological Assessment Coordinator"""aeems necessary.
4.2 The release of radioactivity from the station no longer exceeds permissible levels, and there is no danger to the public.
1.2 The RAC notifies the Recovery Manager of HP Support Team staffing and equipment status. 1.3 The RAC initiates Attachment 1, LEOF HP Initial Check-Off Sheet. 2.0 Assessment Activities 2.1 The RAC ensures that the radio operator controls offsite monitoring teams using Attachment 2, Instructions For Control of Offsite Monitoring Teams. 2.2 The RAC updates meteorological conditions periodically using Attachments, 7, Table of Wind Direction and Affected Sectors, and Attachment 8, Classification of Atmospheric Stability and records onto Attachment 5, Meteorological Data. 2.3 The RAC ensures that the Dose Assessment Team performs dose rate and dose projection calculations using Attachment 13 or 14 as appropriate.
4.3 The station is capable of sustaining itself in a stable shutdown condition.
Attachment 13 provides instructions for the use of the personal computer and a Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet.
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.2 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-5 03-01-90 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Purpose:
Attachment 14 provides instructions for performing the calculations manually if the personal computer is not available.
This procedure directs the dose assessment activities of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) at the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF).
1.0 Immediate Functions 1.1   This   procedure is activated upon declaration of an emergency classification of ALERT or greater or at any. other time when the Radiological Assessment Coordinator"""aeems necessary.
1.2 The RAC notifies the Recovery Manager of HP Support Team staffing and equipment status.
1.3 The RAC initiates Attachment 1, LEOF HP Initial Check-Off Sheet.
2.0 Assessment Activities
* 2.1 The RAC ensures that the radio operator controls offsite monitoring teams   using Attachment 2, Instructions For Control of Offsite Monitoring Teams.
2.2 The RAC updates meteorological           conditions periodically using Attachments, 7, Table of Wind Direction and Affected Sectors, and Attachment 8, Classification of Atmospheric Stability and records onto Attachment 5, Meteorological Data.
2.3 The RAC ensures that the Dose Assessment Team performs dose rate and dose projection calculations using Attachment 13 or 14 as appropriate.
Attachment 13 provides instructions for the use of the personal computer and a Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet.         Attachment 14 provides instructions for performing the calculations manually if the personal computer is not available.
2.4 The RAC compares offsite team data with calculated off-site dose rates when field team(s) become available.
2.4 The RAC compares offsite team data with calculated off-site dose rates when field team(s) become available.
NOTE: Rlcg002 EPIP -4.07; Protective Measures, provides detailed guidance on assessing projected doses to the population and protective action recommendations.
NOTE:     EPIP - 4.07; Protective Measures, provides detailed guidance on assessing projected doses to the population and protective action recommendations. Protective measures are also included in Attachment 9. EPIP - 5.07, Administration
Protective measures are also included in Attachment
* of Radioprotective Drugs provides guidance on the use of potassium iodide.
: 9. EPIP -5.07, Administration of Radioprotective Drugs provides guidance on the use of potassium iodide.
Rlcg002
*
* 2.5 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-6 03-01-90 If radiation monitor data or station sample is available, Protective Measure recommendations will be made based on radiation monitor or station sample data.
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-6 03-01-90 2.5 If radiation monitor data or station sample is available, Protective Measure recommendations will be made based on radiation monitor or station sample data. 2.6 If radiation monitor data or station sample is unavailable, Protective Measures reconmendations will be made based on offsite team data dose calculations.
2.6 If radiation monitor data or station sample is unavailable, Protective Measures reconmendations will be made based on offsite team data dose calculations.
2.7 The HPN communicator maintains conmunications with NRC. 2.8 The RAC updates the Recovery Manager as conditions change or information becomes available regarding offsite release assessment";
2.7 The HPN communicator maintains conmunications with NRC.
2.8 The RAC updates the Recovery Manager as conditions change or information becomes available regarding offsite release assessment";
radiological trends and protective action recommendations.
radiological trends and protective action recommendations.
2.9 The RAC updates radiological conditions form on EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments, Attachment 2, Report of. Radiological Conditions, as conditions change. 2.10 The RAC consults with the Recovery Manager about dose assessment activities and issued protective measures.
2.9 The RAC updates radiological       conditions form on EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments, Attachment 2, Report of.
2.11 The RAC periodically checks status of radiation monitors and health physics survey results. 2.12 Repeat Steps 2.1 through 2.11 as needed. 2.13 When direct~d by Recovery Manager, secure from emergency.
Radiological Conditions, as conditions change.
Rlcg002 2.13.1 2.13.2 2.13.3 Determine the need for further use of offsite teams for data/sample collection.
2.10 The RAC consults with the Recovery Manager about dose assessment activities and issued protective measures.
Return equipment to normal mode as appropriate.
2.11 The RAC periodically checks status of radiation monitors and health physics survey results.
Submit completed forms and records to the LEOF Coordinator.
2.12 Repeat Steps 2.1 through 2.11 as needed.
* ATTACHMENT 1 LEOF HP INITIAL CHECK-OFF SHEET CPIP-6.2 Page 6-7 03-01-90 Date/Time of arrival: _____ / _____ _ INITIALS 1. Report to the Recovery Manager upon arrival in the LEOF and obtain a briefing on the emergency. 2. Notify Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) in the Technical Support Center (TSC) of arrival of HP support in the LEOF. Rlcg002 3. Ask RAD for the following and record on Attachment 6, Corrrnunications Message Log Form or status board: a. Event classification
2.13 When direct~d by Recovery Manager, secure from emergency.
2.13.1   Determine the need for further   use of offsite teams     for data/sample collection.
2.13.2    Return equipment to normal mode as appropriate.
2.13.3    Submit completed forms and records to the LEOF Coordinator.
* Rlcg002
* ATTACHMENT 1 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-7 03-01-90 LEOF HP INITIAL CHECK-OFF SHEET Date/Time of arrival:     _____ / ______
INITIALS
: 1. Report to the Recovery Manager upon arrival in the LEOF and obtain a briefing on the emergency.
  ~~-      2. Notify Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) in the Technical Support Center (TSC) of arrival of HP support in the LEOF.
: 3. Ask RAD for the following and record on Attachment 6, Corrrnunications Message Log Form or status board:
: a. Event classification
: b. Current plant conditions
: b. Current plant conditions
: c. Process radiation monitor readings and meteorological data. (If not available from the Emergency Response Facility Computer System-ERFCS)
: c. Process radiation monitor readings and meteorological data.
: d. Status of sample analysis and/or results, if any. e. Release status (start time, duration, pathway, etc.) f. Status/location of offsite monitoring teams. g. Request telecopies of Report of Radiological Conditions to the State, if any complete.
(If not available from the Emergency Response Facility Computer System-ERFCS)
See EPIP-2.01 Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
: d. Status of sample analysis and/or results, if any.
: h. HP Technician support (if not already in LEOF) 4. Check status of LEOF radiation monitors.
: e. Release status (start time, duration, pathway, etc.)
: 5. Verify operability of PING 38 Radiation Monitor. 6. Check LEOF HVAC system. Refer to either Attachment 3, Operations for Surry Power Station LEOF or Attachment 4, Operations for North Anna Power Station LEOF. Realign system as needed. HVJl.C HVJl.C HVAC
: f. Status/location of offsite monitoring teams.
* 7. Rlcg002 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-8 03-01-90 When sufficient HP support is available, assign HPN communicator to relieve TSC-HPN communicator and maintain communications with the NRC. Use EPIP-2.01 Attachment 2 data, Report of Radiological Conditions and record on Attachment 6, Communications Message Log Form.
: g. Request telecopies of Report of Radiological Conditions to the State, if any complete. See EPIP-2.01 Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
* Date: INITIALS ATTACHMENT 2 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-9 03-01-90 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL OF OFFSITE MONITORING TEAMS ___ / ___ / __ _ 1. Get current status/location of offsite monitoring teams, including mobile radio call signals. ___ 2. Use EPIP-4.19, Radio Operations for Health Physics Monitoring.  
: h. HP Technician support (if not already in LEOF)
---RLcg002 Use CPIP-6.2 Attachment 6, Communications Message Log Form, to document radio communications.
: 4. Check status of LEOF radiation monitors.
: 3. Establish radio communications with team(s). a. Verify status/location of team(s) b. Give telephone numbers to call in case of radio failure. c. Give initial instructions/directions, as necessary.
: 5. Verify operability of PING 38 Radiation Monitor.
: 6. Check LEOF HVAC system.     Refer to either Attachment 3, HVJl.C Operations for Surry Power Station LEOF or Attachment 4, HVJl.C Operations for North Anna Power Station LEOF.         Realign HVAC system as needed.
Rlcg002
* 7.
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-8 03-01-90 When sufficient HP support is available, assign HPN communicator to relieve TSC-HPN communicator and maintain communications with the NRC. Use EPIP-2.01 Attachment 2 data, Report of Radiological Conditions and record on Attachment 6, Communications Message Log Form.
Rlcg002
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-9 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 2 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL OF OFFSITE MONITORING TEAMS Date:    ___ ___ ___
                  /     /
INITIALS
: 1. Get current status/location of offsite monitoring teams, including mobile radio call signals.
_ _ _ 2. Use EPIP-4.19, Radio Operations for Health Physics Monitoring.
Use CPIP-6.2 Attachment 6, Communications Message Log Form, to document radio communications.
  ---      3. Establish radio communications with team(s).
: a. Verify status/location of team(s)
: b. Give telephone numbers to call in case of radio failure.
: c. Give initial instructions/directions, as necessary.
: d. Ask for SRO readings.
: d. Ask for SRO readings.
: e. Use the monitoring locations which are listed in EPIP-4.12, Attachment 2 or EPIP-4.16, Attachment
: e. Use the monitoring locations which are listed in   EPIP-4.12, Attachment 2 or EPIP-4.16, Attachment 2.
: 2. 4. Refer to EPIP-4.12, Offsite Environmental Monitoring Instructions for guidance to confirm and track a radiological release and determine its composition.
: 4. Refer to EPIP-4.12, Offsite Environmental Monitoring Instructions for guidance to confirm and track a radiological release and determine its composition.       Refer to EPIP-4.12, Attachment 3, Factors Controlling the Area Affected by a Release, if the monitoring team is located within 2 miles of the site.
Refer to EPIP-4.12, Attachment 3, Factors Controlling the Area Affected by a Release, if the monitoring team is located within 2 miles of the site. 5. Refer to EPIP -4.16, Offsite Monitoring, to review the procedure being used by the offsite monitoring team, as necessary.
: 5. Refer to EPIP - 4.16, Offsite Monitoring, to review the procedure being used by the offsite monitoring team, as necessary.
: 6. Maintain command and control of team(s). a. Maintain radio communications.
: 6. Maintain command and control of team(s).
: a. Maintain radio communications.
: b. Notify team(s) of sampling requirements, as necessary.
: b. Notify team(s) of sampling requirements, as necessary.
: 1) Tracking plume 2) Noble gas sampling 3) Particulate/iodine sampling
: 1)     Tracking plume
*
: 2)     Noble gas sampling
* Rlcg002 4) 5) Determine air sample activity Soil/Water/Vegetation sampling CPIP-6.2 Page 6-10 03-01-90 c. Notify team(s) of emergency status as conditions change. 1) Event classification
: 3)     Particulate/iodine sampling RLcg002
: 2) Current plant conditions
* 4)   Determine air sample activity CPIP-6.2 Page 6-10 03-01-90
: 3) Weather forecast 4) Estimated plume location, size and width 5) Offsite protective measures implemented, if available
: 5)   Soil/Water/Vegetation sampling
: d. Collect data from team(s) 1 ) Plume width and location 2) Air sample data 3) SRO readings 4) Current location 5) Maximum dose rate readings e. When the need for offsite monitoring no longer exists, direct team(s) to return to site. f. Make provisions for sample analysis, personnel and equipment monitoring and decontamination .
: c. Notify team(s) of emergency status as conditions change.
* ATTACHMENT 3 NORMAL OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY I. Normal Operation Mode CPIP-6.2 Page 6-11 03-01-90 NOTE: 1. If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the off/closed position.
: 1)   Event classification
2 .. Red light indicates 11 0N 11 or 11 0PEW and green light indicates
: 2)     Current plant conditions
* 11 0FF 11 or "CLOSED. 11 CAUTION: When performing HVAC operation, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to performing the next step in the sequence.
: 3)   Weather forecast
Equipment Status 1. Damper 0-1 Open 2. Damper D-2 Closed 3. Damper 0-3 Open 4. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting Automatic NOTE: The Air Handler is interlocked with the thermostat which allows automatic cycling of air handler and its condenser to maintain desired temperature.
: 4)   Estimated plume location, size and width
The manual setting overrides this automatic mode and the system will remain on. 5. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Normal Setting 6. HEPA Filter 7. Computer Room Air Handler and Its Condenser Normal Off On NOTE: The Thermostat and Humidity Control for the Computer Room HVAC System are inside the Air Handler Unit . Rlcg002
: 5)   Offsite protective measures implemented, if available
* A.H.FAN SWITCH OIIATlC. MODE SWlTi NORMAL e ON 0 OFF Rlcg002 RVAC cosnoL P~IL NOJU1AL MOO! C,FAN H.FAN D*l D*2 D-3 sAt sld.T O"N OQN 'EN Q, ~p CQSE clst ckdst
: d. Collect data from team(s)
* 0
: 1)   Plume width and location
* 0
: 2)   Air sample data
* ON ON OPEN OPEN OPEN 0 e 0
: 3)   SRO readings
* 0 OFF OFF Cl.()5&#xa3; CLOSE Cl.()5&#xa3; ea-a-S*l 1-2 ' llD GU IED CPIP-6.2 Page 6-12 03-01-90 lt1T'l'ONS lCHTS UCHTS 1.lCHTS
: 4)   Current location
* NORMAL MOOE LEOF PENTHOUSE  
: 5)   Maximum dose rate readings
-..... DAM,&#xa3;" D-l ' ... . --..... e RAD 1./'I &deg;"MftEJII D-2 C MONITOR w HEPA %1, i! 'JLTER t4AJN ----AJJII *NCLEJII ' \ LEOF ' ' RETURN AIR SUPPL "I AIR cc -<t COMPUTER ROOM * \_) RLcg002 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-13 03-01-90 INLET G"'ILL -EXHAUST GAIL.L EMERGENCY OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATION SEQUENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY CPIP-6.2 Page 6-14 03-01-90 II. Emergency Mode: The Facility if manned for an .,Emergency or Exercise 1. *2. *3. 4. *5. 6. 7. NOTE: 1. Red light indicates 11 0N" or "OPEN" and green light indicates "OFF 11 or "CLOSED." CAUTION: When performing HVAC operations, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.
: e. When the need for offsite monitoring     no   longer exists, direct team(s) to return to site.
Equipment Status Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting Automatic Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Emergency Setting Emergency Damper 0-2 Open HEPA Filter On Damper D-1 Closed Damper D-3 Open Computer Room Aire Handler On *Indicates change of equipment status from norma 1 operation mode. Rlcg002
: f. Make provisions for sample analysis, personnel and equipment monitoring and decontamination .
*
* Rlcg002
* Rlcg002 IVAC CONTIOL PANEL 2MERGENcY NOOE .A.H.FAN SWITCH C.FAN H.FA.N A 'TO~IATIC.
 
s1'r s1'.r MOOE SWIT~ E :tJ:.Ct~CYW
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-11 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 3 NORMAL OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY I. Normal Operation Mode NOTE:      1. If the system has tripped due to a power failure,           all equipment should be cycled to the off/closed position.
* ON 0 OFF ~p ~p *
: 2. . Red light indicates 11 0N 11 or 11 0PEW and green light indicates
* ON ON 0 OFF clsE CQSE cQn: 0 ** OPEN OPEN OPEN CPIP-6.2 Page 6-15 03-01-90 U~ 8UTTOt:S CUEN IUT'lONS IID .. ICHTS CUE~ LI~TS AMI! P. LICMTS E C I i l'p . . j '
* 11 0FF 11 or "CLOSED. 11 CAUTION:   When performing HVAC operation, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to performing the next step in the sequence.
* Rlcg002 EMERCENCY MOOE MAY "*El STATICII LEO, 'ENrHCuSE
Equipment                                     Status
[I~-0-1 ..... '* --*-o I + I DIMl'I" ~I IOGTCl'II I I .. ,,. *,u.,1* --IUJN * ----aJ* MA~I.EIII LEO, 1:, CPIP-6.2 Page 6-16 03-01-90 '"" ,*11.1.. 
: 1. Damper 0-1                                   Open
*
: 2. Damper D-2                                   Closed
* II I. *1. *2. *3. 4. 5. 6. 7. ISOLATION OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATIONS SEiOENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPER TIONS FACILITY CPIP-6.2 Page 6-17 03-01-90 ISOLATION MODE: The Airborne Radiation M~nitoring System detects a predetennined radiation level entering the facility down-stream of the HEPA Filter. NOTE: 1. Use of the isolation mode for an extended period of time will result in a loss of positive pressure within the LEOF. 2. The airborne radiation monitoring system DOES NOT monitor air activity within the LEOF when the HVA"csystein"is in the Isolation mode. 3. Red light indicates 11 0N 11 or 11 0PEN 11 and green light indicates 11 0FF 11 or 11 CLOSED. II CAUTION: When performing HVAC operations, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.*
: 3. Damper 0-3                                   Open
Eguiement Status HEPA Filter Off Damper D-2 Closed Damper D-3 Closed Damper 0-1 Closed Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting Automatic Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Emergency Setting Emergency Computer Room Air Handler On *Indicates change of equipment status from normal operation mode. Rlcg002 RLcg002 A,H,FAN IVAC CONnOL PANEL lSOUTIO_.
: 4. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting                             Automatic NOTE:     The Air Handler is interlocked with the thermostat which allows automatic cycling of air handler and its condenser to maintain desired temperature. The manual setting overrides this automatic mode and the system will remain on.
MODE SWITCH C.FAN H,FAN Z>-1 Z>-2 Z>-3 L'TOl'MTI.
: 5. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Normal Setting                               Normal
sAr sfd.r oRN l~N QEN MOOE swNj RCt~ ~p ll, c9sE clsE clsE *
: 6. HEPA Filter                                   Off
* 0 0 0 0 ON ON ON OPEN OPEN OPEN 0 0 * *
: 7. Computer Room Air Handler and Its Condenser                                     On NOTE:     The Thermostat and Humidity Control for the Computer Room HVAC System are inside the Air Handler Unit .
* e orr 011 OFF CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE ea-e~-s-l 1-2 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-18 03-01-90 ll>> rUTTOKS CUT li'TlONS I.Et) ICHTS cu ' LICHTS AMI LICHTS 
* Rlcg002
. E C i i' j ' E C ! i
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-12 03-01-90 RVAC cosnoL P~IL NOJU1AL MOO!
* u RLcg002 I SOL AT ION MOOE .. , NlfEI ffATICII LEOF '&#xa3;NTHOUSE . z o-c-*1>-1 w 1.;1 &deg;'"''" D-1 MOHJ,~ .. ,. ,u. ''" MAIN * ---as._ MIUC~l,-LIO, I I . ** CPIP-6.2 Page 6-19 03-01-90 . IN..IT 0-JL.1..
A.H.FAN SWITCH  C,FAN H.FAN D*l     D*2   D-3 OIIATlC.
ATTACHMENT 4 HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF NORMAL OPERATION MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-20 03-01-90 To align the system for normal operation perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown. This is required to ensure system interlocks do not defeat the start-up.
MODE  sAt sld.T     O"N OQN     'EN llD SWlTi NORMAL      Q,   ~p     CQSE clst ckdst   GU    lt1T'l'ONS eON  *e *
NOTE: If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the off/closed position.
* ON 0
ON 0
OPEN OPEN OPEN IED  lCHTS 0
OFF 0
OFF 0
* 0 OFF Cl.()5&#xa3; CLOSE Cl.()5&#xa3; UCHTS ea- a-S*l   1-2 1.lCHTS
                                            '
Rlcg002
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-13 03-01-90 NORMAL MOOE LEOF PENTHOUSE
              .      -
                      -
                                        ...
                                      ..... DAM,&#xa3;" D-l
                                      .....
                                                          '
                                                              -           -INLET G"'ILL
                                                                            ~
e C
RAD                   1./'I &deg;"MftEJII D-2 MONITOR
      ~
w                                 HEPA
      ~    ~                        'JLTER
      %1, i!             -          t4AJN               -
                            ~
                            -   AJJII *NCLEJII
                                              ~            -
                ' \
LEOF                   ' '
RETURN AIR                                     SUPPL "I AIR
      -
cc
      <t
      ~
EXHAUST GAIL.L COMPUTER ROOM
*     \_)
RLcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-14 03-01-90 EMERGENCY OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATION SEQUENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY II. Emergency Mode:         The Facility if manned for an .,Emergency or Exercise NOTE:      1. Red light    indicates 11 0N" or "OPEN" and green light indicates "OFF or "CLOSED."
11 CAUTION:   When performing HVAC operations, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.
Equipment                               Status
: 1. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting                   Automatic
*2. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Emergency Setting                   Emergency
*3. Damper 0-2                                     Open
: 4. HEPA Filter                                     On
*5. Damper D-1                                       Closed
: 6. Damper D-3                                     Open
: 7. Computer Room Aire Handler                     On
      *Indicates change of equipment status from norma 1 operation mode.
Rlcg002
 
CPIP-6.2
* Page 6-15 03-01-90 IVAC CONTIOL PANEL 2MERGENcY NOOE
                  .A.H.FAN SWITCH C.FAN H.FA.N A 'TO~IATIC.
MOOE s1'r s1'.r                   U~ 8UTTOt:S SWIT~
CUEN IUT'lONS E :tJ:.Ct~CYW
                            ~p     ~p   clsE CQSE cQn:
                      ***
ON 0    0 ON    ON 0   **
OPEN OPEN OPEN IID .. ICHTS CUE~ LI~TS OFF  OFF AMI! P. LICMTS
* Rlcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-16 03-01-90 EMERCENCY MOOE MAY "*El STATICII LEO, 'ENrHCuSE
[I~-         0-1
                                                    - - '*
                                .....                       ' " " ,*11.1..
                                                            ~
E C        *-o IOGTCl'II I + I DIMl'I" ~I I
                                . ,,. II i  ~
                            *,u.,1*
l'p        -
                      -         IUJN
  .    .
j '
                      -
                      -
* aJ* MA~I.EIII
                                                    -
                                                    -
* LEO,                    1:,
Rlcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-17 03-01-90 ISOLATION OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATIONS SEiOENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPER TIONS FACILITY II I.       ISOLATION MODE:           The Airborne Radiation M~nitoring System detects a predetennined radiation level               entering the facility down-stream of the HEPA Filter.
NOTE:     1. Use of the isolation mode for an extended period of time will result in a loss of positive pressure within the LEOF.
: 2. The airborne radiation monitoring system DOES NOT monitor air activity within the LEOF when the HVA"csystein"is in the Isolation mode.
: 3. Red light indicates       11 0N 11 or 11 0PEN 11 and green light indicates 11 0FF 11 or 11 CLOSED. II CAUTION:   When performing HVAC operations, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.*
* Eguiement
  *1. HEPA Filter
  *2. Damper D-2 Status Off Closed
  *3. Damper D-3                                           Closed
: 4. Damper 0-1                                           Closed
: 5. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting                               Automatic
: 6. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Emergency Setting                               Emergency
: 7. Computer Room Air Handler                             On
        *Indicates change of equipment status from normal operation mode.
* Rlcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-18 03-01-90 IVAC CONnOL PANEL lSOUTIO_. MODE A,H,FAN SWITCH C.FAN H,FAN Z>-1     Z>-2 Z>-3 L'TOl'MTI.
MOOE sAr sfd.r oRN l~N QEN ll>> rUTTOKS swNj RCt~
                    ~p     ll, c9sE clsE clsE CUT li'TlONS
                **
ON  ON 0
ON 0     0   0 OPEN OPEN OPEN I.Et)  ICHTS 0
orr 0
011    ***             e OFF CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE cu    ' LICHTS ea-s-l e~-
1-2 AMI      LICHTS RLcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-19 03-01-90 I SOL AT ION MOOE
                      . ., NlfEI ffATICII
  .
                    .         z LEOF '&#xa3;NTHOUSE o-c-*1>-1                     IN..IT 0-JL.1..
E C
w MOHJ,~                  1.;1  &deg;'"''" D-1
    ~
i    ~                   .,u.''",.
i'                    MAIN
                    -     as._   MIUC~l,- *          -
                                                    -
j '
                                                                    .
                  .            LIO,                     I I E
C
  !
i
                                                **
* u RLcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-20 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 4 HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF NORMAL OPERATION MODE To align the system for normal operation perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown. This is required to ensure system interlocks do not defeat the start-up.
NOTE:     If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the off/closed position.
CAUTION: When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to performing the next step in the sequence.
CAUTION: When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to performing the next step in the sequence.
Eguiement Status 1) Damper D-1 Opln2 2) Air Handler Fan, S-1 On ' 3) Damper D-3 Ope~ 4) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1 Off 5) Damper D-2 Cl~sed 6) Computer Room HVAC, S-2 & S-4 On 5 7) Exhaust Fan, V-1 On 1) The room thermostat cycles the refrigeration unit (S-3) or the heating coils (HC) as thermostat calls for, while the air nandler fan runs continuously.
Eguiement                           Status
: 2) Damper 0-3 is interlocked with the Air Handler Fan S-1 and will not open unless S-1 is running. 3) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1, and Damper D-2 are interlocked.
: 1)   Damper D-1                         Opln2
Fan F-1 will not operate without D-2 open. If Damper D-2 is closed with F-1 operating, then fan F-1 will trip off-line.
: 2)   Air Handler Fan, S-1                 On '
: 4) The computer room HVAC system operates independently of the main LEOF air conditioning unit. Switch S-2 is located on the ventilation panel and Switch S-4 is located on the MCC in the Electrical/Mechanical Equipment Room labeled 11 Computer Room Indoor HVAC Unit 11* NOTE: Both switches must be in the on position for the system to operate.----
: 3)   Damper D-3                           Ope~
: 5) The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet. The operating switch is the left hand switch on the double switch plate. Exhaust Fan, V-1 can only be operated if (1) the air handler S-1 is on, (2) Damper 0-3 is opened, and (3) the local on/off switch is in the on position.
: 4)   HEPA Filter Fan, F-1               Off
Rlcg002
: 5)   Damper D-2                           Cl~sed
* (
: 6)   Computer Room HVAC, S-2 &S-4         On 5
* NORMAL MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-21 03-01-90 --C: RAD -<t MONITOR a.. :::, UJ c.. <t => l:: I/ UJ a:: ~-<t <! l:: I ,\ RETURN AIR COMPUTER ROOM . AIR HANDLER RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR \_) -'.'" -LEOF PENTHOUSE
: 7)   Exhaust Fan, V-1                   On
-DAMPER D-1 ---L . .a''f DAMPER D-2 HEPA FILTER MAIN > --AIR HANDLER LEOF I I SUPPLY AIR DAMPER 0-3 COMPUTER ROOM INLET GRILL --TOCAIFIFL
: 1)   The room thermostat cycles the refrigeration unit (S-3) or the heating coils (HC) as thermostat calls for, while the air nandler fan runs continuously.
* HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-22 03-01-90 . ' To align the system for emergency operation perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown. CAUTION: When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.
: 2)   Damper 0-3 is interlocked with the Air Handler Fan S-1 and will     not open unless S-1 is running.
Equipment
: 3)   HEPA Filter Fan, F-1, and Damper D-2 are interlocked. Fan F-1 will not operate without D-2 open. If Damper D-2 is closed with F-1 operating, then fan F-1 will trip off-line.
: 1) Air Handler Fan, S-1 2) Damper D-1 3) Damper D-2 4) Damper D-3 5) Exhaust Fan, V-1 6) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1 7) Computer Room HVAC, S-2 & S-4 Status On Closed Open Op 1 n On On
: 4)   The computer room HVAC system operates independently of the main LEOF air conditioning unit. Switch S-2 is located on the ventilation panel and Switch S-4 is located on the MCC in the Electrical/Mechanical Equipment Room labeled 11 Computer Room Indoor HVAC Unit 11
* on 2 1) The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet. 2) See note 4 of Normal Operation Mode. Rlcg002
* NOTE: Both switches must be in the on position for the system to operate.----
( '-* EMERGENCY MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-23 03-01-90 a: RAD -<I MONITOR Q.. :) w Q.. <I :::::) wa: ~-<I <I, , ~-' \ RETURN AIR cc: -<I Cl. :::::) w <I COMPUTER ROOM AIR HANDLER RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR \__) ----LEOF PENTHOUSE DAMPER D-1 --I + I 'DAMPER 0-2 \ I < HEPA FIL TEA MAIN > --AIR HANDLER LEOF \ I SUPPLY AIR DAMPER D-3 COMPUTER ROOM INLET GRILL -EXHAUST GRil TDC~IRF
: 5)   The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet.
* HYAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF ISOLATION NODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-24 03-01-90 , To align the system for isolation mode perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown. CAUTION: When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to performing the next step in the sequence.
The operating switch is the left hand switch on the double switch plate.
Eguiement Status 1) Air Handler Fan, S-1 On 2) Damper 0-1 Closed 3) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1 Off 4) Damper D-2 Clo~ed 5) Exhaust Fan, V-1 Off 6) Damper D-3 Cl~sed 7) Computer Room HVAC, S-2 & S-4 On 1) The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet. 2) See note 4 of Norma 1 Operation Mode. Rlcg002 
Exhaust Fan, V-1 can only be operated if (1) the air handler S-1 is on, (2)
* / ,-1 ISOLATION MOOE LEOF PENTHOUSE
Damper 0-3 is opened, and (3) the local on/off switch is in the on position.
...-------------1[2'.
Rlcg002
DAMPER D-1 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-25 03-01-90 c:: ...... <I RAD MONliOR DAMPER D-2 c.. :::) w c.. <I :::, :I: w a:: ...... <I <r :I: ' \ RETURN AIR er ...... <r 0.. :::) w <r :I: COMPUTER ROOM AIR HANDLER RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR \__) -HEPA FILTER MAIN AIR HANDLER LEOF COMPUTER ROOM 1 / SUPPLY AIR DAMPER D-3 INLET GRILL EXHAUST GRIL TDCAIRFl .
 
* Current Conditions ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL DATA Call CERC and get 11 Current Conditi.ons 11 and request hour FORECAST.  
NORMAL MODE                     CPIP-6.2
---CPIP-6.2 Page 6-26 03-01-90 Sigma theta 0 Upper delta T 0 c Wind Speed: miles per hour -------------Wind Direction:
* Page 6-21 03-01-90 LEOF PENTHOUSE
Stability Class: ------------
(
Pre c i pit at ion: -------------
                                  --
Other: ------------------------
                                                    -~
Pre pa red BY: ------------
DAMPER D-1
Date/Time:  
                                                                        - -            INLET GRILL
-------Forecast Condition (FORECAST is for hours) ---Wind Speed: miles per hour -----------
                                                                                        --
Wind Direction:  
                                                    -
---------------
        -
Stability Class: --------------
C:
Precipitation:  
        <t RAD                 L..a''f DAMPER D-2 MONITOR a..
---------------
:::,
Other: Prepared By: ---------Date/Time:
UJ         c..
NOTE: RETURN FORM TO RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR.
        ~                                          HEPA
RLcg002
        <t         =>                             FILTER l:: I/
*
                    ~-
* Time: ------ATTACHMENT 6 COfllfUNICATIONS MESSAGE LOG FORM FROM: CPIP-6.2 Page 6-27 03-01-90 TO: _.......;_
UJ a::
_______ _ Message: _________________________
                    <t <!
_ Time: FROM: ------TO: ----------
l::
Message: _________________________
MAIN
_ Time: FROM: ------TO: ----------
                                                                        --
                                          -
                                        '.'"              >
I ,\
                                        -      AIR HANDLER LEOF                    I I RETURN AIR                                       SUPPLY AIR DAMPER 0-3 COMPUTER ROOM
        . AIR HANDLER COMPUTER ROOM RETURN AIR    SUPPLY AIR
*        \_)
TOCAIFIFL
* HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-22 03-01-90
                                                        . '
To align the system for emergency operation perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown.
CAUTION:
When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.
Equipment                           Status
: 1)   Air Handler Fan, S-1               On
: 2)   Damper D-1                         Closed
: 3)   Damper D-2                         Open
: 4)   Damper D-3                         Op n
: 5)   Exhaust Fan, V-1                   On 1
: 6)   HEPA Filter Fan, F-1               On *
: 7)   Computer Room HVAC, S-2 &S-4       on 2
: 1)   The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet.
: 2)   See note 4 of Normal Operation Mode.
Rlcg002
 
EMERGENCY MODE                       CPIP-6.2 Page 6-23 03-01-90
(
LEOF PENTHOUSE
                                                  ~    DAMPER D-1                    INLET GRILL
                                                                        -
                                                                          -
                                                                                        ~
                                                                                        -
          -
a:
          <I RAD MONITOR I + I'DAMPER 0-2 Q..
:)                                               \ I w
          ~
          <I Q..
:::::)               <  HEPA
          ~
                          ~-
wa:
                          <I <I, ,
FIL TEA
                                          --
                          ~-
MAIN
                                          --    AIR HANDLER
                                                          >          -
                                                                      -
                                '\
LEOF                  \ I RETURN AIR                                 SUPPLY AIR
          -
cc:
          <I Cl.
:::::)
w
          ~
          <I
          ~
DAMPER D-3 COMPUTER ROOM                                                                 EXHAUST GRil AIR HANDLER COMPUTER ROOM RETURN AIR       SUPPLY AIR
'-*
          \__)
TDC~IRF
* HYAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF ISOLATION NODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-24 03-01-90
                                                          ,
To align the system for isolation mode perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown.
CAUTION:
When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to performing the next step in the sequence.
Eguiement                          Status
: 1)    Air Handler Fan, S-1                On
: 2)    Damper 0-1                          Closed
: 3)    HEPA Filter Fan, F-1                Off
: 4)    Damper D-2                          Clo~ed
: 5)    Exhaust Fan, V-1                    Off
: 6)    Damper D-3                          Cl~sed
: 7)    Computer Room HVAC, S-2 &S-4        On
: 1)   The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet.
: 2)   See note 4 of Norma 1 Operation Mode.
Rlcg002
 
ISOLATION MOOE
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-25 LEOF PENTHOUSE                03-01-90
  /
                  ...-------------1[2'.                      DAMPER D-1 INLET GRILL c::
          ......                           RAD                ~    DAMPER  D-2
          <I                              MONliOR c..
:::)
w                c..                           HEPA
          ~
          <I
:::,
:I:                                             FILTER w a::
                            ~    ......
                            <I   <r
:I:
MAIN
                                                -    AIR HANDLER
                                        '\
LEOF                1/
RETURN AIR                                     SUPPLY AIR
  ,-
1 er
            ......
            <r 0..
:::)
w
          ~
          <r
:I:
DAMPER D-3 COMPUTER ROOM                                                                   EXHAUST GRIL AIR HANDLER COMPUTER ROOM RETURN AIR         SUPPLY AIR
          \__)
TDCAIRFl .
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-26 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL DATA Call CERC and get 11 Current Conditi.ons 11 and request ---      hour FORECAST.
Current Conditions                                            Sigma theta         0 Upper delta T       0 c
Wind Speed:                         miles per hour                     ----
                      ---------
Wind Direction:
Stability Class:
                            ------------
Pre c i pit at ion:
                          -------------
Other:
              ------------------------
* Pre pa red BY:
                  ------------                       Date/Time:
                                                                -------
Forecast Condition (FORECAST is for
                                            - - - hours)
Wind Speed:
                      -----------miles per hour Wind Direction:
                          ---------------
Stability Class:
                            --------------
Precipitation:
                          ---------------
Other:
Prepared By:                             Date/Time:
                  ---------
NOTE:       RETURN FORM TO RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR.
RLcg002
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-27 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 6 COfllfUNICATIONS MESSAGE LOG FORM Time:
            ------                            FROM:
TO:
_.......;_ ________
Message: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Time:                                    FROM:
            ------                            TO:  ----------
Message: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Time:                                   FROM:
            ------                             TO:   ----------
Message=-------------------------~
Message=-------------------------~
* Rlcg002
* ATTACHMENT 7 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-28 03-01-90 TABLE OF WIND DIRECTION AND AFFECTED'SECTORS WIND AVERAGE    DIRECTION              SECTORS
* PHONETIC DEGREES    FROM                    AFFECTED          ALPHABET 349-11    N (0&deg;)                  H J K            HOTEL 12-34    NNE (22.5&deg;)              J K L            JULIEIT 35-56    NE (45&deg;)                K  L  M          KILO 57-79      ENE (67.5&deg;)              L  M N            LIMA 80-101    E (90&deg;)                  M N p            MIKE 102-124    ESE (112.5&deg;)            N p Q            NOVEMBER 125-146    SE (135&deg;)                p  Q  R          PAPA 147-169    SSE (157.5&deg;)            Q R A            QUEBEC 170-191  s  (180&deg;)                R A B            ROMEO 192-214  SSW (202.5&deg;)            A B C              ALFA 215-236    SW (225&deg;)                B C D              BRAVO 237-259    WSW (247.5&deg;)            C D E              CHARLIE 260-281    w(270&deg;)                  D E F              DELTA 282-304    WNW (292.5&deg;)            E F G              ECHO 305-326    NW (315&deg;)                F G H              FOXTROT 327-348    NNW (337.5&deg;)            G H J              GOLF RLcg002
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-29 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 8 CLASSIFICATION OF ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY Surry Power Station Stability            Pasquill            Sigma          Upper Delta Cl ass ifi cation      Categories      Theta (degrees)    (DEGC/115.94 Ft)
Extremely unstable        A              > 22. 5            <-0. 67 Moderately unstable        B            17.5 to 22.4        -0.66 to -0.60 Slightly unstable          C            12.5 to 17.4        -0.59 to -0.53 Neutral                    D            7.5 to 12.4        -0.52 to -0.18 Slightly stable            E            3.8 to 7.4        -0.17 to 0.53 Moderately stable          F            2.1 to 3.7          0.54 to    1.41 Extremely stable          G                  < 2 .1              >  1.41 Rlcg002
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-30 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 8 CLASSIFICATION OF ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY North Anna Power Station Stability              Pasquill            Sigma          Upper Delta Classification          Categories      Theta (degrees)    (DEGF/126.1 Ft)
Extremely unstable        A              > 22. 5            <  -1.31 Moderately unstable        8            17.5 to 22.4        -1.30 to -1.18 Slightly unstable          C            12.5 to 17.4        -1. 17 to -1. 04 Neutral                    D            7.5 to 12.4        -1.03 to -0.35 Slightly stable            E            3.8 to 7.4        -0.34 to 1. 04
* Moderately stable Extremely stable          G F            2.1 to 3.7
                                                <  2.1 1.05 to 2. 77
                                                                    >  2. 77 Rlcg002
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-31 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 9 PROTECTIVE MEASURES Site Boundary~ 0.31 miles (Surry) or 0.85 miles (North Anna)
Site Boundary Doses (EPIP-1.01)
Whole Body                Thyroid General      Greater Than 2 rem        Greater Than 12 rem Site Area    0.5 - 2.0 rem            1 - 12 rem Site Criteria (EPIP-1.04, 1.05, 4.07)
* Site Evacuation    Greater Than 1 rem        Greater Than 5 rem Site Shelter      0.5-1.0 rem              1.0-5.0 rem No Recommendation Less than 0.5 rem          Less than 1.0 rem KI Blocking Agent                            Greater Than 12 rem (EPIP-5.07) (SPS)
Greater Than 10 rem (EPIP-5.07) (NAPS)
Offsite Whole Body (EPIP-4.07)
IF'                                                    THEN, I. projected dose is less than 0.5 rem            1. No Recommendation
: 2. projected dose is equal to or greater than 0.5 but less than 2.0 rem                2. Shelter
: 3. projected dose is greater than 2.0 rem        3. Evacuate
* RLcg002
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-32 03-01-90 Offsite Thyroid (EPIP-4.07)
IF,                                        THEN~
: 1. projected dose is less than 1.0 rem    1. No Recommendation
: 2. projected dose is equal to or greater than 1 rem but less than 12 rem        2. Shelter
: 3. projected dose is greater than 12 rem  3. Evacuate Emergency Exposure Limits (EPIP-4.04)
Classification              Whole Body-Rem      Thyroid-Rem Damage Repair Activities          25                  125 Lifesaving Activity              75
* RLcg002
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-33 03-01-90 CHPEOFS COMPUTER PROGRAM ATTACHMENT 10
: 1. Precauti ans and Limitati ans
: a. In order to run the program the computer data line must be operational. The error message X nnn, indicates there is a problem with the data transmission line between your terminal and the IBM computer. Nnn designates the error number. In order to correct this problem you will need to call IS Network Control in Innsbrook at extension          . Tell the operator that answers your call that your termi na 1 is down, that you a re on TSO Sys tern B, the termi na.1 number which is found on the front of the terminal, and the error number.
The operator will tell you how long it will take to bring up your terminal which in most cases will be only a few minutes.
: b. In order to use the printer both the ready and the CU lights need to be on. If the "hold print" light is on press the "enable print" button to get both the CU and the ready lights on .
* c. Note that the system will log you off if a data entry does not occur within 15 minutes of your last data entry. A data entry is defined as anytime you hit the enter button. If the system logs you off then you will need to begin your logon again. When you run EOF after being logged off enter the previous update data as you normally would if this were the first data point. Then enter your next to last point as the current update and enter the last values for the doses in update
: 2. This is necessary because in update number 1 the system does not calculate any integrated doses. It only calculates integrated dose for updates 2 and on.
: d. In order to maintain data reliability you must only use the data from only one location. You may not mix data from multiple locations since this wTTl lead to errors in the integrated and projected doses, as well as the integrated and projected curies released~
: e. In order to use this procedure the user must have the following:
: 1. A current    TSO logon and password issued by Virginia Power IS.
: 2. A modified set of PF key assignments in their computer file.
: 2. Log on Procedure
* a.
b.
Rlcg002 Turn on the terminal.
Type in TSOB and press enter.
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-34 03-01-90
: c. Type in your logon TSO-ID as assigned to you by Virginia Power IS.
Example:    TSOCATA or TSBKLEF
: d. Press enter.
: e. Type in your password (it will not be displayed on the screen).      Pre.ss enter.
: f. The system will reply with a "***" message. Press ALT and PF3 key.
Note that anytime the system replies with a series of three asterisks, press enter.
: 3. Executing CHPEOFS
: a. After you have logged on, the system will return with a ready message.
: b. Type in "SPF 6".      Press enter.
: c. The system wil 1 reply with a 11 ***" message. Press enter.
: d. The system will now ask you to enter a TSO comnand or a Clist. Type 11 CHPEOFS 11 and press enter. This wi 11 begin the execution of the EOF Program.
: 4. Data Entry
: a. There is one data entry screen used by the computer to enter data into the program. This input screen will look as follows:
Rlcg002
Rlcg002
* AVERAGE DEGREES 349-11 12-34 35-56 57-79 80-101 102-124 125-146 147-169 170-191 192-214 215-236 237-259 260-281 282-304 305-326 327-348 RLcg002 ATTACHMENT 7 TABLE OF WIND DIRECTION AND AFFECTED'SECTORS WIND DIRECTION SECTORS
 
* FROM AFFECTED N (0&deg;) H J K NNE (22.5&deg;) J K L NE (45&deg;) K L M ENE (67.5&deg;) L M N E (90&deg;) M N p ESE (112.5&deg;) N p Q SE (135&deg;) p Q R SSE (157.5&deg;) Q R A s (180&deg;) R A B SSW (202.5&deg;) A B C SW (225&deg;) B C D WSW (247.5&deg;) C D E w (270&deg;) D E F WNW (292.5&deg;) E F G NW (315&deg;) F G H NNW (337.5&deg;) G H J CPIP-6.2 Page 6-28 03-01-90 PHONETIC ALPHABET HOTEL JULIEIT KILO LIMA MIKE NOVEMBER PAPA QUEBEC ROMEO ALFA BRAVO CHARLIE DELTA ECHO FOXTROT GOLF Stability Cl ass ifi cation Extremely unstable Moderately unstable Slightly unstable Neutral Slightly stable Moderately stable Extremely stable Rlcg002 ATTACHMENT 8 CLASSIFICATION OF ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY Surry Power Station Pasquill Sigma Categories Theta (degrees)
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-35 03-01-90 CURRENT DATE UPDATE LOCATION                                    PROJECTION TIME LOCATION DOWNWIND                                    OFF CENTERLINE                  MI TIME                        CURRENT TIME            DATE                    CURRENT DATE WINDSPEED                                        STABILITY CLASS WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE                          MR/HR I-131 ACTIVITY                            UCI/ML Fill it out as follows:
A > 22. 5 B 17.5 to 22.4 C 12.5 to 17.4 D 7.5 to 12.4 E 3.8 to 7.4 F 2.1 to 3.7 G < 2 .1 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-29 03-01-90 Upper Delta (DEGC/115.94 Ft) <-0. 67 -0.66 to -0.60 -0.59 to -0.53 -0.52 to -0.18 -0.17 to 0.53 0.54 to 1.41 > 1.41 ATTACHMENT 8 CLASSIFICATION OF ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY North Anna Power Station Stability Pasquill Sigma Classification Categories Theta (degrees)
Location - any five characters, (i.e., Lima5).
Extremely unstable A > 22. 5 Moderately unstable 8 17.5 to 22.4 Slightly unstable C 12.5 to 17.4 Neutral D 7.5 to 12.4 Slightly stable E 3.8 to 7.4
Projection Time - enter in hours          the dose    projection    time      in hours , ( i . e . , 3 . 0) .
* Moderately stable F 2.1 to 3.7 Extremely stable G < 2 .1 Rlcg002 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-30 03-01-90 Upper Delta (DEGF/126.1 Ft) < -1.31 -1.30 to -1.18 -1. 17 to -1. 04 -1.03 to -0.35 -0.34 to 1. 04 1.05 to 2. 77 > 2. 77 
Location Downwind - the downwind distance form the station to the data point in mi1 e, ( i . e. , 4. 0 mi ) .
*
Offcenterline - the offcenterline distance from the station to the plume centerline.             If the data point is on the plume centerline the distance would be 0.0 mi.
* ATTACHMENT 9 PROTECTIVE MEASURES Site Boundary~
Time - the time of the measurement in the following format:                hhmm usfng the 24 hour clock, (i.e., 0930 would be 9:30 a.m.).
0.31 miles (Surry) or 0.85 miles (North Anna) Site Boundary Doses (EPIP-1.01)
Date - the date of the measurement in the following format:
General Site Area Whole Body Greater Than 2 rem 0.5 -2.0 rem Thyroid Greater Than 12 rem 1 -12 rem Site Criteria (EPIP-1.04, 1.05, 4.07) Site Evacuation Site Shelter Greater Than 1 rem 0.5-1.0 rem Greater Than 5 rem 1.0-5.0 rem Less than 1.0 rem CPIP-6.2 Page 6-31 03-01-90 No Recommendation Less than 0.5 rem KI Blocking Agent Greater Than 12 rem (EPIP-5.07) (SPS) Greater Than 10 rem (EPIP-5.07) (NAPS) Offsite Whole Body (EPIP-4.07)
mm7cld/yy (i.e., October 12, 1989, would appear as 10/12/89).
IF' I. projected dose is less than 0.5 rem 2. projected dose is equal to or greater than 0.5 but less than 2.0 rem 3. projected dose is greater than 2.0 rem RLcg002 THEN, 1. No Recommendation
Windspeed - the windspeed in miles per hour, (i.e., 4.0 mph.).
: 2. Shelter 3. Evacuate i
Stability Class - the meteorological stability class numeric representation where Class A= 1, Class B = 2, etc. up to Class G-** 7.
* Offsite Thyroid (EPIP-4.07)
* Whole Bodf Dose Rate - the            reported whole    body dose rate in mrem/hr,i.e., 2.0 mr/hr).
IF, 1. projected dose is less than 1.0 rem 2. projected dose is equal to or greater than 1 rem but less than 12 rem 3. projected dose is greater than 12 rem Emergency Exposure Limits (EPIP-4.04)
I-131 Activit) - the reported I-131 activity            in  uCi/ml,    ( i . e. ,
Classification Damage Repair Activities Lifesaving Activity RLcg002 Whole Body-Rem 25 75 THEN~ CPIP-6.2 Page 6-32 03-01-90 1. No Recommendation
: 1. OE-7 uCi /ml .
: 2. Shelter 3. Evacuate Thyroid-Rem 125 
RLcg002
*
 
* CHPEOFS COMPUTER PROGRAM ATTACHMENT 10 1. Precauti ans and L imitati ans CPIP-6.2 Page 6-33 03-01-90 a. In order to run the program the computer data line must be operational.
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-36 03-01-90 Please note that it is very important that you be sure to use decimal points when typing in the data. An example qf a completed data entry is found below.                                 '.
The error message X nnn, indicates there is a problem with the data transmission line between your terminal and the IBM computer.
CURRENT DATE UPDATE LOCATION      --------- LIMAS                  PROJECTION TIME----- 3.0 LOCATION DOWNWIND--------- 2.0           MI          OFF CENTERLINE ----- 0.0 MI TIME      --------- 1458                            DATE        ----- 10/13/89 WINDSPEED      --------- 5.0                    STABILITY CLASS----- 4 WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE------ 2.0             MR/HR I-131 ACTIVITY ------ l.OE-7          UCI/ML When all the data has been entered and checked to be correct, press enter. The computer will return the dose calculatitins to the screens similar to the example below:
Nnn designates the error number. In order to correct this problem you will need to call IS Network Control in Innsbrook at extension . Tell the operator that answers your call that your termi na 1 is down, that you a re on TSO Sys tern B, the termi na.1 number which is found on the front of the terminal, and the error number. The operator will tell you how long it will take to bring up your terminal which in most cases will be only a few minutes. b. In order to use the printer both the ready and the CU lights need to be on. If the "hold print" light is on press the "enable print" button to get both the CU and the ready lights on . c. Note that the system will log you off if a data entry does not occur within 15 minutes of your last data entry. A data entry is defined as anytime you hit the enter button. If the system logs you off then you will need to begin your logon again. When you run EOF after being logged off enter the previous update data as you normally would if this were the first data point. Then enter your next to last point as the current update and enter the last values for the doses in update 2. This is necessary because in update number 1 the system does not calculate any integrated doses. It only calculates integrated dose for updates 2 and on. d. In order to maintain data reliability you must only use the data from only one location.
TIME 1458.       DATE 10 1989.       LOCATION LIMAS          UPDATE NO. 1 INPUT DATA:     WHOLE BODY            I-131 DOSE RATE 2.00 MR/HR ACTIVITY l.OOOE-07 UCI/ML OUTPUT DATA BASED UPON OFFSITE MONITORING.
You may not mix data from multiple locations since this wTTl lead to errors in the integrated and projected doses, as well as the integrated and projected curies released~
WHOLE BODY:    SITE BOUNDARY 2 MILES            5 MILES            10 MILES DOSE RATE      3.142E+Ol      2.000E+OO      5.020E-Ol          1. 827E-Ol MR/HR INTEGRATED      O.OOOE+OO      O.OOOE+OO      O.OOOE+OO          O.OOOE+OO MR PROJECTED      9.426E+Ol      6.000E+OO      l.506E+OO          5.482E-Ol MR THYROID :      SITE BOUNDARY 2 MILES            5 MILES            10 MILES DOSE RATE      2.906E+03      l.850E+02      4.643E+Ol          1. 690E+Ol MR/HR INTEGRATED      O.OOOE+OO      O.OOOE+OO      O.OOOE+OO          O.OOOE+OO MR PROJECTED      8. 719E+03      5.550&#xa3;+02      1.393&#xa3;+02          5.071E+Ol MR RLcg002
: e. In order to use this procedure the user must have the following:
 
: 1. A current TSO logon and password issued by Virginia Power IS. 2. A modified set of PF key assignments in their computer file. 2. Log on Procedure
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-37 03-01-90 After pressing the print key on the tenninal to obtain a hardcopy of the output, press enter. The next screen that is displayed by the computer is shown below:                           f ACUTAL WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE AT SITE BOUNDARY IS ~~~~~MR/HR ESTIMATED WHOLE BODY DOSE RATES ARE        3.142E+01MR/HR AT SB 2.000E+OOMR/HR AT 2 MILES 5.020E-01 MR/HR AT 5 MILES 1.827E-01MR/HR AT 10 MILES PROJECTED TOTAL INTEGRATED WHOLE BODY DOSE IS 9.426E+Ol        MR AT SB 6.000E+OO  MR AT 2 MILES l.506E+OO  MR AT 5 MILES 5.482E-01  MR AT 10 MILES PROJECTED TOTAL INTEGRATED THYROID DOSE IS 8.719E+03 AT SB 5.550E+02 MR AT 2 MILES
: a. Turn on the terminal.
* 1.393E+02 MR AT 5 MILES 5.07E+Ol MR AT 10 MILES
: b. Type in TSOB and press enter. Rlcg002
  ***
: c. Type in your Example: d. Press enter. e. Type in your enter. logon TSO-ID as assigned to you by TSOCATA or TSBKLEF password (it will not be displayed CPIP-6.2 Page 6-34 03-01-90 Virginia Power IS. on the screen). Pre.ss f. The system will reply with a "***" message. Press ALT and PF3 key. Note that anytime the system replies with a series of three asterisks, press enter. 3. Executing CHPEOFS a. After you have logged on, the system will return with a ready message. b. Type in "SPF 6". Press enter. c. The system wil 1 reply with a 11***" message. Press enter. d. The system will now ask you to enter a TSO comnand or a Clist. Type 11 CHPEOFS 11 and press enter. This wi 11 begin the execution of the EOF Program. 4. Data Entry a. There is one data entry screen used by the computer to enter data into the program. This input screen will look as follows: Rlcg002 CURRENT DATE UPDATE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-35 03-01-90 LOCATION LOCATION DOWNWIND TIME CURRENT TIME PROJECTION TIME OFF CENTERLINE DATE MI CURRENT DATE WINDSPEED WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE I-131 ACTIVITY STABILITY CLASS MR/HR UCI/ML RLcg002 Fill it out as follows: Location -any five characters, (i.e., Lima5). Projection Time -enter in hours the dose projection time in hours , ( i . e . , 3 . 0) . Location Downwind -the downwind distance form the station to the data point in m i1 e, ( i . e. , 4. 0 mi ) . Offcenterline
After pressing the print key on the terminal to obtain a hardcopy of the output, press enter. The next screen that is displayed by the computer is shown below:
-the offcenterline distance from the station to the plume centerline.
LAST TRANSACTION TIME----)      14:58:00 ARE YOU READY TO EXECUTE THE PROGRAM AGAIN          ----)  NO    (YES OR NO)
If the data point is on the plume centerline the distance would be 0.0 mi. Time -the time of the measurement in the following format: hhmm usfng the 24 hour clock, (i.e., 0930 would be 9:30 a.m.). Date -the date of the measurement in the following format: mm7cld/yy (i.e., October 12, 1989, would appear as 10/12/89).
The purpose of this screen is to allow you to remain in the program without having the computer log you off if the enter key is not pressed within 15 minutes. The default answer to this question is 11 N0 11
Windspeed
* If you press the enter key at this time the program loops back to the same question and the last transaction time is updated to the current time. If you type in 11 YES 11 and press enter, the computer wi 11 display the data entry screen for the next data calculation. In order to exit the program, press enter when the input screen is empty.
-the windspeed in miles per hour, (i.e., 4.0 mph.). Stability Class -the meteorological stability class numeric representation where Class A= 1, Class B = 2, etc. up to Class G-** 7.
: 5. LOGOFF PROCEDURE
* Whole Bodf Dose Rate -the mrem/hr,i.e., 2.0 mr/hr). reported whole body dose rate in I-131 Activit) -the reported I-131 activity 1. OE-7 uCi /ml . in uCi/ml, ( i . e. ,
: a. To terminate the session go to the data entry screen and press enter without typing any data on the screen.
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-36 03-01-90 Please note that it is very important that you be sure to use decimal points when typing in the data. An example qf a completed data entry is found below. '. CURRENT DATE UPDATE LOCATION ---------LIMAS LOCATION DOWNWIND---------
Rlcg002
2.0 MI PROJECTION TIME-----3.0 OFF CENTERLINE
* b.
-----0.0 MI TIME WINDSPEED
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-38 03.-01-90 Type in 11 =X 11 , press the ERASE EOF key and then press enter.
---------1458 DATE -----10/13/89 ---------5.0 WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE------
computer will return with a ready message.
2.0 I-131 ACTIVITY ------l.OE-7 MR/HR UCI/ML STABILITY CLASS-----
The NOTE:      Certain logon TSO-IDs will not return with a ready message, but the "Specify Disposition of Log DATASET'! screen appears. In this case type the letter 11 K11 at the cursor and press enter to get the ready message.
4 When all the data has been entered and checked to be correct, press enter. The computer will return the dose calculatitins to the screens similar to the example below: TIME 1458. DATE 10 1989. LOCATION LIMAS UPDATE NO. 1 INPUT DATA: WHOLE BODY I-131 DOSE RATE 2.00 MR/HR ACTIVITY l.OOOE-07 UCI/ML OUTPUT DATA BASED UPON OFFSITE MONITORING.
11
WHOLE BODY: SITE BOUNDARY 2 MILES 5 MILES 10 MILES DOSE RATE 3.142E+Ol 2.000E+OO 5.020E-Ol
: c. Type Logoff 11 and press enter.        This wi 11 1og you off the computer system .
: 1. 827E-Ol MR/HR INTEGRATED O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO MR PROJECTED 9.426E+Ol 6.000E+OO l.506E+OO 5.482E-Ol MR THYROID : SITE BOUNDARY 2 MILES 5 MILES 10 MILES DOSE RATE 2.906E+03 l.850E+02 4.643E+Ol
* Rlcg002
: 1. 690E+Ol MR/HR INTEGRATED O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO MR PROJECTED
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-39 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 11 DOSE ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET DATE: - - - - TIME: - - - - SECTOR- - - - PROJECTED BY: - - - - -
: 8. 719E+03 5.550&#xa3;+02 1.393&#xa3;+02 5.071E+Ol MR RLcg002
STABILITY CLASS:
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-37 03-01-90 After pressing the print key on the tenninal to obtain a hardcopy of the output, press enter. The next screen that is displayed by the computer is shown below: f ACUTAL WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE AT SITE BOUNDARY IS ~~~~~MR/HR ESTIMATED WHOLE BODY DOSE RATES ARE 3.142E+01MR/HR AT SB 2.000E+OOMR/HR AT 2 MILES 5.020E-01 MR/HR AT 5 MILES 1.827E-01MR/HR AT 10 MILES PROJECTED TOTAL INTEGRATED WHOLE BODY DOSE IS 9.426E+Ol MR AT SB 6.000E+OO MR AT 2 MILES l.506E+OO MR AT 5 MILES 5.482E-01 MR AT 10 MILES PROJECTED TOTAL INTEGRATED THYROID DOSE IS 8.719E+03 AT SB 5.550E+02 MR AT 2 MILES 1.393E+02 MR AT 5 MILES 5.07E+Ol MR AT 10 MILES *** After pressing the print key on the terminal to obtain a hardcopy of the output, press enter. The next screen that is displayed by the computer is shown below: LAST TRANSACTION TIME----)
                    - - - - WIND SPEED            MONITO~:
14:58:00 ARE YOU READY TO EXECUTE THE PROGRAM AGAIN ----) NO (YES OR NO) The purpose of this screen is to allow you to remain in the program without having the computer log you off if the enter key is not pressed within 15 minutes. The default answer to this question is 11 N0 11* If you press the enter key at this time the program loops back to the same question and the last transaction time is updated to the current time. If you type in 11 YES 11 and press enter, the computer wi 11 display the data entry screen for the next data calculation.
                                                            ------
In order to exit the program, press enter when the input screen is empty. 5. LOGOFF PROCEDURE
SAMPLE:
: a. To terminate the session go to the data entry screen and press enter without typing any data on the screen. Rlcg002 
                                                            ------
*
WHOLE BODY X/Q_ _ __
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-38 03.-01-90
SITE BOUNDARY    2         5        10    OTHER DOSE RATE INTEGRATED DOSE PROJECTED DOSE
: b. Type in 11=X 11 , press the ERASE EOF key and then press enter. The computer will return with a ready message. NOTE: Certain logon TSO-IDs will not return with a ready message, but the "Specify Disposition of Log DATASET'!
**
screen appears. In this case type the letter 11 K 11 at the cursor and press enter to get the ready message. c. Type 11 Logoff 11 and press enter. This wi 11 1 og you off the computer system . Rlcg002 
TIME OF ARRIVAL MILES SITE AREA MILES GENERAL THYROID X/Q _ __
* **
SITE BOUNDARY      2          5        10  OTHER DOSE RATE INTEGRATED DOSE PROJECTED DOSE TIME OF ARRIVAL MILES SITE AREA MILES GENERAL Integrated Dose~ (Time Since x Dose Rate)+ Previously Last Update    Last Update Integrated
* ATTACHMENT 11 DOSE ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET DATE: TIME: SECTOR PROJECTED BY: CPIP-6.2 Page 6-39 03-01-90 -----------------STABILITY CLASS: WIND SPEED MONITO~: DOSE RATE INTEGRATED DOSE PROJECTED DOSE TIME OF ARRIVAL MILES SITE AREA MILES GENERAL DOSE RATE INTEGRATED DOSE PROJECTED DOSE TIME OF ARRIVAL MILES SITE AREA MILES GENERAL ----------SAMPLE: ------WHOLE BODY X/Q ___ _ SITE BOUNDARY 2 5 10 OTHER THYROID X/Q __ _ SITE BOUNDARY 2 5 10 OTHER Integrated Dose~ (Time Since x Dose Rate)+ Previously Last Update Last Update Integrated Dose Projected Dose~ Integrated Dose+ (Most Recent Dose Rate x Release Duration) (mr/hr) RLcg002
* Dose Projected Dose~ Integrated Dose+ (Most Recent Dose Rate x Release Duration)
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-40 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 11 (cont'd) SOURCE TERM DATA Xe-133 Ci/sec ----Integrated Curies Projected Curies I-131 Ci/sec ---------------Integrated Curies ----Projected Curies -----Integrated Curies= (Time Since x Ci/sec )
(mr/hr)
* Last Update Last Update + Previously Integrated Curies Projected Curies *=Integrated Curies + (Most Recent Ci/sec x Release Duration)
RLcg002
Rlcg002 
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-40 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 11 (cont'd)
*
SOURCE TERM DATA Xe-133 Ci/sec
* Distance Miles 2 5 10 Rlcg002 ATTACHMENT 12 X/Q MULTIPLICATION FACTOR STABILITY CLASS A 8 C D E F CPIP-6.2 Page 6-41 03-01-90 G l.37E-2 1.12E-2 4.27E-2 6.37E-2 8.33E-2 l.28E-1 2.38E-1 6.02E-3 2.36E-3 8.84E-3 1.59E-2 2.42E-2 3.74E-2 7.79E-2 3.llE-3 1.24E-3 2.BOE-3 5.84E-3 1.00E-2 1.55E-2 3.24E-2 1 i
          ----
* ATTACHMENT 13 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-42 03-01-90 DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM INSTRUCTIONS
Integrated Curies
-USE OF PERSONAL COMPUTER AND SPREADSHEET NOTE: User should be familiar with Lotus 1-2-3. 1. Verify that: a) The personal computer and the printer are plugged into the AC power strip located beneath the work counter, or plug in the necessary equipment.
                    -----
b) The communication cable between the personal computer and the printer is properly connected, or connect the computer and the printer using the proper communication cable. c) An adequate supply of printer paper is available and loaded into the printer, or request the clerical personnel to provide paper, and when it is provided load it into the printer. 2. Turn unit on (computer, monitor, and printer) by operating the appropriate on-off switches.
Projected Curies
Adjust the monitor to suitable brightness and contrast settings.
                    -----
I-131 Ci/sec
          -----
Integrated Curies
                    ----
Projected Curies
                    -----
Integrated Curies= (Time Since x Ci/sec )        +  Previously Integrated
* Last Update Last Update      Curies Projected Curies *=Integrated Curies + (Most Recent Ci/sec x Release Duration)
Rlcg002
 
1 i
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-41 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 12 X/Q MULTIPLICATION FACTOR STABILITY CLASS Distance    A      8        C        D      E          F        G Miles 2        l.37E-2 1.12E-2   4.27E-2    6.37E-2  8.33E-2 l.28E-1    2.38E-1 5        6.02E-3 2.36E-3  8.84E-3  1.59E-2   2.42E-2 3.74E-2    7.79E-2
* 10      3.llE-3 1.24E-3  2.BOE-3  5.84E-3  1.00E-2 1.55E-2    3.24E-2 Rlcg002
* ATTACHMENT 13 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-42 03-01-90 DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM INSTRUCTIONS - USE OF PERSONAL COMPUTER AND SPREADSHEET NOTE:    User should be familiar with Lotus 1-2-3.
: 1. Verify that:
a)    The personal computer and the printer are plugged into the AC power strip located beneath the work counter, or plug in the necessary equipment.
b)    The communication cable between the personal computer and the printer is properly connected, or connect the computer and the printer using the proper communication cable.
c)    An adequate supply of printer paper is available and loaded into the printer, or request the clerical personnel to provide paper, and when it is provided load it into the printer.
: 2. Turn unit on (computer, monitor, and printer) by operating the appropriate on-off switches. Adjust the monitor to suitable brightness and contrast settings.
: 3. Wait until 1-2-3 empty spreadsheet is displayed.
: 3. Wait until 1-2-3 empty spreadsheet is displayed.
: 4. Insert a blank formatted disk in Drive 11 A 11* 5. Depress 11/", 11 F 11 , 11 R 11 to obtain File Format. 6. With cursor, select the appropriate dose assessment work sheet based on stability class, monitor data or sample data. 7. Enter data into specific cells according to EPIP-4.09 and EPIP-4.11.
: 4. Insert a blank formatted disk in Drive 11 A11 *
NOTE: The spreadsheet was created in a mode which prevents the entry of data into certain "protected" cells. The cells which will accept data can be identified by the green color of the generic data entered, and by the capital letter 11 U 11 (for Unprotected) included in the display at the upper left corner of the screen. The spreadsheets follow the instructions of the appropriate steps of EPIP-4.09, and emulate the appropriate attachments of cells. Only the variable data (monitor readings, accident selection parameters, effluent flow rates, etc.) must be entered by the operator.
: 5. Depress   11
Accident selection parameters are taken from the appropriate attachment just as they would be if the calculation were being done manually.
                    /",
The cells of the model spreadsheet which will receive operator input are filled with zeroes when the model is first loaded. Only the cells for which data is available should be modified.
11 F11 , 11 R11 to obtain File Format.
Rlcg002
: 6. With cursor, select the appropriate dose assessment work sheet based             on stability class, monitor data or sample data.
*
: 7. Enter data into specific cells according to EPIP-4.09 and EPIP-4.11.
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-43 03-01-90 8. When data entry is complete, confirm data entries are correct. 9 press II/ .. ' II F II ' .. S II * ' 10. Depress 11 escape 11 3 times. Enter file name: 11 A:SPSXXXX 11 to save, then press 11 enter 11* NOTE: NOTE: XXXX is designated military time of monitor data time. SPS is Surry Power Station. If Dose Assessment Program is being used at North Anna Power Station the file name would be 11 A:NAPSXXXX.
NOTE:   The spreadsheet was created in a mode which prevents the entry of data into certain "protected" cells. The cells which will accept data can be identified by the green color of the generic data entered, and by the capital letter 11 U11 (for Unprotected) included in the display at the upper left corner of the screen.                     The spreadsheets follow the instructions of the appropriate steps of EPIP-4.09, and emulate the appropriate attachments of cells.           Only the variable data (monitor readings, accident selection parameters, effluent flow rates, etc.) must be entered by the operator.
: 11. Press 11/11 , 11 P 11 , 11 P 11 , then press 11 A 11 , 11 G 11* 12. Remove Dose Assessment print-out from printer and record results on EPIP-2.01, Attachment
Accident selection parameters are taken from the appropriate attachment just as they would be if the calculation were being done manually.             The cells of the model spreadsheet which will receive operator input are filled with zeroes when the model is first loaded.           Only the cells for which data is available should be modified.
: 2. 13. Give EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2 to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator . RI r.nOO?
Rlcg002
* ATTACHMENT 14 DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM INSTRUCTIONS CPIP-6.2 Page 6-44 03-01-90 1. a) If source term data is available, the Dose Assessment Team member performs Noble Gas and Iodine source term calculations with the fo 11 owing: From EPIP-4.09, Attachment 2 and/or Attachment 3: Xe-133 (Ci/sec) value I-131 (Ci/sec) value b) The Dose Assessment Team member perfonns the Noble Gas and Iodine ratio calculations with the following:
* 8. When data entry is complete, confirm data entries are correct.
I-131 value (Ci/sec) ; Ratio value Xe-133 value (Ci/sec) c) The Dose Assessment Team member performs the Projected Integrated Equivalent Curies Xe-133 and I-131 calculations with the following:
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-43 03-01-90 9~    press I I / .. '   II F II ' .. S II *
From CPIP-6.2, Attachment 11: Projected Integrated Curies Xe-133 and I-131 = Integrated Curies+ (Most recent Ci/sec x Release Duration) d) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
                                                                                    '
e) Go to Attachment
: 10. Depress 11 escape 11 3 times.                   Enter file name:     11 A:SPSXXXX 11 to save, then press 11 enter 11
: 15. 2. a) If the MAINFRAME is available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member performs dose calculations using Attachment
* NOTE:             XXXX is designated military time of monitor data time.
: 10. b) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
NOTE:            SPS is Surry Power Station. If Dose Assessment Program is being used at North Anna Power Station the file name would be 11 A:NAPSXXXX.
: 3. a) If the MAINFRAME is not available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member calculat~dose rates using EPIP -4.13, Offsite Release Assessment with Environmental Data. b) Go to Attachment
: 11. Press   11
: 15. 4. a) If the RAD/MET computer model is available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member will perfonn calculations using EPIP -4.28 (SPS) or EPIP 4.27 (NAPS), Class 11 A 11 Dose Calculation Model. b) Get infonnation as directed by the RAC. c) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
                  /
*
11
* ATTACHMENT 15 INTEGRATED AND TOTAL PROJECTED DOSE CAL_CULATIONS CPIP-6.2 Page 6-45 03-01-90 1. Determine Integrated Dose with the following steps: a) Get affected sector(s) from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and record on Attachment
                        ,
: 11. b) If the current sector affected is the same as the previous sector affected, get start time of release or the time of previous assessment from the RAC. 1) If the current sector affected is different from the previous sector affected, THEN get initial time of wind shift from the RAC. c) Determine the current length of release (hrs.). d) Perform integrated dose calculation using the equation:
11 P11 , 11 P11 , then press 11 A11 , 11 G11 *
[TIME (hrs) x DOSE RATE (mr/hr)J + [Previous Integrated Dose]= Integrated Dose and record result on Attachment
: 12. Remove Dose Assessment print-out from printer and record results on EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2.
: 11. 1) Use zero for previous integrated dose for an initial assessment.
: 13. Give EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2 to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator .
: 2) For subsequent assessments get integrated dose from Previous Attachment
* RI r.nOO?
: 11. 2. Determine Total Projected Dose with the following steps: a) Get estimated duration of projected release (hrs.) from the RAC. 1) If no estimate is given, THEN use 3 hours. b) Use Whole Body and Thyroid dose rates AND Integrated Dose from Attachment 11 to determine projected wlioTe body and thyroid dose. Use the equation _and record result on Attachment
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-44 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 14 DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM INSTRUCTIONS
: 11. [Integrated Dose+ [Dose Rate (mr/hr) x Duration of Release (hr)]" Total Projected Dose. 3. Determine offsite dose rate, integrated and total projected dose at 2,5 and 10 miles with the following steps: Rlcg002 a) b) If radiation monitor data is available, go to Step 3.i.1 . If the offsite team readings are NOT at the Site Boundary, perform the following.
: 1. a) If source term data is available, the Dose Assessment Team member performs Noble Gas and Iodine source term calculations with the fo 11 owing:
Otherwise-:--&sect;o to Step 3.i.1).
From EPIP-4.09, Attachment 2 and/or Attachment 3:
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-46 03-01-90 c) Determine the offsite team location and corresponding dose rate. d) From EPIP -4.10, Attachment 1, X/Q Table, find the offsite team location distance and the corresponding,X/Q value for the appropriate Stability Class. ( e) Detenni ne the X/Q value at the Site Boundary for the same Stabi"l i ty Cl ass. f) Divide each of the above X/Q values by the wind speed (mph). g) Divide the Site Boundary X/Q values by the offsite team location X/Q value to obtain a X/Q ratio. h) Multiply the X/Q ratio by the offsite team location dose rate to obtain the Site Boundary Dose Rate. i) Record results on Attachment
Xe-133 (Ci/sec) value I-131 (Ci/sec) value b) The Dose Assessment Team member perfonns the Noble Gas and Iodine ratio calculations with the following:
: 11. 1) Get most current stability class from the RAC and record on Attachment
I-131 value (Ci/sec)     ; Ratio value Xe-133 value (Ci/sec) c) The Dose Assessment Team member performs the Projected Integrated Equivalent Curies Xe-133 and I-131 calculations with the following:
: 11. 2) Determine the conversion factor from Attachment 12 for distance of 2,5 and 10 miles. 3) Determine Whole Body and Thyroid dose rate for 2,5 and 10 miles using the equation:
From CPIP-6.2, Attachment 11:
SITE BOUNDARY DOSE RATE x CONVERSION FACTOR:: DOSE RATE (mR/hr) Rlcg002 4) Record results on Attachment
Projected Integrated Curies Xe-133 and I-131 =
: 11. 5) Repeat Steps l.b) through l.d.2) for: -Integrated Whole Body and Thyroid dose and -Total projected Whole Body and Thyroid dose. j) Determine plume arrival time .. 1) Get current wind speed (mph) from Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
Integrated Curies+ (Most recent Ci/sec x Release Duration) d) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
: 2) Determine arrival time for Site Boundary, 2, 5 and 10 miles by the following equation:
e) Go to Attachment 15.
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-47 03~01-90 [TIME OF ASSESSMENT]+
: 2. a) If the MAINFRAME is available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member performs dose calculations using Attachment 10.
[60 x DISTANCE (SB, 2, 5 or 10 Miles)]= TIME OF ARRIVAL WIND SPEED (mph) Where SB= 0.3125 (~PS), or = 0.85 (NAPS) 3) Record on Attachment
b) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
: 11. 4. Detennine offsite dose rate, integrated and total projected dose at other distances with the following steps: a) Use EPIP-4.10, Determination of X/Q, to determine X/Q for Site Boundary and distances other than 2, 5, or 10 miles. b) Get the Site Boundary Whole Body and Thyroid dose rates from Attachment
: 3. a) If the MAINFRAME is not available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member calculat~dose rates using EPIP - 4.13, Offsite Release Assessment with Environmental Data.
: 11. c) Detennine dose rate for distance of interest using the equation:
b) Go to Attachment 15.
SITE BOUNDARY X DOSE RATE = DOSE RATE (distance of interest) d) Record on Attachment
: 4. a) If the RAD/MET computer model is available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member will perfonn calculations using EPIP - 4.28 (SPS) or EPIP 4.27 (NAPS), Class 11 A11 Dose Calculation Model.
: 11. e) Repeat Steps 4.a) through 4.d) using Site Boundary Integrated Dose and Total Projected Dose. f) Determine plume arrival time. 1) Get current wind speed (mph} from Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
b) Get infonnation as directed by the RAC.
: 2) Detennine arrival time for distance other than 2, 5 or 10 miles by the following TIME OF ASSESSMENT+
c) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
[60 x (24 HOUR TIME) DISTANCE ] WIND SPEED (mph) = TIME OF ARRIVAL Rlcg002 3) Record on Attachment
* CPIP-6.2 Page 6-45 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 15 INTEGRATED AND TOTAL PROJECTED DOSE CAL_CULATIONS
: 11. 4) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
: 1. Determine Integrated Dose with the following steps:
: 5) Give calculations to the RAC .
a)   Get affected sector(s) from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and record on Attachment 11.
* Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.3 EMERGENCY PLAN ADVISOR LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACI~ITY CPIP-6.3 Page 6-48 03-01-90 This procedure provides the Emergency Plan Advisor with a general listing of responsibilities during an emergency.
b)   If the current sector affected is the same as the previous sector affected, get start time of release or the time of previous assessment from the RAC.             ~
: 1)   If the current sector affected is different from the previous sector affected, THEN get initial time of wind shift from the RAC.
c)   Determine the current length of release (hrs.).
d)   Perform integrated dose calculation using the equation: [TIME (hrs) x DOSE RATE (mr/hr)J + [Previous Integrated Dose]=
Integrated Dose and record result on Attachment 11.
: 1)   Use zero for previous integrated dose for an initial assessment.
: 2)   For subsequent assessments get integrated dose from Previous Attachment 11.
: 2. Determine Total Projected Dose with the following steps:
a)   Get estimated duration of projected release (hrs.) from the RAC.
: 1)   If no estimate is given, THEN use 3 hours.
b)   Use Whole Body and Thyroid dose rates AND Integrated Dose from Attachment 11 to determine projected wlioTe body and thyroid dose.
Use the equation _and record result on Attachment 11.
[Integrated Dose+ [Dose Rate (mr/hr) x Duration of Release (hr)]" Total Projected Dose.
: 3. Determine offsite dose rate, integrated and total projected dose at 2,5 and 10 miles with the following steps:
a)   If radiation monitor data is available, go to Step 3.i.1 .
* Rlcg002 b)    If the offsite team readings are NOT at the Site Boundary, perform the following. Otherwise-:--&sect;o to Step 3.i.1).
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-46 03-01-90 c) Determine the offsite team location and corresponding dose rate.
d)   From EPIP - 4.10, Attachment 1, X/Q Table, find the offsite team location distance and the corresponding,X/Q value for the appropriate Stability Class.               (
e) Detenni ne the X/Q value at the Site Boundary for the same Stabi"l i ty Cl ass.
f) Divide each of the above X/Q values by the wind speed (mph).
g)   Divide the Site Boundary X/Q values by the offsite team location X/Q value to obtain a X/Q ratio.
h)   Multiply the X/Q ratio by the offsite team location dose rate to obtain the Site Boundary Dose Rate.
i)   Record results on Attachment 11.
: 1)   Get most current stability class from the RAC and record on Attachment 11.
: 2)   Determine the conversion factor from Attachment 12 for distance of 2,5 and 10 miles.
: 3)   Determine Whole Body and Thyroid dose rate for 2,5 and 10 miles using the equation:
SITE BOUNDARY DOSE RATE x CONVERSION FACTOR:: DOSE RATE (mR/hr)
: 4)   Record results on Attachment 11.
: 5)   Repeat Steps l.b) through l.d.2) for:
                      -Integrated Whole Body and Thyroid dose and
                      -Total projected Whole Body and Thyroid dose.
j)   Determine plume arrival time ..
: 1)     Get current wind speed (mph) from Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
: 2)     Determine arrival time for Site Boundary, 2, 5 and 10 miles by the following equation:
* Rlcg002
 
CPIP-6.2 Page 6-47 03~01-90
[TIME OF ASSESSMENT]+ [60 x DISTANCE (SB, 2, 5 or 10 Miles)]= TIME OF ARRIVAL WIND SPEED (mph)
Where SB= 0.3125 (~PS), or
                                              = 0.85 (NAPS)
: 3) Record on Attachment 11.
: 4. Detennine offsite dose rate, integrated and total   projected dose at other distances with the following steps:
a)   Use EPIP-4.10, Determination of X/Q, to determine X/Q for Site Boundary and distances other than 2, 5, or 10 miles.
b)   Get the Site Boundary Whole Body and Thyroid dose rates       from Attachment 11.
c)   Detennine dose rate for distance of interest using the equation:
SITE BOUNDARY X                               =  DOSE RATE DOSE RATE                                     (distance of interest) d)   Record on Attachment 11.
e)   Repeat Steps 4.a) through 4.d) using Site Boundary Integrated Dose and Total Projected Dose.
f)   Determine plume arrival time.
: 1) Get current wind speed       (mph}   from   Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
: 2) Detennine arrival time for distance other than 2, 5 or 10 miles by the following TIME OF ASSESSMENT+ [60 x           DISTANCE      ]        =    TIME OF (24 HOUR TIME)             WIND SPEED (mph)                 ARRIVAL
: 3)   Record on Attachment 11.
: 4) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
: 5) Give calculations to the RAC .
* Rlcg002
* CPIP-6.3 Page 6-48 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.3 EMERGENCY PLAN ADVISOR LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACI~ITY Purpose        This procedure provides the Emergency Plan Advisor with a general listing of responsibilities during an emergency.
* 1.0 Immediate Functions I.I Principle Responsibilities:
* 1.0 Immediate Functions I.I Principle Responsibilities:
I.I.I 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 1.1.5 1.1.6 Advise the Recovery Manager matters during the emergency phases. on procedural and recovery Assure that procedures are emergency.
I.I.I     Advise the Recovery Manager on procedural matters during the emergency and recovery phases.
Station Emergency Plan implemented to mitigate and the Act as liaison with offsite emergency agencies, i.e., NRC, DOE, and DES to aid in assessment of the station conditions.
1.1.2      Assure that Station Emergency Plan             and procedures are implemented to mitigate         the emergency.
Assist in long term recovery efforts at the request of the Recovery Manager. Coordinate with the NRC to ensure compliance with regulations during the recovery phase. Review recovery program procedures for possible impact on offsite governmental agencies.
1.1.3      Act as liaison with offsite emergency agencies, i.e., NRC, DOE, and DES to aid in assessment of the station conditions.
2.0 Collateral Responsibilities 2.1 Interface with Emergency Response Directors, Managers, and Team leaders. 2.2 Coordinate meetings/briefings with Corporate Executives, Public Affairs Representatives and outside agencies.
1.1.4      Assist in long term recovery efforts at the request of the Recovery Manager.
2.3 Identify communication needs and coordinate support to expedite the recovery effort. 2.4 Assist in the administration of the LEOF/CERC.
1.1.5      Coordinate with the NRC to ensure compliance with regulations during the recovery phase.
2.5 Provide recommendations and assistance to the Recovery Manager as requested.
1.1.6      Review recovery program procedures for possible impact on offsite governmental agencies.
Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.4 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY CPIP-6.4 Page 6-49 03-01-90 Provide communications between the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF) and the Technical Support Center (TSC), the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), and offsite authorities.
2.0 Collateral Responsibilities 2.1 Interface with Emergency Response Directors, Managers, and Team leaders.
Communicate messages from the TSC and CERC to the Recovery Manager. Notify state and local governments of emergency status. 1.0 Immediate Functions 1.1 Principle Responsibilities 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 Establish communications with the Technical Support Center (TSC), Corporate Emergency Response Center (CER~), and offsite authorities.
2.2 Coordinate meetings/briefings with Corporate Executives, Public Affairs Representatives and outside agencies.
Pass messages to the Recovery Manager as the emergency situation progresses.
2.3 Identify communication needs and coordinate       support to expedite the recovery effort.
Obtain a comprehensive update of the current plant status, emergency conditions, actions that are underway to mitigate the event, the emergency class, etc. NOTE: Update State and local governments at approximately 30-minute intervals and after a significant change to the plant status, radiological data, meteorological data, and/or if one or more of the following activities are underway:
2.4 Assist in the administration of the LEOF/CERC.
Station monitoring teams dispatched offsite ----Station emergency personnel called-in  
2.5 Provide recommendations and assistance       to the Recovery Manager as requested.
----Evacuation of onsite personnel  
 
----Transport of a contaminated injured individual
CPIP-6.4 Page 6-49 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.4 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY Purpose Provide communications between the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF) and the Technical Support Center (TSC), the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), and offsite authorities. Communicate messages from the TSC and CERC to the Recovery Manager. Notify state and local governments of emergency status.
:==: Escalation of emergency class Notify state and local governments using EPIP-2.01 attachments for offsite notifications.
1.0 Immediate Functions 1.1 Principle Responsibilities 1.1.1     Establish communications with the Technical Support Center (TSC), Corporate Emergency Response Center (CER~), and offsite authorities.
1.1.5 Continue to provide the current information to the appropriate areas throughout the emergency situation and follow through until the emergency is concluded.
1.1.2      Pass messages to the Recovery Manager as the emergency situation progresses.
CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.5 RECOVERY PROCEDURE LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY CPIP-6.5 Page 6-50 03-01-90 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance to the Recovery Manager and the recovery organization to return the station to a normal condition and to assist State and local governments with their recovery efforts. 2.0 User Recovery Manager 3.0 Entry Conditions 3.1 EALs indicate no potential or actual emergency exists. 3.2 Release of radioactive material from the station no longer exceeds pe~missible levels. 3.3 The station is capable of sustaining itself in a stable shutdown condition.
1.1.3    Obtain a comprehensive update of the current plant status, emergency conditions, actions that are underway to mitigate the event, the emergency class, etc.
4.0 Actions To Be Considered 4.1 Consult with SEM, State, NRC -verify entry into Recovery.
NOTE:   Update State and local governments at approximately 30-minute intervals and after a significant change to the plant status, radiological data, meteorological data, and/or if one or more of the following activities are underway:
Station monitoring teams dispatched offsite
                    ---- Station emergency personnel called-in
                    ---- Evacuation of onsite personnel
                    ---- Transport of a contaminated injured individual
:==: Escalation of emergency class 1.1.4      Notify state and local governments         using   EPIP-2.01 attachments for offsite notifications.
1.1.5     Continue to provide the current information to the appropriate areas throughout the emergency situation and follow through until the emergency is concluded.
 
CPIP-6.5 Page 6-50 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.5 RECOVERY PROCEDURE LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance to the Recovery Manager and the recovery organization to return the station to a normal condition and to assist State and local governments with their recovery efforts.
2.0 User Recovery Manager 3.0 Entry Conditions 3.1 EALs indicate no potential or actual emergency exists.
3.2 Release of radioactive material       from the station no longer exceeds pe~missible levels.
3.3 The station is capable of sustaining       itself in a stable shutdown condition.
4.0 Actions To Be Considered 4.1 Consult with SEM, State, NRC - verify entry into Recovery.
4.2 Confer with the Station Emergency Manager, NRC, State and appropriate members of his staff to develop a plan to establish a recovery program and organization.
4.2 Confer with the Station Emergency Manager, NRC, State and appropriate members of his staff to develop a plan to establish a recovery program and organization.
Consider the following areas when planning the recovery program and its supporting organization:
Consider the following areas when planning the recovery program and its supporting organization:
4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5 4.2.6 Define the scope of the problem. Define the resources required.
4.2.1     Define the scope of the problem.
Prioritize work effort. Minimize exposure.
4.2.2      Define the resources required.
Provide checks and approvals before commencing work. Provide a mechanism to use routine station procedures to accompl~sh work, and to provide authorizations for specific procedural requirements.
4.2.3      Prioritize work effort.
4.2.7 4.2.8 Allocate resources.
4.2.4      Minimize exposure.
CPIP-6.5 Page 6-51 03-01-90 Establish a mechanism to assign tasks and track their status. 4. 3 Direct that a recovery organi zationa 1 *,chart be prepared based on the planned recovery organization.
4.2.5      Provide checks and approvals before commencing work.
4.4 Have the appropriate authorities review the recovery program, i.e., Corporate Response Manager, Senior Nuclear Regulatory Commission representative, Senior Department of Emergency Services representative, etc. 5.0 Recovery Options 5.1 See Attachment 1, Options to be Considered During Recovery.
4.2.6      Provide a mechanism to use routine station procedures to accompl~sh work, and to provide authorizations for specific procedural requirements.
: 6. 0 TERMINATION 6.1 Notify onsite and offsite emergency personnel previously contacted and inform them that the emergency is terminated.
 
*
CPIP-6.5 Page 6-51 03-01-90 4.2.7    Allocate resources.
* ATTACHMENT 1 OPTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED DURING RECOVERY CPIP-6.5 Page 6-52 03-01-90 1. Ensure that an adequate interface is established with Federal, State, and County personnel by assigning a company liaison representativ~.
4.2.8    Establish a mechanism to assign tasks and track their status.
: 2. Direct action be taken to procure the necessary equipment and personnel resources to support the recovery program. 3. Establish a support group to assist/advise the Corrmonwealth of Virginia with their recovery efforts. 4. Direct that a briefing schedule be prepared to inform and update both corporate and the media. 5. Schedule meetings/briefings to discuss special problems associated with high radiation areas. 6. Direct that the station's security program be reviewed to ensure that it is capable of supporting the increased work effort directed by the recovery program, e.g., a. Search requirements
: 4. 3 Direct that a recovery organi zationa 1 *,chart be prepared based on the planned recovery organization.
4.4 Have the appropriate authorities review the recovery program, i.e., Corporate Response Manager, Senior Nuclear Regulatory Commission representative, Senior Department of Emergency Services representative, etc.
5.0 Recovery Options 5.1 See Attachment 1, Options to be Considered During Recovery.
: 6. 0 TERMINATION 6.1 Notify onsite and offsite emergency personnel previously contacted and inform them that the emergency is terminated.
* CPIP-6.5 Page 6-52 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 1 OPTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED DURING RECOVERY
: 1. Ensure that an adequate interface is established with Federal, State, and County personnel by assigning a company liaison representativ~.
: 2. Direct action be taken to procure the necessary equipment and personnel resources to support the recovery program.
: 3. Establish a support group to assist/advise the Corrmonwealth of Virginia with their recovery efforts.
: 4. Direct that a briefing schedule be prepared to inform and update both corporate and the media.
: 5. Schedule meetings/briefings to discuss         special   problems associated with high radiation areas.
: 6. Direct that the station's security program be reviewed to ensure that it is capable of supporting the increased work effort directed by the recovery program, e.g.,
: a. Search requirements
: b. Record of entries/exits
: b. Record of entries/exits
: c. Control of vital areas d. Special surveillance
: c. Control of vital areas
: d. Special surveillance
: 7. Direct that the proper notifications are made when significant changes occur or significant recovery activities are instituted .
: 7. Direct that the proper notifications are made when significant changes occur or significant recovery activities are instituted .
Purpose Activation CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 7.0 MEDICAL ACTIVATION DUTIES EMPLOYEE HEALTH SERVICES CALL OUT/ACTIVATION CPIP-7.0 Page 7-1 03-01-90 This procedure provides the necessary steps for the Medical Advisor, and/or alternate, System R.N., to report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center or when required, to the affected station Medical Treatment Center. This procedure will be activated on the notification of the Medical Advisor or alternate, System R.N., that an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been declared.
* CPIP-7.0 Page 7-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 7.0 MEDICAL ACTIVATION DUTIES EMPLOYEE HEALTH SERVICES ~
1.0 Required Actions 1.1 Implement Section 7 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory.   
CALL OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose    This procedure provides the necessary steps for the Medical Advisor, and/or alternate, System R.N., to report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center or when required, to the affected station Medical Treatment Center.
Activation    This procedure will be activated on the notification of the Medical Advisor or alternate, System R.N., that an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been declared.
1.0 Required Actions 1.1   Implement Section 7 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory.
 
CPIP-7.1 Page 7-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 7.1 MEDICAL ACTIVATION DUTIES EMPLOYEE HEALTH SERVICES
: 1) Medical Advisor and/or alternate (System R.N.) reports _to CERC.
: 2) Monitor medical care of injured/exposed persons and maintain a log that includes: (see attached information on the form shown on page 7-4)
: 3) Assist with interpretation of medical information and procurement of consultative medical services as needed and as requested by the Corporate Response Manager.
: 4) Notify the nuclear station physicians if local medical assistance is needed .
*          (1)
(2)
North Anna:
Surry:
Beaverdam Family Physicians Dr. Sherrod Smithfield Medical Clinic Dr. Longford
: 5) If injured/exposed person needs emergency hospital care, notify the:
(1) MCV Hospital Superintendent (after hours, telepage will answer and have superintendent return the call), and (2)  Radiation Safety Office (Dean Braga)
(after hours and emergency number:
Information needed for other hospitals in the appropriate Station areas is located on page 7-5.
Enter on the log the name and title of person notified and the time.
: 6) Have administrative personnel services team runner obtain name, address and phone number of the injured person's next of kin.
Supply this information to the Medical Advisor .
* Record on the log the name and relationship of the notified and the time.
family member
 
CPIP-7.1 Page 7-3 03-01-90 FLOW SHEET LOG OF INJURED/CONTAMINATED NUCLEAR POWER STATION EMPLOYEES TIME OF CALL:                            DATE: - - - - - - -
NAME:                                    TIME OF INJURY:
INJURY:
CONTAMINATION:
TRANSPORT:    ( ) NO  ( ) YES      TO:
MODE OF TRANSPORT:    ( ) VIRGINIA POWER AMB.      ( ) HELICOPTER
( ) PUBLIC AMB.              ( )
TIME LEFT STATION:                        DATE:
                                                    -------
EXPECTED ARRIVAL TIME:                    DATE:
*
*
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 7.1 MEDICAL ACTIVATION DUTIES EMPLOYEE HEALTH SERVICES CPIP-7.1 Page 7-2 03-01-90 1) Medical Advisor and/or alternate (System R.N.) reports _to CERC. 2) Monitor medical care of injured/exposed persons and maintain a log that includes: (see attached information on the form shown on page 7-4) 3) Assist with interpretation of medical information and procurement of consultative medical services as needed and as requested by the Corporate Response Manager. 4) Notify the nuclear station physicians if local medical assistance is needed . (1) North Anna: Beaverdam Family Physicians Dr. Sherrod (2) Surry: Smithfield Medical Clinic Dr. Longford 5) If injured/exposed person needs emergency hospital care, notify the: (1) MCV Hospital Superintendent (after hours, telepage will answer and have superintendent return the call), and (2) Radiation Safety Office (Dean Braga) (after hours and emergency number: Information needed for other hospitals in the appropriate Station areas is located on page 7-5. Enter on the log the name and title of person notified and the time. 6) Have administrative personnel services team runner obtain name, address and phone number of the injured person's next of kin. Supply this information to the Medical Advisor . Record on the log the name and relationship of the family member notified and the time.
                                                    --------
* CPIP-7.1 Page 7-3 03-01-90 FLOW SHEET LOG OF INJURED/CONTAMINATED NUCLEAR POWER STATION EMPLOYEES TIME OF CALL: DATE: -------NAME: TIME OF INJURY: INJURY: CONTAMINATION:
TIME MCV NOTIFIED:
TRANSPORT: ( ) NO ( ) YES TO: MODE OF TRANSPORT: ( ) VIRGINIA POWER AMB. ( ) PUBLIC AMB. ( ) HELICOPTER ( ) TIME LEFT STATION: EXPECTED ARRIVAL TIME: TIME MCV NOTIFIED:
OFFICIAL NOTIFIED:   ( ) MCV SUPT.           ( ) RADIATION SAFT. OFFICER ACTUAL PATIENT ARRIVAL TIME:               DATE:
OFFICIAL NOTIFIED: ( ) MCV SUPT. ACTUAL PATIENT ARRIVAL TIME: MCV DIAGNOSIS:
MCV DIAGNOSIS:
MCV TREATMENT: ( ) ADMITTED ( ) OTHERS NOTIFIED:
MCV TREATMENT:
FAMILY NOTIFICATION:
( ) ADMITTED     ( ) RELEASED    TIME:        DATE:
_(Name) TIME: (Address)
OTHERS NOTIFIED:
DATE: _(Phone) DATE: -------DATE: --------( ) RADIATION SAFT. OFFICER DATE: RELEASED TIME: DATE: (Relation)
FAMILY NOTIFICATION: _(Name)                           (Relation)
R.N. M.D.
TIME:               (Address)
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN HOSPITAL TELEPHONE NUMBERS University of Virginia Hospital Charlottesville, VA Mary Washington Hospital Fredericksburg, VA Culpeper Memorial Hospital Culpeper, VA Medical College of Virginia Richmond, VA Norfolk Sentra Hospital Norfolk, VA DePau l Hospital Norfolk, VA Leigh Memorial Hospital Norfolk, VA Riverside Regional Medical Center Newport News, VA Newport News General Hospital Newport News, VA Mary Immaculate Hospital Newport News, VA U.S. Naval Hospital Portsmouth, VA Maryview Hospital Portsmouth, VA Portsmouth General Hospital Portsmouth, VA Virginia Beach General Hospital Virginia Beach, VA Hampton Sentra Hospital Hampton, VA Chesapeake General Hospital Chesapeake, VA (Louise) Obici Memorial Hospital Suffolk, VA CPIP-7.1 Page 7-4 03-01-90
DATE:             _(Phone)
* PROTOCOL FOR USE OF HELICOPTER EMERGENCY AIR TRANSPORT SERVICE CPIP-7.1 Page 7-5 03-01-90 A helicopter should be used for transporting injured persons when life or limb is severely threatened and time is of the essence. It is estimated that the time necessary for removal of the injured from the site of the injury to an appropriate medical facility would be reduced by 30 to 60 minutes depending on weather conditions and traffic congestion.
R.N.     M.D.
The helicopter will carry a maximum of two injured persons. Therefore, the following recommendations are submitted as guidelines for the appropriate use of the helicopter emergency transport service: 1. A critically injured patient with rapidly deteriorating vital signs, severe brain injury, intra-cavity hemorrhage, heat stroke, or progressive shock unresponsive to first aid measures on site. 2. Any severely mangled or amputated extremity where there is a possibility of salvage through reconstructive surgery . In situations where there are multiple casulties, it is important to reserve the helicopter for those in the above categories.
 
It is highly improbable that either the nature or degree of radiation exposure would be a significant factor in determining whether or not a helicopter should be used. The most convenient helicopter services available in our service area are as follows: Surry North Anna Richmond Nightingale (Norfolk)
CPIP-7.1 Page 7-4 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN HOSPITAL TELEPHONE NUMBERS University of Virginia Hospital Charlottesville, VA Mary Washington Hospital Fredericksburg, VA Culpeper Memorial Hospital Culpeper, VA Medical College of Virginia Richmond, VA Norfolk Sentra Hospital Norfolk, VA DePau l Hospital Norfolk, VA Leigh Memorial Hospital Norfolk, VA
Call EVMS at or Pegasus (Charlottesville)
* Riverside Regional Medical Center Newport News, VA Newport News General Hospital Newport News, VA Mary Immaculate Hospital Newport News, VA U.S. Naval Hospital Portsmouth, VA Maryview Hospital Portsmouth, VA Portsmouth General Hospital Portsmouth, VA Virginia Beach General Hospital Virginia Beach, VA Hampton Sentra Hospital Hampton, VA Chesapeake General Hospital Chesapeake, VA (Louise) Obici Memorial Hospital Suffolk, VA
Call Univ. of Virginia at or Med Flight (Richmond)
 
CPIP-7.1 Page 7-5 03-01-90 PROTOCOL FOR USE OF HELICOPTER EMERGENCY AIR TRANSPORT SERVICE A helicopter should be used for transporting injured persons when life or limb is severely threatened and time is of the essence.
It is estimated that the time necessary for removal of the injured from the site of the injury to an appropriate medical facility would be reduced by 30 to 60 minutes depending on weather conditions and traffic congestion. The helicopter will carry a maximum of two injured persons.
Therefore, the following recommendations are submitted as guidelines for the appropriate use of the helicopter emergency transport service:
: 1. A critically injured patient with rapidly deteriorating vital signs, severe brain injury, intra-cavity hemorrhage, heat stroke, or progressive shock unresponsive to first aid measures on site.
: 2. Any severely mangled or amputated extremity where there is           a possibility of salvage through reconstructive surgery .
* In situations where there are multiple casulties, it is important to reserve the helicopter for those in the above categories.     It is highly improbable that either the nature or degree of radiation exposure would be a significant factor in determining whether or not a helicopter should be used.
The most convenient helicopter services available in our service area       are as follows:
Surry               Nightingale (Norfolk)
Call EVMS at or North Anna          Pegasus (Charlottesville)
Call Univ. of Virginia at or Richmond            Med Flight (Richmond)
Call Virginia EOC at or MCV at Helicopter range is 125 miles so that all of our service areas are within reach of one or more of the helicopter services mentioned above.
Call Virginia EOC at or MCV at Helicopter range is 125 miles so that all of our service areas are within reach of one or more of the helicopter services mentioned above.
* CPIP-7.1 Page 7-6 03-01-90 Other helicopter services available within or in close proximity to our service areas include the following:
 
Dare County EMS Med Star Duke Life Flight Life Guard 10 Manteo, NC Washington, DC Durham, NC Roanoke, VA
CPIP-7.1 Page 7-6 03-01-90 Other helicopter services available within or in close proximity to our service areas include the following:
* CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 8.0 REVISION OF CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN MANUAL CPIP 8.0 Page 8-1 03-01-90 1.0 Purpose The CERP manual is revised semi-annually.
Dare County EMS         Manteo, NC Med Star                Washington, DC Duke Life Flight        Durham, NC Life Guard 10            Roanoke, VA
This process keeps personnel, procedures, and basic information current. The CERP Telephone Directory is maintained separately from this document and is revised quarterly.
* CPIP 8.0 Page 8-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 8.0 REVISION OF CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN MANUAL 1.0 Purpose The CERP manual is revised semi-annually. This process keeps personnel, procedures, and basic information current. The CERP Telephone Directory is maintained separately from this document and is revised quarterly.
2.0 Responsibility 3.0 The revision is the responsibility of Emergency Planning.
2.0 Responsibility The revision is the responsibility of Emergency Planning. The Corporate Team leaders provide the information for semi-annual revisions.
The Corporate Team leaders provide the information for semi-annual revisions.
3.0 Revisions The CERP is reviewed by the Emergency Planning Department staff and posted
Revisions The CERP is reviewed by the Emergency Planning Department staff and posted to a working copy of the current version. The manual revision is submitted to the printing department and the revised pages are returned to Emergency Planning for distribution to manual holders. 4.0 Manual Retention Team managers and their alternates, assigned major roles in the plan, receive controlled manuals. It is the responsibility of the manual holder to update his copies and return the acknowledgment form sent ~ith all revisions to Records Management, Innsbrook, Ground Floor. The manuals are controlled documents and are subject to audit by the Quality Assurance auditing group and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
* to a working copy of the current version. The manual revision is submitted to the printing department and the revised pages are returned to Emergency Planning for distribution to manual holders.
4.0 Manual Retention Team managers and their alternates, assigned major roles in the plan, receive controlled manuals. It is the responsibility of the manual holder to update his copies and return the acknowledgment form sent ~ith all revisions to Records Management, Innsbrook, Ground Floor. The manuals are controlled documents and are subject to audit by the Quality Assurance auditing group and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
It is the responsibility of the team leader or his designee to keep his roster current and to advise members of any changes in personnel assignments or telephone changes that occur between revisions.
It is the responsibility of the team leader or his designee to keep his roster current and to advise members of any changes in personnel assignments or telephone changes that occur between revisions.
5.0 Personnel Reassignment Any personnel assignment or reassignment should be submitted to the Director-Corporate Emergency Planning on the form located in the CPIP-9.0 section, page 9-2.
5.0 Personnel Reassignment Any personnel assignment or reassignment should be submitted to the Director-Corporate Emergency Planning on the form located in the CPIP-9.0 section, page 9-2.
* 6.0 Manual Return and Reassignment CPIP 8.0 Page 8-2 03-01-90 There is also a place for reporting the return of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan manual. Manuals are not to be au~omatically passed along to a new team member. The return and reassignment of the manual should follow the procedure listed below: 1. Return manuals with the form mentioned above in Section CPIP-9.0 the Emergency Planning group at the Innsbrook Technical Center, 2 SE. 2. Individual will be removed from distribution list, manual list, and purged from the assigned position in the plan. 3. Manual number will be reassigned to new team member and manual will be distributed to the appropriate individual.
 
It is necessary to follow this procedure for proper document control. These fonns are subject to audit by the Quality Assurance department and the Nuclear Regulatory Corrmission .
CPIP 8.0 Page 8-2 03-01-90 6.0 Manual Return and Reassignment There is also a place for reporting the return of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan manual. Manuals are not to be au~omatically passed along to a new team member. The return and reassignment of the manual should follow the procedure listed below:
Purpose CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 9.0 REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL CPIP-9.0 Page 9-1 03-01-90 This procedure is followed to remove personnel from the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and make provisions for the appropriate replacement.
: 1. Return manuals with the form mentioned above in Section CPIP-9.0 the Emergency Planning group at the Innsbrook Technical Center, 2 SE.
Removal To be removed from the Corporate Emergency Response Plan, a participant must obtain approval from their Corporate Emergency Team Leader and the Director-Emergency Planning. (See the form on page 9-2). A replacement will be designated and training for the position provided in accordance with Section 9 of the CERP.
: 2. Individual will be removed from distribution list, manual list, and purged from the assigned position in the plan.
---------------------,------------------~  
: 3. Manual number will be reassigned to new team member and manual will be distributed to the appropriate individual.
---1 ''* To: Director -Emergency Planning From: Date: CERP Pas it ion CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL  
It is necessary to follow this procedure for proper document control.
--------------------
These fonns are subject to audit by the Quality Assurance department and the Nuclear Regulatory Corrmission .
Presently Performed By -----------------
* CPIP-9.0 Page 9-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 9.0 REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL Purpose This procedure is followed to remove personnel from the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and make provisions for the appropriate replacement.
Reason for Removal ------------------
Removal To be removed from the Corporate Emergency Response Plan, a participant must obtain approval     from their Corporate Emergency Team Leader and the Director-Emergency Planning. (See the form on page 9-2). A replacement will be designated and training for the position provided in accordance with Section 9 of the CERP.
Turnover Completed  
 
------------------
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - -1 CPIP-9.0 Page 9-2 03-01-90 To:   Director - Emergency Planning From:
Date ----------
Date:
CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL CERP Pas it ion
                            --------------------
Presently Performed By
                                    -----------------
Reason for Removal
                                ------------------
~
''*
Turnover Completed
                                ------------------
Date
                  ----------
Approvals:
Approvals:
CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM LEADER CPIP-9.0 Page 9-2 03-01-90}}
CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM LEADER}}

Revision as of 00:26, 21 October 2019

Forwards Rev 0 to Corporate Emergency Response Plan & Revs to Corporate Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, Including Rev 0 to CPIP-1.0,CPIP-2.0,CPIP-2.1,CPIP-2.2, CPIP-2.3,CPIP-2.4,CPIP-2.5,CPIP-2.6,CPIP-3.0 & CPIP-3.1
ML18151A409
Person / Time
Site: Surry, North Anna  Dominion icon.png
Issue date: 11/15/1990
From: Stewart W
VIRGINIA POWER (VIRGINIA ELECTRIC & POWER CO.)
To:
NRC OFFICE OF INFORMATION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (IRM)
Shared Package
ML18151A410 List:
References
90-682, NUDOCS 9011280273
Download: ML18151A409 (184)
v • d • e


Text

. ..

November 15, 1990 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Serial No.90-682 Attention: Document Control Desk NO/SAH/acm Washington, D.C. 20555 ' Docket Nos. 50-280 50-281 50-338 50-339 Gentlemen: License Nos. DPR-32 DPR-37 VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY NPF-4 SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 NPF-7 NORTH ANNA POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 REVISION TO CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN REVISION TO CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(q), Virginia Electric and Power Company hereby submits a revision to the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Manual. This revision, dated October 15, 1990, updates the previous submittals of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures.

This revision does not decrease the effectiveness of our Emergency Plan and the plan, as revised, continues to meet the standards of 10 CFR 50.47(b).

W. L. St wart Senior President-Nuclear Enclosures cc: U. s. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (4 copies) 101 Marietta Street, N.W.

Suite 2900

  • Atlanta, GA 30323 Mr. M. s. Lesser NRC Senior Resident Inspector North Anna Power station Mr. William E. Holland NRC Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station 9011 :2E:027:3 901.11!:i PDR

.. ' ADOCK CJ!=innn*::**=*n

- - - -F*B{

  • 1--

.

,. '

  • VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY REVISIONS TO CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN AND CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Enclosed are recently revisions to the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures. Please take the following actions in order to keep your manual updated with the most recent revisions.

Remove and Destroy Dated Insert Corrected Copy Dated Entire contents of 03/01/90 Entire contents of 10/15/90 Corporate Emergency Corporate Emergency Response Plan Response Plan All Corporate Plan 03/01/90 All Corporate Plan 10/15/90 Implementing Implementing Procedures* Procedures CPIP 3.2, previously dated 08/01/90, is also included in this revision and must be replaced with the 10/15/90 version.

Emergency Plan Privacy and Proprietary Material has been removed.

Reference Generic Letter No. 81-27.

CERP Page i-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN POLICY STATEMENT The Corporate Emergency Response Plan establishes the guidelines of responsibility, authority, actions and resources required to cope with emergency situations that may arise at North Anna or Surry Power Stations.

It is the policy of Virginia Power to vigorously pursue a program of Emergency Preparedness in support of our nuclear power stations. This Emergency Response Plan complies with the standards of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and is compatible with existing plans of Local, State, Federal and other organizations that respond or provide assistance  :,;

duri-ng-. a-r1- emergency. Virginia Power requires compliance with this Plan.

W. L. Stewart Senior Vice President-Nuclear

  • ___J

CERP Page i-2 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS Section No.

i Subject Index 1.0 Definitions 2.0 Scope and Applicability 3.0 Surrrnary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan 4.0 Emergency Conditions 5.0 Organizational Controls 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities 7.0 Recovery 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 9.0 General Training Guide

  • VIRGINIA POWER CERP Page 1-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS Part Subject Page 1.0 Definitions 1.2
  • CERP Page 1-2
  • 1. 0 Definitions 1.1 03-01-90 CERC - Corporate Emergency Response Center located on the ground floor, Innsbrook Technical Center in Glen Allen, Virginia.

1.2 CERP - Corporate Emergency Response Plan, the plan that describes the Corporate Emergency Response organization.

1.3 CERT - Corporate Emergency Response Team, teams of emergency response personnel that staff the Corporate Emergency Response organization.

1.4 Company - Virginia Power.

1.5 CPIP - Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures, the emergency procedures that implement the Corporate Plan.

1.6 CR - Control Room, the main control center at the station.

1.7 EAL - Emergency Action Levels, station events upon which emergency classifications are based.

1.8 Emergency Classifications:

Notification of Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency 1.9 EPIP - Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures, emergency procedures that implement the Station Emergency Plan.

I.IO ERF - Emergency Response Facilities, emergency facilities that are staffed upon declaration of an emergency classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency to include CR, TSC, OSC, LEOF, CERC, JPIC, LMC .

  • 1.11 ERFCS - Emergency Response Facility Computer System, a computer system that provides plant status to the major Emergency Response facilities.
  • CERP Page 1-3 03-01-90 1.12 JPIC - Joint Public Information Center, a part of the Corporate Emergency Response Center responsible for providing timely and accurate information, concerning an emergency, to the media.

1.13 L_EOF - Local Emergency Operations Facility, an Emergency Response facility at the station where Virginia Power, State and Federal officials assess station operating conditions, offsite radiological conditions and make protective action recommendations based on those conditions.

1.14 LMC - Local Media Center, nearsite location where members of the media can be briefed by Federal, State and Virginia Power representatives.

1.15 Nearsite - Within the site boundary area, but beyond the protected area.

1.16 Offsite - Beyond the site boundary.

1.17 Onsite - Within the protected area, surrounded by security fence.

1.18 DSC Operational Support Center, onsite ERF designated as a staging area for emergency response support personnel.

1.19 Protected Area - The immediate.area around the station which has construction completed and is enclosed by a fence.

1.20 Site Boundary - That property boundary beyond which the land is not owned, or controlled by the licensee.

1.21 TSC - Technical Support Center, an Emergency Response Facility, located adjacent to the station control room, which contains instrumentation that provides station status to responsible personnel during an emergency.

CERP Page 2-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 2 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY Part Subject Page 2.0 Scope and Applicability 2.2

  • CERP Page 2-2 03-01-90 2.0 Scope and Applicability The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) establishes the fundamental guidelines necessary for the response to and mitigation of emergency events that may occur at the North Anna or Surry Power Station.

Included are provisions to commit Company resources to the response effort, to allow deviation from standard policy and to provide long term recovery support. The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) is also designed to ensure compatibility with the planning efforts of offsite organizations which may provide assistance in the event of an emergency.

The basic purpose of the Plan is to establish a corporate emergency response organization which will support the affected station with respect to emergency management and resources, and to provide facilities, equipment, and services necessary for recovery.

The ultimate goal is to ensure the protection of the health and safety of the general public during unusual or emergency conditions.

The organizational framework of the CERP dictat~s that the Corporate Response Manager is responsible for implementation of this plan .

  • VIRGINIA POWER CERP Page 3-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 3

SUMMARY

OF CERP Part Subject Page 3.0 Summary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan 3.2 3.1 Organizational Structure 3.3

  • CERP Page 3-2 03-01-90 3.0 Summary of Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP)

The types of emergencies at the nuclear stations are divided into four classifications covering a broad spectrum of potential occurrences. The classifications range from 11 Notification of Unusual Event 11 in which offsite officials are notified of an unusual condition, through 11 General Emergency 11 in which a potential or actual threat to the Health and Safety of the public exist. These classifications are compatible with the applicable State and local government emergency plans.

The CERP which is implemented at an 11 Alert 11 or higher classification, provides a mechanism for supporting the station response effort, including determination of offsite radiological conditions and establishing recovery operations. The CERP also provides additional support if the emergency is of such a magnitude that Company resources are overextended. Such support may. be additional manpower to augment the station's operating staff, manpower in specialized disciplines, and specialized emergency response equipment and services.

Upon activation of the CERP, the Corporate Response Manager directs operation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), while the Recovery Manager directs LEOF operations and serves as a liaison between the station and CERC.

Concurrent with the activation. of the CERC, the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) Director will report to the JPIC in the cafeteria at the Innsbrook Technical Center to coordinate activation. and management of the JPIC.

CERP Page 3-3

  • 03-01-90 Official news releases to the media, including briefings by the Chief Technical Spokesman, are made from the JPIC. Following approval by the Corporate Response Manager, press releases are distributed to the media and to the Local Media Center for distribution to news personnel assembled at that facility. Questions from the general public concerning the event are addressed from the Public News Center, which is a part of the JPIC faci 1i ty.

3.1 Organizational Structure The organizational structure for the Corporate Emergency Response Center, the Local Emergency Operations Facility and the Joint Public Information Center is provided in Sections 3.1.1, 3.1.2 and 3.1.3, respectively, of this plan. Each of the above sections contains functional

  • position descriptions support the facility, of the emergency response followed by organizational positions required to charts depicting organizational hierarchy and the position required for facility activation.

the Both 11 minimum 11 and 11 fully activated" charts are provided, where the 11 minimum 11 chart depicts the organization required for irrmediate staffing.

The 11 fully-staffed 11 chart shows the augmented organization which. is established to provide maximum support of the stations' needs.

A matrix indicating those Company personnel who are assigned to fill these positions is maintained on file by the Corporate Emergency Planning department .

--

  • CERP Page 3-4 03-01-90 3.1.1. Corporate Emergency Response Center Functional Descriptions A. Corporate Response Manager The_ Corporate Response Manager* assumes overall control and operation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center, and is responsible for:

0 Allocating the use of company re?ources to aid the affected station in the mitigation of and recovery from an accident.

0 Activation of the Corporate Emergency Response Center.

0 Ensuring CERC functional positions are adequately staffed to support the affected station.

0 Ensuring resources requested are dispatched efficiently and timely.

0 Directing transition of CERP personnel functions from response to recovery operations upon event termination.

B. Administrative Services Manager The Administrative Services Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:

0 Providing the needed clerical support for the CERC to function efficiently.

0 Handling all arrangements for travel, lodging and meals for those needed to support station and corporate response.

0 Functioning as the Purchasing Agent with responsibility for contract negotiation/administration and material control.

0 Administering petty cash funds, expense accounts and establishing emergency account numbers.

0 Providing for food deliveries, operation of field kitchens (if necessary) and for trash disposal.

0 Providing manpower, both technical and craft disciplines, as needed and providing labor relations assistance, as required.

0 Staffing the motor pool facility and providing vehicles for the response organization.

0 Providing adequate sanitation facilities for onsite and offsite response personnel.

0 Providing security personnel, as needed, to maintain station security and offsite response organization security.

0 Establishing a 24-hour shift schedule as necessary.

0 Coordinating the transmission of approved news releases over the Nuclear Network System.

  • 0 Providing management direction to the following positions:

0 Clerical Support Staff 0

CERC Communicator 0

Technical Library Coordinator

  • CERP Page 3-5 03-01-90 0

TelecolTITiunications Coordinator 0

Computer Services Coordinator 0

Procurement Services Coordinator 0

Accets Control Staff C. Technical Support Manager The Technical Support Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:

0 Ensuring station conditions are analyzed and guidance developed (if necessary) for core and system protection.

0 Supporting the station by developing procedures to support operations (if necessary).

0 Assisting in analyzing instrumentation and control problems.

0 Coordinating installation of short term instrumentation and control modifications.

0 Reviewing and assessing radiological controls in effect at the stations.

0 Analyzing and coordinating waste management controls and plans .

0

. Performing dose assessment calculations as backup to the stations.

0 Resolving questions concerning operating license requirements.

0 Providing management direction to the following positions:

0 Radiological Control and Waste Management 0

Reactor Core Analysis 0

Safety Analysis 0

Operations Support 0

SPDS 0

Licensing 0

Chemistry 0

Meteorology D. Medical Advisor The Medical Advisor reports to the Corporate Response Manager and

  • is responsible for:

0 Alerting appropriate personnel, internal and external to the company, to coordinate medical activities.

0 Notifying MCV/VCU if radiation exposure and/or contamination is involved in any injury case.

0 Monitoring the medical handling of injured/exposed persons.

0 Notifying MCV/VCU of any contaminated injury victims being transported to MCV/VCU regarding estimated time of arrival, number of cases, and medical condition.

0 Establishing contact with families of injured persons and keeping them updated.

CERP Page 3-6

  • 03-01-90 0

Assisting with interpretation of medical information and procurement of consultation medical services as requested by the Corporate Response Manager.

E. Plan/Design/Construction Manager The Plan/Design/Construction Manager reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:

0 Providing the direct contact between Virginia Power Company, the A/E, the NSSS supplier and other equipment suppliers for all design changes and/or needed assistance.

0 Directing, coordinating and approving engineering, design and construction activities onsite as needed.

0 Coordinating In-house Engineering Reviews and Design efforts utilizing the Virginia Power PES Staff (if needed).

0 Determining the need for construction of new facilities onsite in order to mitigate and/or recover from an accident.

0 Establishing which engineering design and construction activities, if any, shall conform to utility formal requirements or be documented by the utility Quality Assurance procedures.

0 Providing management direction to the following positions:

0 Power Station Engineering Director 0

Power Station Construction Director 0

Consultant and Equipment Support Director 0

Recovery Operations Planning Coordinator F. Chief Technical Spokesman The Chief Technical Spokesman reports to the Corporate Response Manager and is responsible for:

0 Serving as the official company spokesperson during CERP activation.

0 Responding to technical inqu1r1es from the news media.

0 Ensuring that statements issued to the media are technically correct and factual.

0 Conducting press briefings.

0 Coordinating reviews with the Corporate Response Manager or Recovery Manager to ensure that press releases are accurate.

0 Reporting changes in emergency status to the media (i.e.

classification upgrades).

0 Advising the JPIC Director and/or Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator of changes in emergency status.

  • G. JPIC Director Responsibilities are delineated under the JPIC Organization Functional Description.
  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTER
  • Minimum Organization For Activation CORPORATE

RESPONSE

MANAGER (1)

I I I I ADMIN. TECHNICAL JPIC CHIEF PLAN/DESIGN/

SERVICES SUPPORT DIRECTOR TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MANAGER SPOKESMAN MANAGER (1) (1 ) (1) (1) (1)

(1)- RX. ENGINEER

( 1 ) - CLERICAL SUPPORT (1)- HPTECH.

( 1 ) - CERC COMMUNIC.

(1)- SAFETY ASSESS.

(1) - SPDS f\OTE: .

1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE.
2. MINIMUM ORGANIZATION EQUALS 12 PEOPLE.

~~Q 0

' <O CD JJ "U

..... w

'

(!)

'

--J 0

  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTER Fully Staffed Organization
  • CORPORATE

RESPONSE

MANAGER (1)

I I I I ADMIN. TECHNICAL JPIC CHIEF PLAN/DESIGN/

SERVICES SUPPORT DIRECTOR TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MANAGER SPOKESMAN MANAGER (1) (1) ( 1) (1) (1)

( 3 ) - CLERICAL SUPPORT ( 1) - RX. ENGINEER

+

SEE PRESENT (1}- CONSULTANT AND EQUIP.

SUPPORT DIRECTOR

. ( 1 ) ._ CERC COMMUNIC. ( 1 ) ._ HP TECH. ORGANIZATION

( 1 } ._ POWER STATION ENGINEERING

( 1 ) ._ TECH. LIBRARY ( 1 ) ._ SAFETY ANALYSIS DIRECTOR CCX)A[)INATffi

( 1) - SPDS ( 1 }- POWER STATION CONSTRUCTION

( 2 ) ._ TELECOMMUNICATIONS ( 1 ) _ LICENSING MEDiCAL DIRECTOR (1} ADVISOR 1

( 1 } ._ COMPUTER SERVICES 1 ( ) -- RECOVERY OPERATIONS

( }- CHEMISTRY PLANNING COORDINATOR

( 1 } ._ PROCUREMENT SERVICES ( 1 } ._ OPS SUPPORT

( 1 )- METEOROLOGICAL I\OTE:

1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO FULLY STAFF.

~JQ I co II 0 CD "0

_._ w I I (0 00 0

The Recovery Manager assumes overall control of LEOF operations and functions. The Recovery Manager is responsible for:

0 Ensuring that necessary personne] are available to staff functional positions within the LEOF.

0 Directing, supervising, and coordinating LEOF activities.

0 Assessing and providing protective action recommendations to offsite authorities.

0 Notifying state and 1oca l governments of

  • the emergency status and any changes in a timely manner.

0 Providing prompt and accurate information to the Corporate Emergency Response Center.

0 Working with state and federal agency representatives located in the LEOF.

0 Ensuring that prompt and accurate dose assessments are performed.

  • 0 Working with the Station Emergency Manager to determine the need to escalate or de-escalate the Emergency Classification.

0 Arranging for special assistance or services requested by the affected station.

B. Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC)

The RAC reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:

0 Dose assessment staffing and operations.

0 Ensuring dose assessment computer equipment operability.

0 Directing field team radio operator activities.

0 Dispatching Offsite Field Team members, as necessary.

0 Tracking the dose of Offsite Field Team members.

0 Projecting offsite does.

0 Obtaining weather forecasts, as necessary.

0 Correlating offsite survey data with off-site dose projections.

0 Formulating protective action recommendations (PAR's).

0 Briefing Recovery Manager on radiological conditions and PAR's.

0 Tracking the plume.

0 Ensuring LEOF habitability.

0 Positioning TLD's throughout LEOF (if required).

  • 0 Ensuring LEOF HVAC is functioning properly and is in the correct mode of operation.

0 Assessing core damage estimates (if applicable).

0 Identifying any supplemental resources needed.

  • C. Field Team Radio Operator CERP Page 3-10 03-01-90 The Field Team Radio Operator reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for:

0 Ensuring the plant radio is properly used.

0 Maintaining communications with the offsite field teams.

0 Transmitting and receiving information to and from the offsite field teams.

0 Ensuring that information which is transmitted and/or received is correct.

0 Providing direction to the offsite field teams.

0 Conveying the RAC's instructions to the field teams.

0 Providing plume direction information to the field teams(s).

0 Assisting in correlation of field measured doses to calculated projected doses.

D. Offsite Field Teams The Offsite Field Team members are comprised of H.P. (and Chemistry) personnel. These personne 1 report to the RAC and a re responsible for:

0 Performing dose rate measurements off the plant site.

0 Performing air samples off the plant site.

0 Collecting soil samples.

0 Changing out TLD' s and filters at fixed stations ( if applicable).

0 Reading and interpreting survey maps.

0 Understanding and interpreting points on the Emergency Plan Map (10 mile radius).

0 Maintaining communications with the field team radio operator.

E. Dose Assessment Staff The Dose Assessment Staff reports to the RAC and is responsible for:

0 Setting up the Dose Assessment Computer and verifying proper operation.

0 Contacting the Radiological Assessment Director in the TSC (as necessary).

0 Ensuring all calibration curves, factors, etc. are correct prior to making dose projections.

  • 0 Inputing present radiological and meteorological information into the computer and running dose projections.

0 Inputing necessary information to run core damage calculations, if necessary.

0 Providing continuous dose projections.

0 Utilizing actual field measurement numbers and comparing to dose projections.

CERP Page 3-11 03-01-90 F. HPN Communicator The Health Physics Network Communicator reports to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and is responsible for:

0 Establishing and maintaining contact with the NRC on the Health Physics Network.

0 Transmitting correct and accurate information regarding Dose Projections and Offsite Field Measurements to the NRC.

0 Staying updated on radiological conditions in the plant, dose projections and offsite field measurements.

G. Emergency Plan Advisor The Emergency Plan Advisor reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:

0 Advising the Recovery Manager on Emergency Action Levels and Emergency Classifications.

0 Advising the Recovery Manager on Protective Action

  • Recommendations .

0 Coordinating with the Operations Support Coordinator on Emergency Action Levels.

0 Advising the Recovery Manager on any questions regarding the Emergency Plan.

H. Operations Support Coordinator The Operations Support Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:

0 Advising the Recovery Manager on unit conditions and methods being implemented to mitigate the incident and progress.

0 Coordinating with the Emergency Plan Advisor on present and potential Emergency Action Levels and Protective Action Recommendations.

0 Assisting in the development of the Recovery Plan after incident mitigation.

0 Coordinating with the Recovery Manager in interfacing with the NRC representative in the LEOF (if applicable).

0 Monitoring plant conditions using ERFCS.

0 Ensuring the staffing of and providing direction to:

0 TSC Communicator Position 0

CERC Communicator Position 0

State/Local Communicator Position

  • I. LEOF Services Coordinator CERP Page 3-12 03-01-90 The LEOF Services Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:

0 Tracking and staffing of LEOF personnel.

0 Providing scheduling of relief shifts, as necessary.

0 Controlling procurement and ordering supplies.

0 Obtaining procedures from library or document control, as necessary.

0 Verifying telecopiers operational.

0 Coordinating any necessary travel arrangements with CERC Administrative personnel.

0 Ensuring food is available for LEOF personnel.

0 Ensuring sanitation facilities are available for LEOF personnel.

0 Distributing information/instructional packets in the LEOF (if necessary).

0 Managing activities performed by the LEOF Office Services Coordinator and Services Staff.

J. LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator The LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:

0 Maintaining the operability of the Communication systems within the ERF's.

0 Coordinating the installation of additional communications as necessary.

0 Implementing system repairs as necessary.

0 Monitoring siren control system status.

K. LEOF Technical Advisor The LEOF Technical Advisor reports to the Joint Public Information Center Director and is responsible for:

0 Ensuring the JPIC Director receives the latest technical information regarding the incident.

0 Ensuring that the Recovery Manager reviews and approves (by initialling) potential news releases formulated at the JPIC .

  • CERP Page 3-13 03-01-90 L. LEOF ERCS Operator The LEOF ERCS Operator reports to the Recovery Manager and is responsible for:

0 Providing assistance to LEOF personnel regarding use of the ERCS.

0 Coordinating corrective actions* should problems with the ERCS arise .

  • Minimum Organization For Activation RECOVERY MANAGER (1) l l RADIOLOGICAL OPERATIONS ASSESSMENT SUPPORT

( 1) COORDINATOR ( 1 ) COORDINATOR 1

( 1) CERC COMMUNICATOR/

I I STATE AND LOCAL COMMUNICATOR FIELD DOSE HPN TEAM ASSESS.

RADIO ( ) COMMUNICATOR

__,_STAFF_ _ (1) 1

( 1 ) OPERATOR

.... RAD MET

'

OFFSITE FIELD TEAMS

._ HAND CALCS

- COMPUTER (MAIN FRAME) f\OTES:

NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE.

MINIMUM ORGANIZATION EQUALS 7 PEOPLE.

0 "1J 0 w m m

' <O :0 0 CD "1J

__. w

' __.

<D '

0 +>-

  • Fully Staffed Organization RECOVERY MANAGER (1)

I I I I I I RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS LEOF LEOF ASSESSMENT PLAN SUPPORT SERVICES LEOF TECH.

TELECOMM.

( 1) COORDINATOR ( 1) ADVISOR ( 1 ) COORDINATOR ADVISOR I ------- ( 1 ) ......TSC COMMUNICATOR (1) COORDINATOR (1)~C~O~O~R~D~.~( 1 )

( 1 ) '""" LEOF OFFICE I

SERVICES COORDINATOR FIELD DOSE ( 1 ) _CERC COv1MUNICATOR TEAM ASSESS. ( 3) - SERVICES STAFF RADIO STAFF ( 1 ) LsT ATE/LOCAL

( 1 ) OPERATOR r.nMUI INlr.AT()A (1) .... RAD MET

'

ERCS OFFSITE ( 1 ) .... HAND CALCS OPERATOR FIELD TEAMS ( 1 ) - COMPUTER (MAIN FRAME)

NOTES:

1. NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES INDICATE PERSONNEL FOR FULL STAFFING.

HPN 2. FULLY STAFFED ORGANIZATION EQUALS 20 PEOPLE.

(1 ) COMMUNICATOR

~

  • JI JJQ (0

0

. .

CD

..... c.>

<D .....

"U 0 01

CERP Page 3-16 03-01-90 3.1.3 Joint Public Information Center Functional Descriptions A. Joint Public Information Center Director The Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) Director assumes overall control for all media functions. The JPIC Director is responsible for:

0 Activation of the JPIC and operation of media response activities.

0 Ensuring all press releases have been approved by the Corporate Response Manager prior to release.

0 Ensuring that all public information representatives from Local, State and Federal agencies have been notified of impending news releases.

0 Providing for the prompt distribution of written press statements to the news media.

0 Providing for 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> staffing at the JPIC, LMC and LEOF (Media positions).

0 Providing non-technical information to the news media.

  • 0 Identifying those persons AUTHORIZED to make statements for the Company about the status of a station during an emergency.

0 Ensuring that MEDIA MONITORING and RUMOR CONTROL is updated and proper information is disseminated.

B. Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator The Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:

0 Maintaining familiarity with positions assigned to the Public Affair's portion of the CERP.

0 Ensuring that sufficient equipment and personnel are available to accomodate assigned responsibilities.

0 Assuming the role of the Public Affairs CERP Team Leader.

0 Coordinating changes to the Public Affair's portion of the CERP with the Emergency Planning Department.

C. LEOF Technical Advisor The LEOF Technical Advisor reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:

0 Reporting directly to the appropriate LEOF.

0 Providing technical information about the emergency to the JPIC.

0 Functioning as liaison between the LEOF and JPIC with regard to accuracy/approval of press releases.

0 Ensuring that Federal, State and local personnel in the LEOF understand technical aspects of information (press releases) being transmitted to the JPIC if deemed necessary.

CERP Page 3-17 03-01-90 D. Public Information Director The Public Information Director reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:

0 Ensuring emergency telephone banks in the JPIC and the Public Information Room are activated.

0 Maintaining a log of calls and inqu1r1es.

0 Supervising Public Information Specialists in distributing information to the press or public via the Public Information Room phone banks.

0 Ensuring that statements*released via telephone have been properly approved and are consistent with statements of the Chief Technical Spokesman.

0 Ensuring that the Investor Information Director and Government Information Director receive news releases.

E. OJRP Director The OJRP Director reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for:

0 Coordinating activities of OJRP media response personnel.

0 Ensuring that the media monitoring specialist and instant news coordinator receive the latest news releases.

F. Instant News Coordinator The Instant News Coordinator reports to the OJRP Director and is responsible for providing periodic news bulletins to company employees.

G. Media Monitoring Specialist The Media Monitoring Specialist reports to the OJRP Director and is responsible for:

0 Monitoring news reports concerning incident.

0 Reporting any inconsistencies between news reports and press releases to the OJRP Director.

0 Ensuring familiarization with official* company news releases.

H. Government Information Director The Government Information Director reports to the Public

  • Information Director and is responsible for providing up to date information to appropriate Federal, State and local government officials.

CERP Page 3-18 03-01-90 I. Investment Information Director The Investment Information Director reports to the Public Infonnation Director and is responsible for:

0 Providing current information to company shareholders and members of the financial community.

0 Preparing and distributing information releases to the financial news wires.

J. Public Infonnation Room Technical Advisor The Public Information Room Technical Advisor reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for:

0 Reporting directly to the Public Infonnation Room.

0 Providing technical information about the emergency event to the media.

0 Answering technical questions, unrelated to the incident, that are generated by the media.

K. Public Information Specialists Public Information Specialists report to the Public Information Director and are responsible for:

0 Staffing the Public Information Room telephone bank.

0 Ensuring that statements released via telephone are approved and are consistent with the press releases issued by the Chief Technical Spokesman.

L. Corporate Response Coordinators The Corporate Response Coordinators report to the Public Information Director and are responsible for:

0 Notifying Public Affairs CERT personnel that an emergency has occurred and that CERT activation is required.

0 Following completion of the above duties, the Corporate Response Coordinators report to either the OJRP or JPIC Director for additional assignments.

M. Headquarters Telephone Operator The Headquarters Telephone Operator reports to the Public Information Director and is responsible for:

0 Reporting to the main switchboard at corporate headquarters.

0 Referring calls regarding the emergency to the special public information number for the press and public.

CERP Page 3-19 03-01-90 N. Innsbrook News Team The Innsbrook News Team reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:

0 Ensuring press releases are distributed to AP, UPI, NRC, VOES, the OJRP Director and the Public Information Director.

0 Acting as liaison between the CERC and JPIC to keep JPIC personnel informed of ongoing ev~nts.

0 Assisting the media.

0. JPIC Computer Communications Specialist The JPIC Computer Communications Specialist reports to the Innsbrook News Team and assists with computer equipment set-up and use.

P. JPIC Clerk The JPIC Clerk reports to the Innsbrook News Team to assist in the distribution of press releases.

Q. JPIC Control Clerk The JPIC Control Clerk reports to the Innsbrook News Team and is responsible for:

0 Providing secretarial, cleriacal or other assistance which may be required.

0 Recording names and affiliations of persons who utilize the JPIC.

0 Ensuring that adequate secretarial supplies are available at the JPIC.

R. JPIC Technical Advisor The JPIC Technical Advisor reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for providing technical information and interpretation to JPIC personnel.

s. Videodisk Information Management System (VIMS) Operator The VIMS Operator reports to the JPIC Director and operates the Videodisk Information Management System. This system serves as a visual aid for the Chief Technical Spokesman when responding to media inquiries.

CERP Page 3-20 03-01-90 T. local Media Center (LMC) Director The LMC Director reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for:

0 0

Directing activation of the Local Media Center.

0 Distributing press releases to the media.

0 Responding to non-technical media inquiries.

Controlling evacuation of the LMC if required.

u. Local Media Center (LMC) Coordinator:

The LMC Coordinator reports to the LMC Director and is responsible for:

0 0

Activating the LMC.

0 Connecting telephones.

Establishing telecopier contact with various Public Affairs work areas.

V. Local Media Center (LMC) Assistant Coordinator The LMC Assistant Coordinator reports to the LMC Coordinator and is responsible for:

0 0

Assisting in secretarial, clerical and other duties.

Recording names and affiliations of media personnel who use the LMC.

JPIC ORGANIZATION

  • JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER {JPIC)

DIRECTOR I

I I PUBLIC AFFAIRS LEOF INNSBROOK LMC I I JPIC EMERGENCY TECHNICAL VIMS NEWS DIRECTOR TECHNICAL COORDINATOR ADVISOR OPERATOR TEAM ADVISOR PUBLIC

,---t INFORMATION JPIC LMC COORDINATOR DIRECTOR COMPUTER COMMUNICATION SPECIALIST

- INVESTOR INFORMATION DIRECTOR

-

Pl ROOM TECHNICAL ADVISOR JPIC CLERK LMC ASSISTANT COORDINATOR GOVERNMENT CORPORATE

... INFORMATION DIRECTOR - RESPONSE COORDINATOR JPIC

.__ CONTROL CLERK HEADQUARTERS TELEPHONE

~ OJRP OPERATOR DIRECTOR PUBLIC I

- INFORMATION INSTANT MEDIA -0

~

SPECIALISTS 0 NEWS MONITORING c.> Ill

' lO COORDINATOR SPECIALISTS 0 (I)

~ c.>

~~

0

  • CERP Page 4-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 4 EMERGENCY CONDITIONS Part Subject Page No.

4.0 Emergency Conditions 4.2 4.1 Classification System 4.2 4.2 State and Local Government Classification System 4.3 4.3 Spectrum of Postulated Accidents 4.4

  • CERP Page 4-2 03-01-90 4.0 Emergency Conditions The following guidelines describe the criteria used by station personnel in classifying or determining the type of emergency._ The types of potential accidents or emergencies can be numerous and vary in magnitude. The classification system is wide-ranged and flexible to respond to this diversity. There are a total of four classifications.

The classification system is not intended to include permissible deviations during normal operation.

4.1 Classification System 4.1.1 Notification of Unusual Event This is the first or lowest classification of an emergency .

  • Generally there have been little or no damage to station equipment and station status remains stable and under control. Corrective and assessment actions are required. Local and State agency notification occurs to assure that the first step in any response has been carried out. Notification also provides information to public officials and assists in ensuring that offsite communications are effective.

4.1.2 Alert Events are in progress or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the station. The Alert classification assures that emergency response personnel are available if the situation deteriorates or if

  • confirmatory radiation monitoring is required. Information concerning current station conditions is provided to public officials to assist in ensuring that offsite communications are operational.
  • CERP Page 4-3 03-01-90 4.1.3 Site Area Emergency Station events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or anticipated major failures of station functions necessary for public protection. The Site Area Emergency classification assures that response centers are manned and information for those personnel required for nearsite evacuation assistance is available~ Current station conditions are provided to public officials with consultation occurring promptly. The communications system and offsite agency response capabilities are activated.

4.1.4 General Emergency Events are in progress or have occurred which involve actual or

  • imminent core degradation or melting with containment integrity. The General predetermined protective actions for potential for loss Emergency warning initiates the public and of provides continuous assessment of information with appropriate radiation monitoring. Current information is provided to officials with appropriate notification to the news media.

4.2 State and Local Government Classification System The Commonwealth of Virginia Radiological Emergency Response Plan (COVRERP) defines two levels of projected radiological doses resulting from the release of radioactive materials from a fixed nuclear facility. Associated with these response levels are the pathways for communication and evacuation, if deemed necessary, in the 22t 0 primary downwind sector and the two adjacent boundary sectors within 10 miles of the station .

  • Provisions are in COVRERP for dose assessments within 50 miles of the station for the ingestion of radioactive material via the food pathway.
  • CERP Page 4-4 03-01-90 The projected radiation doses are:

GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. Exceeds 2 Rem Whole Body exposure or .. exceeds 12 Rem Thyroid exposure due to inhalation of radioactive material.

SITE AREA EMERGENCY

2. 0.5 Rem to 2.0 Rem Whole Body exposure or 1 to 12 Rem Thyroid exposure due to inhalation of radioactive material.

COVRERP's protective actions based on projected doses to the population-at-risk are based on approximately 50% of the projected doses recommended in Table 5.1 of the Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, EPA-520/1-75-001.

4.3 Spectrum of Postulated Accidents The following listing of potential emergency situations reflects the broad range of occurrences which are included in the station Plans. Emergencies could be created *or complicated as a result of natural phenomena such as earthquakes, high winds, excessive rainfall, large accumulations of hail, sleet, freezing rain, snow, or forest fires existing on or near the site.

Emergencies existing at an industrial complex could be injuries to personnel, equipment failures, fires, or explosions, loss of services (such as electrical power or phones), bomb threats or other civil disturbances, or the release of toxic materials.

Emergency situations or accidents peculiar to nuclear power stations could be the following:

1) small spills of radioactive liquid, 2) external contamination of personnel or personal effects with low quantities of radioactive materials,
3) unplanned or uncontrolled release of small quantities of radioactive
  • CERP Page 4-5 03-01-90 materials, and 4) equipment malfunctions. The response actions to these problems are given in the station radiation protection manual and in abnormal procedures, and therefore, could be within the scope of the station Plan. Station Accident analyses included in the station's updated Final Safety Analysis Report are as follows:
a. Major reactor coolant pipe ruptures (LOCA).
b. Major secondary system pipe rupture (steam line break or feedwater line break).
c. Steam generator tube rupture.
d. Single reactor coolant pump locked rotor.
e. Fuel handling accidents.
f. . Rupture of a control rod drive mechanism housing (rod cluster cdntrol assembly ejection).

Of the six accidents listed above and analyzed, three are considered to release significant amounts of radioactivity. These are: a, c and e. The nature of these three accidents are such that a safety analysis can produce results which vary considerably in the radiological consequences. This analysis depends on assumptions used concerning such items as the status of primary coolant radioactivity content, meteorological conditions, or behavior of plant systems. The accident analysis in the Environmental Report indicates no significant radiological effects offsite for the three accidents; that is, all .thyroid and whole body doses are calculated to be less than 2 Rem. The UFSAR makes much more conservative estimates of the consequences .

  • VIRGINIA POWER CERP Page 5-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 5 ORGANIZATIONAL CONTROLS Part Subject Page No.

5.0 Organizational Controls 5.2 5.1 Corporate Emergency Response Structure 5.2 5.2 Augmentation of Station Organization 5.2 5.3 Coordination with Participating Government 5.3 Agencies

  • CERP Page 5-2 03-01-90 5.0 Organizational Controls 5.1 Corporate Emergency Response Structure The organization of the Corporate Emergency\ Response Team under the direction of the Corporate Response Manager is shown in Section 3. In the event of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency at either Surry or North Anna Power Stations, the CERP is activated. In response, the Recovery Manager reports to the local Emergency Operations Facility and acts as the coordinator between the Station Emergency Manager, Corporate Response Manager, and Federal, State, and local agencies.

The Joint Public Information Center is also activated upon an "Alert" or higher classification, and operates under *the direction of the Joint Public Information Center Director.

Other members in the CERP will assist the Corporate Response Manager in responding to the emergency and recovery in their respective areas. The members of each CERT shall have procedures to assemble their support staffs.

5.2 Augmentation of Station Organization The Station Emergency Manager has the authority to request additional support at the Station, Technical Support Center or Operations Support Center. His requirements will be coordinated with the Recovery Manager and his staff.

  • CERP Page 5-3 03-01-90 5.3 Coordination With Participating Government Agencies Corporate Emergency Response Center personnel coordinate support activities with Federal and State agencies principally responding to the emergency and/or recovery. The Corporate Response Manager may also assemble NRC, State, vendor, and/or consultant support at the CERC. He may seek assistance from other nuclear utilities, if needed. If requested by the State Emergency Operations Center, a Company technical representative will be dispatched to provide technical interpretation or clarification of data transmitted to that office. (This individual's responsibilities do not include making statements to the media).
  • CERP Page 6-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES Part Subject Page No.

6.0 Emergency Response Facilities 6.2 6.1 Control Room 6.2 6.2 Technical Support Center 6.2 6.3 Operational Support Center 6.2 6.4 Local Emergency Operation Facility 6.2 6.5 Corporate Emergency Response Center 6.3

  • 6.6 Corporate Emergency Operations Facility 6.7 Joint Public Information Center 6.8 Local Media Center 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.9 CEOF Activation Matrix 6.4 6.10 LEOF Records Availability 6.5 6.11 North Anna and Surry Power Station LEOF Resources 6.6
  • CERP
  • 6.0 Emergency Response Facilities (ERF)

Special Page 6-2 03-01-90 emergency facilities are staffed upon declaration of an emergency classification of Alert, Site Area Emergency, or.General Emergency. They include CR, TSC, OSC, LEOF, CERC, JPIC and LMC. The inter-relationship between the various Emergency Response Facilities (ERF) is outlined in this section of the Plan. These facilities are designed to be a cohesive structure, each providing a role in the emergency.

6.1 Control Room (CR)

This is the main control center at the station and any emergency situation is immediately dealt with in the Control Room (classification, assessment, etc.)

6.2 Technical Support Center (TSC)

The TSC is staffed at an alert or greater emergency classification to assist the CR Staff and to be the focal point of the onsite emergency organization. The Technical Support Center is in direct contact with the LEOF and CR. It serves to support in-station functions and has the necessary instrumentation and documents to permit emergency response personnel to make recommendations and advise the Station Emergency Manager.

6.3 Operational Support Center (OSC)

This is an onsite ERF that is a staging area for emergency response personnel and is a resource for the TSC management use.

6.4 Local Emergency Operation .Facility (LEOF)

The North Anna LEOF Building and the Surry LEOF Building serve as the LEOF and Recovery Center . The Recovery Manager and the LEOF staff will

  • coordinate with Federal and State and Field data will local officials at this be gathered for analysis and provided to the LEOF.

State Mobile Lab may also support this facility. This data center.

will The be

CERP Page 6-3 03-01-90 evaluated to provide protective action recommendations to the State and locals. In addition, the LEOF will provide periodic updates of emergency information to the State and local governm~nt officials. Upon event termination, the Recovery Manager and Staff will develop a recovery plan to deal with the post emergency situation.

6.5 Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC)

This center is located on the ground floor of the Innsbrook Technical Center. The function of the CERC is to serve as the focal point of the inter-company effort to manage the recove~ operations, and to desiminate all information concerning the emergency.

6.6 Corporate Emergency Operations Facility (CEOF)

The Corporate Emergency Operations Facility (CEOF) is located adjacent to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) on the ground floor of the Innsbrook Technical Center. If the onsite Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF) is not operational, the CEOF will be activated and staffed with personnel previously assigned to the CERC (as designated on the CEOF Activation Matrix, CERP (Page 6.4), until personnel normally reporting to the LEOF are available to staff the CEOF.

6.7 Joint Public Information Center (JPIC)

The Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) is located in the cafeteria of the Innsbrook Technical Center. It is a branch of the CERC. Official company statements to the media will be made from this facility, by the Chief Technical Spokesman.

6.8 Local Media Center A Local Media Center will be activated at the Station Nuclear Information Center where members of the media can be briefed by Federal, State and Virginia Power representatives.

CERP

  • Page 6-4 03-01-90 6.9 CEOF ACTIVATION MATRIX CERC assumes CEOF initiates CORRESPONDING
  • POSITION POSITION CPIP
1. Corporate Response Manager Recovery Manager 1. 0' 6. 1, 6.5
2. Admin. Services Manager LEOF /CEOF 3.0, 3. 1, 3.2, 3.3 Services Coordinator
3. Rad Con. &Waste Mgt. Radiological Assessment 6.2 Coordinator
4. Operations Support Operations Support 5.1 Coordinator
5. Licensing Engineer Emergency Plan Advisor 6.3
6. CERC Communicator Team Emergency Communicator 6.4, CPIP-3.1
7. Public Affairs News Coordinator 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3
  • Emergency Coordinator
8. Technical Support Technical Advisor 5.0, 5. 1, 5. 2, 5.3, Manager 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5. 7, 5.8 NOTE: Other positions normally staffed in conjunction with CERC activation (that are not listed above) will continue regularly assigned duties in coordination with the CEOF staff.

NOTE: References to LEOF activation in the above CPIPs correspond to the CEOF in the event that the LEOF is not operational .

  • CERP Page 6-5 03-01-90 6;10 LEOF RECORDS AVAILABILITY The required LEOF Records, Procedures and Emergericy Plans are onsite and available to support LEOF activities. The LEOF records include, but shall not be limited to:

Plant Technical Specifications Plant Operating Procedures Emergency Operating Procedures Final Safety Analysis Report Licensee, State and Local Emergency Response Plans Offsite Population Distribution Data

  • Environs Radiological Monitoring Records Drawings, Schematics and Diagrams showing conditions of plant structures and systems down to the component, and inplant locations of these systems.

Employee Radiation Exposure Histories are available via telephone transmittal from the site Health Physics Department and/or site record storage facility.

CERP Page 6-6 03-01-90 6.11 NORTH ANNA AND SURRY POWER STATION LEOF RESOURCES Office Supplies Office supplies are located in the administrative services office.

Radiation Monitors Radiation detection equipment (fixed and portable) is in the LEOF, and will be monitored by Health Physics. Additional radiation monitoring equipment, if required, will be supplied by the Station Health Physics Department.

Telecommunications Equipment The following telecommunications equipment can be found in the LEOF:

Insta-Phone System, Ringdown Telephone System, Commercial Telephone System, OPX

  • and PBX Telephone System, Two-way Mobile Radio System, NRC Dedicated systems (HPN and ENS) and the SCATS telephone system.

Records, Procedures, and Emergency Plans Required plant Records, Procedures and Emergency Plans needed to exercise overall management control, during a radiological emergency, are stored in the LEOF administrative services office, or are available via telephone transmittal or by other means from the Station and/or corporate resources.

Emergency Kit One emergency kit is available for use by radiological monitoring personnel .

  • CERP Page 6.7 CORPORATE EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER 03-01-90 INNSBROOK TECHNICAL CENTER, GROUND FLOOR - SOUTHWEST ADMIN. SERVICES RECORDS MANAGEMENT TECHNICAL SUPPORT LIBRARY NRCAREA CO'JFERENCE RCOv1 A VA.DEPT.OF EMERGENCY SVCS, PUBLIC AFFAIRS AREA CONFERENCE RM. F CO'JFERENCE RCOv1 B LOBBY 0

SECURITY BACK-UP fQEL PLAN/DESIGN/CONST TECHNICAL SUPPORT CONFERENCE RM. C CONFERENCE RCOv1 E MECHANICAL R()Q\,1 co-JFERENCE R<XM D JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER D

PODIUM PUBLIC INFORMATION

.ED:M

  • STATE RAD HEALTH: VIRGINIA POWER HP: NRC:
1. 1. 1.
2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3.
4. 4. 4.
5. 5.
6. 6.

00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 STATE 0 VIRGINIA POWER l'fC SECURITY/ RAD HEALTH PHYSICS 0 DEPARTMENT OF [XE: 0 HEALTH 0 EWERGENCY SERVICES OONTROL 0 0 (STATE DES):

1.

2.

3.

X OSTATE o

0

[ES i --1(~ ,_

. . ... 0

--

4.

RECORDS/ ADMIN. PUBLIC ELECTRICAU CXNEfE.CE SERVICES AFFAIRS MECHANICAL Fmv1 X RXWI X X RECOVERY MANAGER: ADMIN. SERVICES AREA PUBLIC AFFAIRS:

IS THE STORAGE LOCATION FOR RECOFOS, PROCEDURES EMERGENCY PLANS, ETC.

0 "'U 0 w* <O m m

IJ 0 CD "'U

...... a>

  • CXl

<D 0

  • STATE RAD HEALTH: VIRGINIA POWER HP: NRC:
1. 1. 1.
2. 2. 2.
3. 3. 3.
4. 4. 4.
5. 5.

6.

00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 CQM>UTER 0 STATE VIRGINIA POWER f,EC 0 RAD HEALTH PHYSICS Fmvt SECURITY/

c:x:a:: 0 HEALTH 0 X DEPARTMENT OF 0 EtvERGENCY SERVICES CONlR)l.. 0 X OSTATE 0

~I (STATE DES):

o 1 i

'

X £ES

1. R 2.

3.

0 4.

5.

6.

7.

8. RECORDS/ ADMIN. PUBLIC .ELECTRICAU
9. ~ SERVICES AFFAIRS MECHANICAL Rnv1 X R:OA X X RECOVERY MANAGER: ADMIN. SERVICES AREA PUBLIC AFFAIRS:
1. IS THE STORAGE LOCATION 1.
2. FOO REOOROS, PROCEDURES 2.
3. EMERGENCY PLANS, ETC. 3.
4. 4.

5.

6.'

7 ..

~~~

0 I (0 CD

..... O>

8.'

' <O 9.1 <O 0

10.

  • LOCAL MEDIA CENTER NORTH ANNA AND SURRY POWER STATIONS TELECOPIER FEMA ( . I1 )

IA I

" VA. PWR.

WORK AREA u

RECEPTION AREA VIRGINIA POWER WORK AREA (NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER)

..... O'>

'

<D 0

.....

0

  • MAP TO SURRY POWER STATION

' T O RICHMOND JAMES RIVER JAMES RIVER (sRAA)

SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA ILMCI LOCAL MEDIA CENTER JAMES RIVER ERAA)

PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY

'AREA TO WAKEFIELD TO WAKEFIE~

/ TO SMITHFIELD

<D ~

0

MAP TO NORTH ANNA POWER STATION CEFP Page 6.12 NOTE: THE LOCAL MEDIA CENTER IS LOCATED AT THE 03-01-90 ENTRANCE TO NORTH ANNA POWER STATION ON ROUTE 700 Culpeper To

  • Secondary Remote Assembly Area To Louisa

\;o Richmond \

CERP Page 7-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 7 RECOVERY Part Subject Page No.

7.0 Recovery 7.2 7.1 Recovery Organization 7.3 7.2 Recovery Plan 7.3 7.3 Recovery Plan Outline 7.4

  • CERP Page 7-2 03-01-90 7.0 Recovery Upon event termination, a recovery organization will be established and implemented by the Recovery Manager. The recovery organization will provide the personnel resources to accommodate the recovery phase. During the recovery phase, the Recovery Manager's principle responsibilities are:
1. To coordinate necessary response actions to control the recovery operation and to protect the safety of station personnel and the public;
2. To manage all phases of the recovery effort and restore the station to a safe condition;
3. To manage and direct any outside support for recovery operations,
  • e.g., equipment, manpower, and services;
4. To resolve issues concerning operating license requirements with the NRC;
5. To approve public information releases;
6. To direct manpower planning for the recovery organization, assuring the availability of sufficient staff.

The Recovery Manager will direct the following activities to aid the recovery phase:

1. Develop a basic recovery plan based on plant conditions;
2. Establish a recovery organization commensurate with the situation;
3. Notify personnel required to implement recovery plan;
4. Release the balance of the personnel and officially relieve the emergency organization to the extent he deems necessary.

The Recovery Manager will normally direct recovery operations from the Recovery Center (Local Emergency Operations Facility); however, he may relocate to other facilities better suited to direct recovery operations.

CERP Page 7-3 03-01-90 7.1 Recovery Organization The principle responsibilities of the recovery organization are:

1. To define and communicate the recovery objectives;
2. To develop a plan to accomplish the recovery objectives;
3. To establish controls and warn of impending complications;
4. To monitor the recovery effort, and;
5. To evaluate the recovery effort accomplishments against the recovery objectives.

Federal and State agencies may augment the recovery organization and participate in establishing recovery objectives.

7.2 Recovery Plan The purpose of the recovery plan is to prescribe those recovery operations necessary to:

1. Identify the extent of damage to the station;
2. Provide assistance as requested, and as resources allow, to State and local agencies to aid their offsite recovery activities;
3. Return the station to an operational status.

Under the direction of the Recovery Manager, the recovery organization in cooperation with governmental officials will address the planning and coordination of the recovery effort. Where possible,* normal practices will be followed concerning maintenance, repair, modification, decontamination, and radiation exposure control. The recovery plan schedule will be redesigned to accommodate unforeseen problems. These problems will be evaluated and their impact integrated into the overall recovery plan. The repair, maintenance, modification, and decontamination of station systems, components, etc., will be discussed, prioritized, coordinated, and proceduralized in this plan.

CERP Page 7-4 03-01-90 7.3 RECOVERY PLAN OUTLINE Recovery Plan Actions

1. Overall Objectives
2. Procedures Development

- Operations Inspection and Testing

- Maintenance

- Decontamination

- Radwaste

- Start-up

3. Testing Internally or externally ordered or requested

- Surveillance Testing

- Technical Specification Requirements

4. Radiological Controls

- Surveys (Plant, Site, Environs)

- RWP's

- Dosimetry

- Exposure Control

- Bioassay Analysis

r -

CERP Page 7-5 03-01-90

5. Administrative Controls

- Contracts and Budgets

- Processing Correspondence and Reports

6. ALARA Programs, Reports, and Records
7. Comprehensive Radiological Surveillance Program
8. Provide offsite authorities with progress reports
9. Where applicable, provide assistance to the State and local authorities
10. Provide information to the public on the status of the recovery efforts
11. Security
12. Environmental impact studies and effects

CERP

  • VI RGI NIA POWER Page 8-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN SECTION 8 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS Part Subject Page No.

8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 8.2 8.1 Dissemination of Public Information 8.2 8.2 Organizational Preparedness 8.3

CERP Page 8-2

  • 03-01-90 8.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness The Senior Vice President - Nuclear has the overall responsibility for radiological emergency response planning.

The Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP) and the Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures (CPIP's) are reviewed annually for adequacy and applicability by the Director - Emergency Planning/designee. In addition, proposed revisions to the Plan or the CPIP's are submitted to the Director

- Emergency Planning for review and implementation. Changes are made and distributed in accordance with the "Controlled Distribution" list to maintain the plan on a current and controlled basis.

It is the responsibility of the CERT leaders to inform the Director Emergency Planning of any changes in team staffing .

  • 8.1 Dissemination of Public Information The Company will disseminate emergency preparedness information to the public within a ten-mile radius of North Anna and Surry Power Stations.

The information, distributed on an annual basis, will include:

1. Information regarding how the public will be notified and what their actions should be in an emergency
2. Educational information on radiation
3. Contact for additional information
4. Protective measures
5. Needs of the handicapped

CERP Page 8-3

  • The Company will coordinate efforts with State and local 03-01-90 authorities to ensure the public (permanent, transient and handicapped residents) is informed by publications, including the telephone book, newspaper ads, postings and public information brochures.

The Company will conduct programs on an annual basis to infonn and acquaint the media with the emergency plans, the effects of radiation and the points of contact for release of public infonnation in an emergency.

8.2 Organizational Preparedness 8.2.1 Training Annual training sessions for CERT members regarding implementation of the Plan and their respective responsibilities is conducted .

  • 8.2.2 Director - Emergency Planning The Director - Emergency Planning is responsible for the maintenance of* the CERP and CPIP's, and the administration of corporate emergency planning activities.

8.2.2.1 Scope of Responsibility Develop and coordinate the Corporate Emergency Response Plan activities which establish the supporting mechanism for the Corporate and Station Emergency Response structure. Provide guidance and assistance to Corporate and power station management and staff on matters relating to Emergen*cy Preparedness. Provide assistance in conducting the annual emergency exercises. Ensure that emergency preparedness

  • matters meet current requirements of the various regulatory agencies and that Company efforts to meet these requirements are compatible with Federal, State and local gov~rnment organizations.

CERP Page 8-4

  • 8.2.2.2 Emergency Planning Department 03-01-90 Develop, maintain and publish a Corporate Emergency Response Pl an which pro vi des a structure for the co*rporate emergency response organization to deal with emergency conditions at nuclear power stations.

Act as corporate liaison in planning, coordinating, and conducting emergency exercises and ensure they conform to standards as prescribed by the NRC.

Act as liaison to other corporate departments which provide support for emergency response functions.

Develop and keep current procedures for alerting, notifying and activating corporate emergency response personnel.

Review station emergency plans, implementing procedures and changes to the same for consistency, adherence to regulations and corporate plan interface prior to submittal to any outside agency.

8.2.2.3 Communications Establish and maintain reliable primary and back-up means of co11111Unications for licensee, state and local response organizations.

Evaluate operability of the entire emergency communication system periodically.

--

  • 8.2.2.4 Public Information and Education CERP Page 8-5 03-01-90 Develop, coordinate and review the publications which provide information to the public~in the EPZ as prescribed by NUREG-0654.

Establish means for the dissemination of the above infonnation by use of periodic mailings, radio broadcasts, specific news releases, public forums, posters and telephone directory advertisements on request.

8.2.2.5 Liaison with Outside Agencies Maintain liaison with Federal, State, and local government agencies, (NRC, FEMA, DES and local county and city jurisdictions) concerning matters which mutually relate to emergency planning and preparedness for nuclear power stations.

Negotiate letters of agreement on a biennial basis between Virginia Power and supporting government agencies and volunteer organizations to provide emergency assistance.

8.2.2.6 Early Warning Systems Ensure operability of EWS.

Provide information to the Public Affairs Department.

8.2.2.7 Training Identify training needs which support emergency preparedness and advise the appropriate Nuclear Training Department personnel to ensure that emergency training meets the requirements of NUREG-0654.

CERP Page 8-6 03-01-90 8.2.3 Equipment and Supplies Inventory, inspection and operability checks of emergency equipment/instruments in the CERC and JPr, is required once each calendar quarter and after each use. A checklist is provided for each location for verification and docum~ntation in accordance with NUREG 0654.

These checks will be the responsibility of the following:

Administrative Services Team - CERC Public Affairs Team - Joint Public Information Center Local Media Center Each team will maintain the completed checklists on file for historical purposes.

8.2.4 Requesting Additions/Changes to CERP Telecommunications Facilities at Innsbrook, North Anna and Surry Power Stations The Director-Corporate Emergency Planning is the designated person responsible for submitting written requests to the Teleconmunications Department for additions/changes to the CERP facilities at Innsbrook and at North Anna and Surry Power Stations.

CERP Page 9-1 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PlAN SECTION 9 GENERAL TRAINING Part Subject 9.0 Maintaining Emergency Preparedness Policy Statement 9.2 9.1 Training Program Guide 9.2

  • 9.0 MAINTAINING EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS POLICY STATEMENT CERP Page 9-2 03-01-90 It is the policy of Virginia Power to vigorously support a program of Emergency Preparedness for our nuclear power stations. This goal is achieved through the selection, retention and training of qualified individuals who staff emergency response positions in the Corporate Emergency Response Plan (CERP}.

The purpose of such a program shall be (1) to ensure that only qualified individuals are selected to participate as members of the CERP Team; (2} to maintain a disciplined and experienced CERP staff so that members retain their CERP responsibilities and, to educate CERP members through training and exercises. The CERP is revised semi-annually. Personnel reassignments will be made as required utilizing reassignment procedures. The Nuclear Training Department is responsible for the following:

1. To schedule training for CERT members with respect to the CERP and Corporate Plan Implementing Procedures (CPIP s)~1
2. To insure that all formal CERP training is properly documented.
3. To coordinate CERP training requirements through the Director-Emergency Planning.

9.1 TRAINING PROGRAM GUIDE This section provides guidance in training the CERP team members. Training for CERT personnel will be provided in accordance with the Nuclear Power Station Emergency Preparedness Training program guide .

  • CERP Page 9-3
  • 03-01-90 9.1.1 Newly Assigned Personnel Training The Nuclear Training Department is responsible for ensuring the training of new personnel. Training should occur by the next available training date after assignment. Training courses are scheduled periodically during the calendar year and new members should be scheduled to attend.

9.1.2 Training Records Records of training will be maintained by the Nuclear Training Department. Training

  • records are subject to examination by the Company Quality Assurance department, and the NRC .
  • 9.1. 3 Special Assignments Any member of the CERC may be reassigned as required. The Corporate Response Manager should be informed of reassignments and shall approve such changes. Individuals may be sent to the State or local Emergency Operating Centers (EOCs) to act as liaison personnel .
  • CPIP Page i-1
  • Imp.lementi ng VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SUBJECT INDEX 03-01-90 Procedure Subject Page 1.0 Corporate Response Manager 1-1 Situation Appraisal Procedure 2.0 JPIC Call-Out Activation 2-1 2.1 Media Call- Out Activation 2-7 2.2 Initial Press Release 2-9 2.3 Public Information 2-10 2.4 Local Media Center Activation 2-11 2.5 Local Media Center Duty 2-13 Assignment Description 2.6
  • Evacuation Plans NAPS 2-15 2.7 Evacuation Plans Surry 2-17 3.0 Administrative Services 3-1 Call-Out Activation 3 .1 CERC Immediate Action Items 3-2 3.2 LEOF Administrative Services 3-4 Action Item Check Off List 3.3 Computer Services Support 3-12 4.0 Plan/Design/Construction 4-1 Activation 4.1 Plan/Design/Construction Support 4-2 Activation and Duties 5.0 Technical Support 5-1 Call-Out Activation 5.1 Operations Support 5-2 Activation and Duties
  • 5.2 Instrumentation and Control Activation and Duties 5-3
  • CPIP Page i-2 03-01-90 VIRGINIA POWER CORPORATE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SUBJECT INDEX Implementing Procedure Subject Page 5.3 Reactor Core Analysis 5-4 Activation and Duties 5.4 Radiological Control 5-5 and Waste Management Activation and Duties 5.5 Technical Staff Support 5-6 Activation and Duties 5.6 Licensing Activation and Duties 5-7 5.7 Chemistry Activation and Duties 5-8
  • 5.8 5.9 Meteorological Assessment Activation and Duties Safety and Analysis Activation and Duties 5-9 5-10 6.0 Recovery Manager 6-1 Call-Out Activation 6.1 Recovery Manager 6-2 Guidance 6.2 Radiological Assessment 6-5 Coordinator Procedures 6.3 Emergency Plan Advisor 6-48 LEOF Responsibilities 6.4 Communication Procedure LEOF 6-49 6.5 Recovery Procedure LEOF 6-50 7.0 Medical Advisor 7-1 Call-Out Activation
  • 7.1 8.0 9.0 Medical Activation Duties Revision of CERP Manual Removal of Personnel 7-2 8-1 9-1

CPIP-1.0 Page 1-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 1.0 CORPORATE RESPONSE MANAGER SITUATION APPRAISAL PROCEDURE Purpose: This procedure provides for establishing a description of the emergency and a written record of the event. It also provides direction for the Corporate Response Manager to assist him in the first sequence of steps to respond to the emergency.

1.0 Immediate Assessment 1.1 The Corporate Response Manager shall initiate the following steps:

Initial

1. Call a CERT meeting to get description of event and determine course of action.
2. Determine from General Office Building Security the status
  • 3.

4.

of emergency callout.

Establish communication with the affected LEOF is not activated.

station if the Have a written description of the incident prepared and make this descript1on available as soon as possible to a member of the Innsbrook News Team.

5. Establish direct communication with the Recovery Manager at the LEOF and the Station Emergency Manager at the TSC.
6. Establish the need for the Technical Support Manager and Plan/Design/Construction Manager to report to the site in coordination with the Recovery Manager.
7. Direct responsible CERT members to establish communication with the NRC, vendors, and industry emergency response organizations.
8. tstablish a recovery work schedule.
9. Make provision for ongoing assessment meetings.
10. Establish official log of events. Record data on 11 Emergency Event Log" booklet, available in the CERC storage cabinet.

CPIP-1.0

  • Page 1-2 03-01-90
11. Call the President of the Company to brief him on the emergency.
12. Period1cally brief the CERT organization on event status and coordination of the response effort using the PA system.

2.0 Delegation of Authority Should the Corporate Response Manager need to leave the CERC for any reason he should appoint another team member to assume his responsibilities until his return .

  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.0 CPIP-2.0 Page 2-1 03-01-90 JOINT PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER DLRECTOR CALL-OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides the necessary steps to notify the Corporate Response Coordinator who in turn will notify members of the Joint Public Information Center and Local Media Center Staff and/or their alternates.

Activation The Corporate Security Control Center has already notified the Corporate Emergency Response Team of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. The JPIC Director or alternate, and the Chief Technical Spokesman or alternate must report to the Joint Public Information Center at Innsbrook Technical Center. Once notification by Security has been completed, the Public Information Director alternates notify the Corporate Response Coordinators, who irrmediately initiate the call-out to the Public Affairs CERT members.

In the event the Public Information Director alternates are unsuccessful in contacting any one of the Corporate Response Coordinators, it shall then be the responsibility of the Public Information Director alternates to ensure the call-out of Public Affairs CERT members is completed.

1.0 Immediate Action 1.1 The JPIC Director shall note the time and date of the call from Security and the level of the emergency that has been declared. The JPIC Director and the Chief Technical Spokesman shall then proceed immediately to the JPIC at Innsbrook Technical Center.

Likewise, all Public Affairs CERT members report to their pre-assigned duty stations.

1.2 In the absence of the Chief Technical Spokesman and with the concurrence of the Corporate Response Manager the JPIC Director is authorized to report to the news media any change in the emergency status of the affected station i.e., when the status is upgraded from ALERT to SITE AREA EMERGENCY or GENERAL EMERGENCY, etc. This announcement shall be made utilizing the following pre-approved message format: "The status of the North Anna/Surry Power Station has been changed from to . Additional information will be provided to you as soon as possible."

Once this announcement has been made, the JPIC Director shall immediately advise the Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator, the Public Information Director, and other appropriate Public Affairs personnel of the change in the status of the station.

CPIP-2.0 Page 2-2 03-01-90 2.0 Call-out 2.1 The Corporate Response Coordinator shall call the Pub1ic Affairs CERT members with the following message:

"This is . An emergency condition has been declared at the (Surry) (North Anna) Power Station. In accordance with the Corporate Emergency Response plan, report immediately to the Joint Public Information Center, Innsbrook Technical Center, or to your assigned work area.

The Public Information Director alternates ensure that the call-out is complete.

2.2 Call-out list:

Implement Section 2 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory (CPT Section 2).

Corporate Response Coordinator Prin. D. S. Cox Pri n. F. H. Wi 11 i ams Alt. R. J. Randolph Alt. J. C. Best Chief Technical Spokesman Pri n. F. K. Moore Public Information Director Prin. I. Holli day Prin. M. N. Healy Alt. H. T. Sink Alt. B. J. Kennedy Local Media Center Director (Surry)

Prin. F. R. Ellis Alt. D. J. Genest Local Media Center Director (North Anna)

Prin. C. Gillespie Alt. F. C. Carmichael Alt. D. J. Genest Alt. D. Tompkins-Lipscombe

  • Joint Public Information Center Director CPIP-2.0 Page 2-3 03-01-90 Prin. P. G. Edwards Alt. W. N. Curry Alt. E. Munsey Public Information Specialist:

Pri n. D. A. Pickett Prin. S. F. Lewis Pri n. L. P. Wilson Prin. M. A. Spanel Pri n. J. T. Evans Prin. M. G. Jackson Pri n. G. R. Short Alt. B. Gannon Alt. T. M. Hogg Alt. D. A. Schneider Alt. R. B. Brand Alt. H. S. Wheary Alt. V. M. Board Alt. L. E. Spiller Media Monitoring Specialist:

Prin. A. w. Powell Alt. F. H. Wi 11 i ams JPIC Technical Advisor:

Pri n. B. H. Wakeman Alt. -- M. L. Smith

--

Videodisk Infonnation Management System Operator:

Prin. R. H. Adams Alt . C. L. Walker

  • I CPIP-2.0 Page 2-4
  • LEOF Technical Advisor - North Anna:

Pri n.

Alt. F. T. Terminella 03-01-90 LEOF Technical Advisor - Surry:

Prin. A. Price Alt. D. Grady Public Information Room Tech. Advisor:

Pri n. L. A. Johnson Alt. F. M. A11 i good JPIC Computer Communications Specialist:

Prin. Phy 11 i s Lai dl ow Instant News Coordinator:

Pri n. K. M. Fessler Alt. F. R. Hansen Alt. C. L. Wa 11 Headquarters Telephone Operator:

Prin. K. L. Collins Alt. Roxanne Henshaw Local Media Center Coordinator: (Surry)

Prin. C. Elmore Alt. C. Fleming Local Media Center Coordinator: (North Anna)

Prin. E. Musser Alt. R. E. Stiles Alt. C. L. Hanky

CPIP-2.0 Page 2-5 03-01-90 Joint Public Information Center Control Clerk (Sign-in):

Pri n. A. E. Williams Prin. -- B. A. Jones Alt. D. s. Cox Alt. J. C. Best

--

JPIC Clerk ( Conference Room B):

Prin. C. P. Balderson Prin. B. B. Mitten Alt. R. J. Randolph Assistant Local Media Center Coordinator: (Surry)

Prin. Janis Moore Pri n. -- -- Wanda Bradshaw Prin. -- Susan Turner Alt. Perlene Montgomery Alt. -- Sandra Davis

--

  • Alt . Brenda Rickmond

--

Assistant Local Media Center Coordinator: (North Anna)

Prin. Kathy Sims Prin. Kathy Duncan Prin. Sandra Stiles Alt. -- Janice Bullock A1t. Celestine Thurston A.lt. -- Marguerite Pendleton

--

Government Information Director:

Prin.

-- E. s. Teig Alt. E. L. Crump, Jr.

Alt. -- H. T. Sink Investor Information Director:

Federal Reserve:

Prin.

-- w. C. Ha 11 , Jr.

Alt. D. w. Hedgepeth Innsbrook:

  • Prin.

Alt.

--

p. M. Feine M. G. Lazenby

CPIP-2.0 Page 2-6 03-01-90 Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator:

Pri n. M.A. Thompson Alt. K. D. Russe 11 Innsbrook News Team:

Prin. J. W. Norvelle Prin. C. F. Baab Alt. D. F. Cochran OJRP Director:

Pri n. Charles Hardy Alt. TBA 3.0 Temporary Assignment 3.1 If both the principal and alternate cannot be reached,

  • another member of the JPIC staff may be assigned on a temporary basis.

CPIP 2.1 Page 2-7 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.1 MEDIA CALL-OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides the necessary steps to notify the media that an emergency has been declared at one of the Company's nuclear power stations.

Activation Once the Innsbrook News Team has been advised that an emergency has been declared, a principal and alternate shall report to the*

Public Affairs Work Area, Conference Room B, Innsbrook Technical Center and prepare a news release for the news media. Releases shall be prepared at the Innsbrook Technical Center. Once the LEOF is operational, station status and recovery information shall be sent to the Innsbrook Technical Center by the LEOF Technical Advisor for preparation of press releases. All press releases shall be issued after the approval of the Recovery Manager and/or the Corporate Response Manager or their alternates.

The initial press release upon activation of the Public Information Room, shall be telecopied to the Associated Press, United Press International and U. S. Newswire after approval and then brought to the immediate attention of the Chief Technical Spokesman.

Items To Be Included In The Initial Press Release:

A definition of the emergency condition is provided to the media and the public. Additional information can be obtained by calling a special emergency hotline manned by Public Affairs emergency personnel. The number is

  • This special hot line number for the public activates a bank of 20 telephones and serves as the Company's public information number. Collect calls will be accepted at this number.
  • Ca 1.1-out List:

CPIP 2.1 Page 2-8 03-01-90 The initial press release should be phoned to the following:

FAX Time Date Telephone After Hours Media Associated Press United Press International U.S. Newswire Virginia Circuit Non-Media Director-Investor Information NRC Public Information Atlanta, GA Federal Legislative Affairs Repesentative Daniel V. Flanaqan, Jr.

State Department of Emergency Services Mike laCivita

  • CPIP 2.2 Page 2-9 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.2 INITIAL PRESS RELEASE ISSUED BY THE 'coMPANY The initial press release issued by the Innsbrook News Team should contain the f o11 owi ng:
1. Virginia Power declared an (Alert) (Site Area Emergency) (General Emergency) on (date) at (time) at its (Surry) (North Anna) Power Station.
2. The (Alert) (Site Area Emergency) (General Emergency) was declared because
3. Virginia Power has established a special phone number to provide information to the public regarding the Alert or Emergency. Collect calls will be accepted at this number. The number is
4. Virginia Power has established a Joint Public Information Center in the Company's Innsbrook Technical Center located at 5000 Dominion Boulevard in Glen Allen, Virginia. The Company has Local Media Centers located in the Nuclear Information Centers approaching the entrance to North Anna and Surry Power Stations. However, official company statements regarding the emergency will be provided at the Joint Public Information Center.

CPIP 2.3 Page 2-10 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.3 PUBLIC INFORMATION Public Information Number -

Collect calls will be accepted at this number. This number serves 20 telephones in the Innsbrook Technical Center, which will be staffed continuously by Public Affairs emergency personnel throughout any Alert or emergency.

I. The Public Information number is activated by press release, only after the phone bank in the Public Information Room has been declared activated (i.e. phones set up and appropriately staffed) .

  • CPIP 2.4 Page 2-11 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.4 LOCAL MEDIA CENTER ACTIVATION CHECKLIST This procedure provides for the timely and orderly activation of the Local Media Center. It also provides the LMC director with a reference document to verify that the LMC and its equipment are in proper working order.

The LMC coordinator or alternate will ensure the following:

Initial I. During normal working hours the LMC is open and the LMC staff has access to all necessary rooms and equipment.

2. During after hours the first LMC staff person should check to see if the LMC is open. If not, proceed to the visitors access window of station security, present company ID with CERT sticker on back, and request that security open LMC for CERP activation purposes.

The lone LMC staff should maintain vigil at the unlocked entrance until additional Virginia Power LMC staff arrive. All early arrival non-company individuals (e.g. media) should be ushered to the display area.

3. When additional staff arrive the LMC sign-in area is established, thi proper equipment is available and the location is manned.

3a. Extensions and at North Anna and extension , or (located in Virginia Power work area called LMC Public Information Room) at* Surry are constantly monitored to receive notification of evacuation of all non-essential personnel.

Notification will come from Station Emergency Manager and/or Emergency Administrative Director from one of the following locations: Control Room, TSC, or Station Security.

3b. In the event of notification of evacuation:

I. Bring notification to immediate attention of LMC Director.

Notify JPIC Director or Public Affairs Emergency Coordinator using automatic-ringdown phone that LMC is evacuating.

2. Leave equipment in place
3. Gather immediate personal effects
4. Deposit badges in box at sign-in
5. Exit building
6. Proceed to PRAA or SRAA as instructed

CPIP 2.4 Page 2-12

  • 03-01-90
4. The media room (Conference Room A) is set up with at least 25 working telephones and that the lines are active. Allow media access at this time.
5. The automatic ring down phones to the LEOF and JPIC are hooked up and operating (Conference Room D and both front offices. At Surry LMC only, remove telephone super set from kitchen, receptionist desk and FEMA office. Return to proper jack when emergency condition terminates.)
6. LMC personnel have reported and are assigned specific duties (the LMC Director or alternate, LMC Coordinator or alternate, (3) LMC Assistant Coordinators or alternates in order that LMC activated).

6a. Make coffee when time allows.

7. The audio-conferencing system (jack at front of Auditorium B for Surry LMC; North Anna jack is in Conference Room D) to the JPIC is set up and operational.
8. The speaker phone is set up and operational in conference room D at Surry. The North Anna speaker phone is at the front of
  • 9.

10.

auditoriums A and B.

The telecopier is moved to conference room 0, in operating order and there are adequate supplies.

The IBM typewriter used for telecopier backup (press releases phoned to LMC and typed) is operational and has an adequate paper supply.

11. The FEMA (Information Center Director Office), NRC (Conference Room C), and State (Conference Room B) conference rooms are set up with signs, telephones, paper supply, pens and pencils.
12. Remote monitors for viewing the Auditorium B press conferences should be set up (plugs to B jacks) in the following locations:

Theater FEMA office (Information Center Director office)

NRC (Conference Room C)

State (Conference Room B)

Media (Conference Room A)

In Auditorium B a microphone (in drawer on left behind screen, with hexagonal wrench) should be connected to floor jack and placed on podium.

J

  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP 2.5 Page 2-13 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.5 LOCAL MEDIA CENTER DUTY ASSIGNMENT DESCRIPTIONS
1. Reception Area The reception area will be manned by an assistant coordinator. The site will be manned at all times. It will be the responsibility of the assistant coordinator assigned to the post to ensure that .it is set up and has the proper equipment. Equipment needed includes: sign-in sheet, LMC roll call list, identification badges. This equipment is stored in the file cabinets located in the equipment room behind the viewing screen in the auditorium.

The assistant coordinator will ensure that all persons entering the LMC have signed the sign-in sheet and have the proper identification badge. No person shall be allowed to enter the LMC without signing in. All persons leaving the LMC must surrender their badge and sign out. To re-enter they must again sign in.

The assistant coordinator assigned to the post will not leave that post unless a replacement is already on hand.

2. Telecopier The telecopier and photocopy machine will be moved to Conference Room D and will be manned by an assistant coordinator. It will be the responsibility of the assistant coordinator assigned to this post to ensure that all equipment is operational by conducting a test with the LEOF. Responsibil1ties also will include ensuring that all equipment has adequate supplies.

After the telecopier and Xerox machine have been set up, the person assigned to that post will assist in setting up the auditorium, media communications room and NRC, FEMA, and State Office of Emergency Services' rooms.

Once the LMC is activated, the person assigned to the post will leave only to deliver press releases or other telecopied information.

When a press release arrtves, the assistant coordinator will make sure it is a complete copy by calling the verification number for the JPIC. A minimum of 25 copies must be made of each release. (If more copies are needed, the director will inform the LMC coordinator)

Completed press releases (One Copy) will be distributed to the FEMA, NRC, and State Office of Emergency Services' conference rooms. The remaining copies will be delivered to the LMC Coordinator or if that person is not available to the LMC Director.

CPIP-2.5 Page 2-14 03-01-90 Under no circumstances should a press release or any other telecopied matter be delivered directly to the press.

3. Ring Down Phone An assistant coordinator will be assigned to man the ring down phone in conference room D. Phone sets with the extensions to be called in the event of an evacuation or other use are also located in Conferencr Room D and the adjoining office, which may be used by LMC staff. This person shall be responsible for testing the phone by calling and receiving calls from the JPIC and LEOF. This person also will be responsible for setting and testing the speaker phone to the JPIC.

In addition, this person shall assist in setting up the Audio Conferencing System in the auditorium and the phones in the media communications room, if needed.

Once the LMC has been activated, the assistant coordinator assigned to the ring down phone will answer all calls and log them on the phone sheet. If a call comes in for a specific person, the assistant coordinator is not to leave the room, but may go to the door and pass the message*on to someone who can relay it to the proper person.

4. LMC COORDINATOR The LMC Coordinator will supervise the activation of the LMC. Once the LMC is activated, the coordinator will serve as a liaison, between the LMC staff and the LMC Director. The coordinator will keep the director abreast of all problems that might affect the operation of the LMC. In addition, the coordinator shall post press releases; inform the media, NRC, FEMA and State officials of pending news briefings and distribute press releases to the media.
  • CPIP 2.6 Page 2-15 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.6 EVACUATION PLANS NORTH ANNA NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN A 11 11 EVACUATION WITHOUT RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle.

Exit parking area cautiously and depart the area *

. Media Representatives - maj proceed to the Virginia Power Joint Public Infonnation Center (JPIC), Innsbrook Technical Center, 5000 Dominion Blvd., Glen Allen, Virginia, to continue event coverage .

  • Virginia Power Personnel - proceed to location specified by the LMC Director.

CPIP-2.6 Page 2-16 03-01-90 NORTH ANNA NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN usu EVACUATION WITH RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE when notified:

Assemble your materials and supplies.

Proceed to your vehicle as expeditiously as possible.

Keep windows closed and ventilation systems off.

Exit parking area and follow directional signs to the Designated Remote Assembly Area.

PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 700 and 618.

Turn left on Rt. 618 and proceed 0.8 mile to the assembly area.

SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 700 and 652.

Turn left on Rt. 652 and proceed to Rt. 622.

Turn left on Rt. 622 and proceed to Rt. 701.

Turn left on Rt. 701 and proceed to Rt. 601 Turn left on Rt. 601 and proceed 0.1 mile.

The assembly area will be on your left, through the gate, at the dam.

Aw~it arrival of Health Physics Personnel for Radiological Monitoring and additional instructions.

  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP 2.7 Page 2-17 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 2.7 \

EVACUATION PLANS SURRY NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN A11 11 EVACUATION WITHOUT RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle Exit parking area cautiously and vacate the area.

Media Re resentatives - may proceed to the Virginia Power Joint Public

  • In ormat,on Center JPIC), Innsbrook Technical Center, 5000 Dominion Blvd., Glen Allen, Virginia, to continue event coverage.

Virginia Power Personnel Director.

- proceed to location specified by the LMC

CPIP 2.7 Page 2-18 03-01-90 SURRY NUCLEAR INFORMATION CENTER LOCAL MEDIA CENTER EVACUATION PLAN 11 811 EVACUATION WITH RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE When notified:

Assemble your materials and supplies Proceed to your vehicle as expeditiously as possible Keep windows closed and ventilation systems off Exit parking area and proceed to the Designated Remote Assembly Area PRIMARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Rt. 650 and 628.

Turn left on Rt. 628 and proceed 1.3 miles to the assembly area on the right under transmission line .

  • SECONDARY REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA - Proceed to the intersection of Media Center Exit Road and Rt. 650. Turn right on Rt. 650 and proceed to Hog Island Wildlife Management area.

Await arrival of Health Physics Personnel for Radiological Monitoring and additional instructions .

  • CPIP-3.0 Page 3-1
  • 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.0 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MANAGER ACTIVATION Purpose: This procedure provides the Administrative Services Manager (ASM) with a sequence of events to serve as a guide in organizing his team and marshalling the required resources to perform assigned tasks.

Activation: When the Corporate Security Control Center is notified of an emergency at either station they will initiate the Corporate Emergency Response Team Call-Out. The Primary and Alternates for the Administrative Services Manager, Clerical Support and the CERC Communicator will be notified of the emergency.

1.0 Required Actions 1.1 The Primary and Alternates for the above positions will report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center and initiate CPIP 3.1 .

  • CPIP-3.1 Page 3-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 3.1 CERC ACTIVATION Purpose: This procedure provides a sequence of events to be followed for setting up the Corporate Emergency Response Center with resources to perform assigned tasks.

Activation: This procedure will be activated by the Administrative Services Manager or a Team Member, upon notification of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.

1.0 Immediate Action The following immediate action items should be carried out in the order listed:

1.1 Retrieve from Corporate Security Control Room the keys for:

Corporate EDF Corporate Emergency Response Center CERC Storage Room and unlock the doors to each room.

If Corporate Security is not available, use Break Away Box outside the Corporate EDF.

1.2 Verify ground floor and 2nd floor lights are turned on.

If lights are not on, notify Corporate Security on extension 1.3 Perform Call-Out in accordance with CPT Section 3, Step 1.2, (minimum call-out) 1.4 Verify that CERC and Corporate EDF console clock(s) are synchronized with time display on the Emergency Response Computer System Monitor. (To synchronize, remove front panel of CEOF console to gain access to clock controls).

1.5 Position personnel to ensure access control.

1.6 Retrieve badges and "Emergency Event Attendance Roster**

sheets from CERC cabinet, and table from Storage room.

Set up for receptionist to issue badges and maintain sign-in roster sheets.

1.7 Verify CERC Emergency Response Matrix Board is kept current.

Provide Corporate Response Manager with time in which CERC minimum staffing is activated.

1.8 Set up CERC Floor Plan Board on easel in reception area.

CPIP-3.1 Page 3-3 03-01-90 1.9 Verify Red Phone(s) and monitor(s) are connected for affected site.

1.10 Select affected station switch 'for Automatic Ring Down (ARD) located on Corporate Response Manager Console.

1.11 Using the ARD, contact the TSC and LEOF at the affected site.

Ensure station TSC and LEOF call back to verify circuits.

NOTE: LEOF may not be manned during initial try; verify when LEOF is activated.

1.12 Verify affected station maps (10 mile EPZ/Evacuation Map) are properly displayed.

1.13 Verify affected station Emergency Action Level Matrix is properly displayed.

1.14 Retrieve "Emergency Event Log" booklets from CERC cabinet and distribute to managers.

1.15 Verify emergency lighting in CERC is operable by depressing button on portable lamp .

  • 1.16 In Records Management Office:

a.

b.

c.

Ensure copy machine is operational with appropriate toner and paper supplies.

Ensure aperture card reader/printer is operational with appropriate toner and paper supplies.

Ensure telecopier is operational by transmitting and receiving a test message to the affected station TSC and LEOF.

NAPS TSC SPS TSC NAPS LEOF SPS LEOF 1.17 When requested by Corporate Response Manager, direct telecomnunications to monitor Whelen Siren Control System and obtain siren status if system is activated.

1.18 After event is officially terminated, return all appropriate materials to original location and restock/replace as needed.

Reviewed By:

Clerical Coordinator Reviewed By:

Administrative Services Manager

'.~

CPIP-3.2 f'II* Page 3.4 08-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.2 ACTIVATION OF LEOF ACTION ITEMS CHECK-OFF LIST NOTE: The first person to report to the LEOF should implement this procedure and then give it to either the Services Coordinator or the Office Services Coordinator upon his/her arrival.

1. INITIATE PROCEDURE:

Initiated By:

Date:

Time:

2. Verify Security activation and establishment of access control to LEOF per EPIP-3.04.

Get assigned folders and binders from the Administrative Services

  • 3*

Area and place at the appropriate work stations.

4. Distribute Virginia Power Emergency Phone Books to appropriate work stations.
  • Recovery Manager/Communicator Console
  • Department of Emergency Services
  • State Bureau of Radiological Health
  • Health Physics Area
  • NRC Area
  • Administrative Services Area
  • Public Relations Area
5. Verify headsets for the CERC and the TSC Phonetalkers are at the appropriate work stations. If not present or if communicator determines headset is not operable, replace with spare headset from Administrative Cabinet.
6. Ensure PA operable.
7. Open cabinet containing the Emergency status Information and Emergency Action Level Matrix (cabinet located to the outside right of the Admin. Services Area door).

.,. CPIP-3.2 Page 3.5 08-01-90

a. Verify routing status bins in place to collect/disseminate appropriate hard copies.
  • Department of Emergency Services
  • State Bureau of Radiological Health
  • Recovery Manager/Communicator Console
  • Health Physics/HPN Communicator Area
  • NRC Area
  • Administrative Services Area
  • Public Relations Area
9. *Adjust brightness on ERFCS terminals.
10. Verify operability of ERFCS printer by depressing "PRINT DSPLY" key one time on one keyboard.
11. Verify operability of photo copier.
12. Verify operability of telecopier in Administrative Services Area by sending test message transmission to TSC and CERC.
13. verify LEOF digital clock is synchronized with time in upper right hand corner of ERFCS CRT.

NOTE: LEOF clock controls are located on the Recovery Manager/Communicator console.

14. Retrieve cart containing station drawings from the Training Center Library.
15. Verify minimum LEOF staffing via the staffing Board.
16. Inform the Recovery Manager that LEOF is ready to be activated and minimum staffing is present.
17. Report any discrepancies to either the Services Coordinator or the Office Services Coordinator *

..- CPIP-3.2 Page 3.6 08-01-90

  • CPIP-3.2 Attachment 1 LEOF TAKE-DOWN Upon termination of the drill, emergency and/or recovery operation the Services Coordinator will ensure the LEOF is deactivated and readied as soon as possible by ensuring the following steps are completed.
1. Ensure all documentation pertaining to the event is retrieved and given to the Station Coordinator-Emergency Planning.
2. Realign ventilation system using Attachment 2.
3. Have Station Records restock procedures.

NOTE: Station records is to restock procedures within one hour following termination of drill, emergency and/or recovery operation.

4. Direct HP to perform PT on Emergency Kit.
5. Arrange for cleaning of LEOF.
6. Turn brightness down on all ERFCS CRTs.
7. Check emergency admin supplies and restock as required.
8. Return headsets to appropriate locations.
9. Report any communication hardware problems to telecommunications.
10. Clean all status boards.
11. Replace break-away lock on Administrative Supply Cabinet if appropriate.
12. Request Station Coordinator-EP to submit work orders on any equipment malfunctions .

.**

CPIP-3.2 Page 3.7 08-01-90

  • CPIP-3.2 Attachment 2 SETTING THE HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM (HVAC)

IN THE NON-EMERGENCY MODE To align the system for normal non-emergency operation, perform the system line-up in the sequence indicated. Following this sequence is required to ensure the system interlocks do not defeat the start-up.

NOTE: If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the stop position and restarted using CPIP-3.2 Attachment 4, LEOF Startup and Restart.

1. Perform the following steps in sequence.
a. D-1 Damper Start (Open)
b. S-1 Air Handler Fan start (On)
c. D-3 Damper Start (Open)
d. F-1 HEPA Filter Fan Stop (Off)
e. D-2 Damper Stop (Off)
f. S-2 Computer Room HVAC Start (On)
  • 2. Verify the system indication light colors.

a.

b.

c.

d.

D-1 S-1 D-3 F-1 Red Red Red Green

e. D-2 Green
f. S-2 Red 3* Refer to CPIP-6.2 Attachment 4 if realignment problems develop.

.,-

CPIP-3.2 Page 3.8 08-01-90 CPIP-3.2 Attachment 3 LEOF SERVICES COORDINATOR GUIDELINE

1. Verify LEOF activated and functional.
2. Verify Services Organization:
a. Office Services Coordinator
b. Clerks - 2
c. Telecommunications Coordinator
d. ERFCS Operator
e. Technical Advisor
3. Determine routing of status information, verify bins in place and assign staffing to keep information current and posted on the Emergency Status Information and Emergency Action Level Matrix.

NOTE: Minimum information to be routed includes the following:

  • Report of Emergency to State/Local Governments, Attachment 1 of EPIP-2.01 (original from State/Local Communicator).
  • News Releases (original from Public Relations Area).
  • Report of Radiological Conditions to the state, Attachment 2 of EPIP-2.01 (original from State/Local Communicator).
  • Plant status, Attachment 1 of EPIP-2.04, issued if ERFCS inoperable (original faxed from TSC).
4. verify station drawings retrieved from Training Center library.
5. Ensure Personnel Staffing and Time/Event boards are maintained.
6. Direct Telecommunications Coordinator to poll the siren system and to prepare for verification of activation.
7. If sirens are activated, direct Telecommunications Coordinator to poll siren system for verification.
8. Make arrangements for acquisition, delivery and serving of meals with the Emergency Administrative Director in the TSC.
9. Maintain a list (name and response position) of responders
  • present in the LEOF and identify those actively filling positions.
10. Arrange for shift rotation of Emergency Response Personnel.
11. Retrieve any needed procedures/documentation from the NATC
  • '

.

., CPIP-3.2 Page 3.9 08-01-90

  • 12.

13.

In the event of loss of power to the LEOF, direct ERFCS Operator to initiate Attachment 4, LEOF Startup and Restart.

Upon termination of drill, emergency and/or recovery operation, ensure LEOF is returned to ready state.

CPIP-3.2 Page 3.10 08-01-90 CPIP-3.2 Attachment 4 NORTH ANNA POWER STATION LEOF STARTUP AND RESTART NOTE: The LEOF wall clocks are powered from the computer power supply.

A. Go to the Ventilation Control Panel O-HV-CP-01 and complete the following steps:

1. Press start for S-1 (UNIT FAN) red light should come on.
2. Check that D-3 (DAMPER) red light comes on.
3. Press start for s-2 (COMPUTER FAN) red light should come on.
4. Proceed to Electrical/Mechanical Equipment room.
a. Proceed to filter panel
1) Press ACKNOWLEDGE button
2) Press RESET button B. Proceed to the computer room and complete the following steps:
1. Set computer HALT/RUN switch to HALT position.
2. Ensure start switch on disk drives is in OUT position.
3. Open computer panels and turn power breakers at bottom of

, each rack off.

4. Go to the rear of disk drives open panels and turn power switches off.
5. Go to the Electrical/Mechanical Equipment Room and go to the distribution panel and press START on COMPUTER PANEL "CPl".
6. Re-energize breakers on computer racks and disk drives.
7. Start disk drives.

NOTE: Steps 8, 9, 10, may need to be repeated

8. Go to MANUAL on clock panel.
9. Ensure that switches 13 and 15 on control panel rack one are in the UP position.

4

  • .1 CPIP-3.2 Page 3.11 08-01-90
10. On rack one control panel press M-CLEAR, FILL, RUN (printer should respond).
11. Go to printer and type "H09,,20,5,5" RETURN (printer should respond "SATISFIED").
12. Type "GO" RETURN.
13. When lights stop flashing on the control panel on rack one press HALT, go to AUTO on the clock, then press, M-CLEAR, FILL, RUN.
14. Reset clocks at Recovery Manager's panel.

NOTE: If taking computer system down go to "Disable" on the battery.

NOTE: If the Fire Alarm System energizes and trips the dampers to the Computer Room, they must be manually reset before the breakers for the power supply and Computer Room A-Care started. They are located under the floor panels below the alarm

  • light in the Computer Room,and in the overhead above the alarm light.

D. Restore LEOF computer from Simulator to LEOF configuration.

NOTE: The first step is to determine what mode of operation is currently active (simulator or LEOF). While there are several distinct differences between the two systems, the easiest method of determining which mode is operating is to attempt to recall display "FREEZE" on the Recovery Manager's CRT. The "FREEZE" display only exists on the simulator system and its presence indicates that the simulator system is currently configured. Conversely, the lack of display "FREEZE",

indicated by the error message "DISPLAY FREEZE NAME NOT IN DIRECTORY" indicates LEOF system is configured.

Once the simulator mode has been determined to be active it is necessary to stop the system and reconfigure the LEOF system. This is accomplished by "HALTINGn the CPU, stopping the 76Mb disk drives, changing the system disk pack, switching the active CRTs and re-booting the system.

. j' CPIP-3.2 Page 3 .11.1 08-01-90

  • 1. Determine system configuration recall display "FREEZE" If display not in directory, then LEOF is already configured.
2. HALT the CPU Check key lock in the "ENABLE" position.

Set HALT/RUN switch to HALT.

3. Stop both 67Mb disk drives.

Depress the "START" button.

wait for "START" light to stop blinking.

4. Change system disk.

Remove simulator system disk pack from drive o.

Load LEOF system disk pack in drive o.

Depress "START" button on drive O (ONLY DRIVE 0).

Wait for "START" light to stop blinking.

5. Switch CRTs.

switch ALL 4 CRT selector switches, located in rack 3, to ERF position.

6. Re-boot the system.

Check DATA DISPLAY control switches 13 and 15 are in the up position, and all other DATA DISPLAY control switches are off.

Depress "MCLEAR, FILL, and RUN" in order.

Check system is available in 1 to 2 minutes.

NOTE: The procedure to change from LEOF mode to simulator mode is very similar to the above procedure. The key differences are that the SIMULATOR system disk pack must be loaded, BOTH 67Mb disk drives started and the four (4) CRT selector switches set to the SIM position.

CPIP-3.3 Page 3-12 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 3.3 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT Purpose: This procedure will provide instructions for the CERC Computer Services Team and the administrative team to supply the identified information to the communicator and to support Nuclear Network and other computer systems.

Activation: This procedure will be activated by the Administrative'services Manager or his alternate, upon notification of an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.

1.0 General There are two major steps to this procedure. Each of the steps supplies the procedure needed to initiate Nuclear Network. In addition, IS Client Services will support the use of the Virginia Power Mainframe, the Instant News System, and other computer systems that are used during an emergency by Virginia Power.

1.1 Nuclear Network Note: If Nuclear Network cannot be accessed by the following procedure, remove diskette from 11 A11 drive and shut off main switch to PC.

1.1.1 Upon arrival at the designated Nuclear Network work station, turn the Power Director 11 Master 11 switch to the 11 on 11 position (the lights on the Power Director will come on). Also turn on the modem (the switch is on the back of the modem).

1.1.2 Let the machine run its diagnostics. When it is finished, the IBM Fixed Disk Organizer screen will appear. The cursor will be in the lower left corner of the screen indicating the date. Press 11 Enter 11 and the cursor will move to the lower right corner of the screen indicating the time. Type in the correct time (example: 08:15) and press 11 Enter 11

  • 1.1. 3 The Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1) will be displayed.

Using the cursor (arrow) keys, select the 11 SPFPC 11 option and press 11 Enter 11

  • CP!P-3.3 Page 3-13 03-01-90 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)

1.1.4 The Primary Option Menu screen (Attachment 2.2) will be displayed. Type 11 211 for the Edit o.ption and press 11 Enter 11

  • 1.1.5 The Edit-File Menu screen (Attachment 2.3) will be displayed.

Fill in the following information:

DRIVE --- C 11 Enter 11 PATH--- MODEM 11 Enter 11 FILENAME --- NEWS! 11 Enter 11 (The number after NEWS indicates the press release number and will change each time)

  • EXTENSION --- TXT 11 Enter 11 PROFILE NAME --- 11 Enter 11 RECORD FORMAT --- V 11 Enter 11 MAXIMUM RECORD LENGTH --- 65 11 Enter 11 1.1. 6 Begin typing the press release (Attachment 2.5 is an example of a press release). If you want the text to 11 wrap 11 around, go to line 1 and type 11 te 11
  • You will then be able to type without overflowing into the line numbers. When the release has been typed, press the 11 F3 11 key to save it.

1.1. 7 Press the 11 F3 11 key again. You will

  • b,e returned to the Primary Option menu screen (Attachment 2.2). Type an 11 X11 and press II Enter". You wi 11 be returned to the Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1).

1.1.8 Using the cursor (arrow) keys, select 11 SMARTCOM 11 and press 11 Enter 11

  • The Smartcom I I menu screen (Attachment 5. 4) wi 11 be displayed.

1.1.9 Selection 11 111 will already be shown, so just press 11 Enter 11

  • The cursor will now be blinking on an 11 0 11 for Originate.

Press 11 Enter 11

  • 1.1.10 The cursor will now be blinking on an 11 R11 for the Communication Di rector labeled 11 TELENET 11
  • Press II Enter" and the machine will take over and begin connection to the INPO Nuclear Network. DO NOT TOUCH THE MACHINE UNTIL YOU SEE THE FOLLOWING PROMPT:

Please select a Topic Id or 11 All 11 :

1.1.11 Type 11 NT 11 (for exercises) or 11 HL 11 (for actual emergencies) and press 11 Enter 11 *

  • COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)

CPIP-3.3 Page 3-14 03-01-90 1.1.12 The Nuclear Network Main Menu will be displayed, followed by the following prompt:

Enter an Option or 11 ? 11 for the Main Selection Menu:

1.1.13 Type a 11 311 for SEND message and press 11 Enter 11

  • The following prompt will be displayed:

Enter list of receiving users or 11 Al1 11 to send public messages.

LIST-1.1.14 Type 11 A11 11 and press 11 Enter 11

  • A statement on the number of.

valid receivers in the list will be displayed, followed by the following prompt:

Is this a response to a message (Y/N)?

  • 1.1.15 1.1.16 Type 11 N11 for No and press be displayed:

11 Enter 11

  • Is this a question (Q) or an information entry (I):

Type 11 ! 11 for information entry and The following prompt will press 11 Enter 11

  • The following prompt will be displayed:

Subject:

1.1.17 Type "Virginia Power Emergency Exercise" or the subject of the press release, and press 11 Enter 11

  • A 11 (cont.) 11 line will be displayed and can be used if the subject line extends to 2 lines. If additional space is not needed, press 11 Enter 11
  • The following prompt will be displayed:

Information Contact:

1.1.18 Type 11 Public News Center/ 11 and press 11 Enter 11

  • The following prompt will be displayed:

Enter message text. Z -ret- to end text, + to input from text file:

  • 1.1.19 Press 11 Fl 11 to return to the Smartcom II menu screen and select 5 "Send File". Press 11 Enter 11
  • 1.1.20 Select Protocol: Type 11 311 (Send Lines) and press 11 Enter 11 *
  • CPIP-3.3 Page 3-15 03-01-90 COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)

1.1.21 Enter File Name: Type "NEWSl.TXT" and press "Enter". NOTE:

The number after 11 NEWS 11 will chang~ with each press release.

1.1.22 At this point you will have to keep pressing the 11 Enter 11 key until all lines of the text have been printed. The lower left corner of the screen will indicate "Send Complete."

II 1.1. 23 Press the "Ctrl key and while ho 1ding it down,- type a Z", II release both keys and press 11 Enter 11

  • The followling prompt will be displayed:
  • Do you want to SEND, EDIT, FILE, OR CANCEL the message?

1.1.24 Type an 11 E11 to EDIT and press 11 Enter 11

  • The followling prompt will be displayed:

Do you want to edit the Subject (S), Information Contact (I),

Message Text (M), or Quit (Q)?

1.1.25 Type an 11 M11 11 for Message Text and press 11 Enter 11

  • At the EDIT prompt type P T: 811 and press 11 Enter 11
  • Your message wi 11 be displayed without extra spaces and lines.

1.1.26 After the message has been displayed, type a 11 Q11 at the EDIT prompt and press 11 Enter 11

  • The following prompt will be displayed again:

Do you want to edit the Subject (S), Information Contact (I),

Message Text (M), or Quit (Q)?

1.1.27 Type a 11 Q11 and press "Enter 11

  • The following prompt will be displayed again:

Do you want to SEND, EDIT, FILE, OR CANCEL the message?

1.1.28 Type an II S" to SEND message and press "Enter". A notification that your message has been sent will be displayed and will tell you the message number. (Write the number and the time on the press release in the upper right corner.) The following prompt will be displayed:

Enter an Option or 11

?11 for the Main Selection Menu:

1.1.29 Type a 5" for EXIT and press 11 Enter'.'.

11 Network will

  • 1.1.30 disconnect you and display a LOGON APPLID (TSO) MENU.

At 11 the "ENTER OPTION---" prompt type "X" to EXIT and press Enter 11

  • You wi 11 be 1ogged off the system and a "@" wi 11 be displayed.

---

  • COMPUTER SERVICES SUPPORT (cont.)

1.1. 31 CPIP-3.3 Page 3-16 03-01-90 Press the II Fl II key to return to the Smartcom II menu screen (Attachment 2.4). Type a 11 011 (zero) to End Corrmunication/Program and press 11 El'\ter 11

  • 1.1.32 The 11 cursor 11 will be11 blinking on an 11 H11 for Hang Up. Press 11 Enter and type a 0 (zero) again and press "Enter", then type an 11 E11 to Exit Smartcom. You wi 11 be returned to the Master Menu screen (Attachment 2.1).

1.1.33 Follow steps 1.1.1 through 1.1.32 for each press release received during the exercise or actual emergency.

1.2 BACKUP

Implement this step only during an actual emergency at one or both of our nuclear power stations.

Should the Nuclear Network System fail or cannot be accessed, call 1

INP0 s Emergency Response Center at Ask for the Duty Officer. Upon contacting the Duty Officer, inform him that an emergency has been declared at North Anna/Surry Power Station(s).

Advise him that you will be transmitting a news release via the telecopier Provide the Duty Officer with your name and telephone number.

Do not address any questions that may be asked, refer the Duty Officer to our Rumor Control telephone number 1.3 Contact LIST Should a problem develop with one of the supported systems or any mainframe or other computer in use, the team will provide required support.

1.4 Frequency The Computer Services Coordinator shall ensure that the tasks in this procedure are performed during scheduled emergency drills, during periodic tests of the emergency equipment, or when informed by telephone or in person that an actual emergency is occurring .

  • - 2.0 ATTACHMENTS CPIP-3.3 Page 3-17 03-01-90 2 .1. Master Menu Screen 2.2 SPFPC Primary Option Menu Screen 2.3 SPFPC Edit-File Menu Screen 2.4 Smartcom II Menu Screen 2.5 Example Press Release
    • Attachment 2.1 CPIP-3.3 Page 3-18 03-01-90 Master Menu D 09-30-1988 Page 1 of 1 TI: 13: 57: 46 Version I. 00
1. SPFPC
2. Exit to DDS
3. GRAPHICS
4. LOTUS 1-2-3
5. DISPLAYWRITE 4
6. POWER-UP!
7. NUCLEAR DATA SYSTEM (Bernoulli cart. in drive 11 D11 )
8. SMARTCOM
  • CPIP-3.3 Page 3-19 03-01-90 Attachment 2.2 SPF/PC2 379K ------------- PRIMARY OPTION MENU----------------- VER 01.82 SE OPTION----- 2 0

USERID - lBMPC SPF/PC PARMS - SPECIFY TERMINAL AND USER PARAMETERS TIME - 14:01 1 BROWSE - DISPLAY SOURCE DATA OR OUTPUT LISTINGS TERMINAL- IBM 2 EDIT - CREATE OR CHANGE SOURCE DATA PF KEYS - 40 3 UTILITIES - PERFORM SPF/PC UTILITY FUNCTIONS 4 FOREGROUND - INVOKE LANGUAGE PROCESSORS IN FOREGROUND 6 COMMAND - EXECUTE DOS COMMANDS H HELP - DISPLAY INFORMATION ABOUT SPF/PC u USER - SPECIFY USER APPLICATIONS X EXIT - EXIT SPF/PC PRESS [F3] TO TERMINATE SPF/PC SPF/PC VER 01.82 (C) COPYRIGHT COMMAND TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 1984,85,86

  • ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
  • UNAUTHORIZED DUPLICATION PROHIBITED SERIAL# 0155952A
  • CPIP-3.3 Page 3-20 03-01-90 Attachment 2.3 SPF/PC2 379K -------~---------- EDIT - FILE MENU -------------------VER 01.82 EN VERIFY PARAMETERS BELOWt SPF/PC FILE DEFINITION:

DRIVE---------- c PATH----------- MODEM PATH------ PATH--------

FILENAME ------- NEWS1 EXTENSION------ TXT PROFILE NAME------------- (DEFAULTS TO FILENAME EXTENSION IF BLANK)

NJE.NA H.N,(I FFFFFFF U YUKH l:t- *Y.~RIABLE F FIXED DEFAUL T=-V)

,(00,Z, NJE.NA CJDBIR FFFFFF *8 YAJH(ZCI ; $6 TLHKLE ,(00,Z, ; X87S LNJTT Eas5 Jcars 2 I. LN.EJTT ,JDZ 0

LNJTT H2° I. NJIZND I. LNO.N ,JDZ 0

  • CPIP-3.3 Page 3-21 03-01-90 Attachment 2.4 Smartcom II Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
1. Begin Communication
  • Receive File *. 7. Change Printer Status (OFF)
2. Edit Set
  • Send File
  • Select Remote Access (OFF)
3. Select File Command 6. Change Configuration 9. Display Disk Directory (OFF; A,8,C - Change Drive 0. End Co111Tiunication/Program Press F2 for. Help Enter Selection: 1 Press Fl to Return On-Line Dials or answers phone with Smartmodem
  • 2: 19 pm Friday September 30, 1988 CAPS
  • CPIP-3.3 Page 3-22 03-01-90 Attachment 2.5 THIS IS A DRILL THESE EVENTS DID NOT OCCUR June 1, 1988 Release No. 1 12:31 p.m.

VIRGINIA POWER DECLARES ALERT Virginia Power declared an alert at its North Anna Power Station today at 11:30 a.m.

The alert was declared because of a reactor coolant leak that could not be isolated. There was no release of radiation and no danger to the public or employees.

Virginia Power has established a special phone number to provide information regarding the alert. Collect calls will be accepted at this number.

The number is Virginia Power has established a Joint Public Information Center in the Company's Innsbrook Technical Center at 5000 Dominion Boulevard in Glen Allen, Virginia. Additionally, the company has established Local Media Centers located in the Information Centers at Surry and North Anna Power Stations. However, official company statements regarding the emergency will be provided at the Joint Public Information Center at the Innsbrook Technical Center.

  1. # # # #
  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP-4.0 Page 4-1 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4.0~

PLAN/DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the Plan/Design/Construction support group to support Corporate Emergency Response Center functions.

Activation When the Corporate Security Control Center is notified of an of an emergency at either station they will initiate the Corporate Emergency Response Team Call-Out. The Primary and Alternates for the Plan/Design/Construction Manager will be notified of the emergency.

1.0 Required Action

  • 1.1 The Primary and/or Alternates for the Plan/Design/Construction Manager will report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center and initiate CPIP 4.1 .
  • CPIP-4.1 Page 4-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4.1 .

PLAN/DESIGN/CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the Plan/Design/

Construction support activities.

1.0 Initial Actions Upon arrival at the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) the Plan/Design/Construction Manager should report to the Corporate Response Manager and perform the following:

(Initial)

1. Determine the emergency classification.
2. Determine the description of events leading to the classification, and station needs regarding planning, design and/or construction.
3. Determine the need for staffing the following positions:

(Circle One)

Consultant & Equipment Support Director Yes/No Power Station Engineering Director Yes/No Power Station Construction Director Yes/No Recovery Ops Planning Coordinator Yes/No (If personnel are needed to fill these positions refer to CPT Section 4.0)

4. Determine the need to establish communication with the A/E and NSSS Vendor.

(If communications are needed, refer* to CPT Section 4.0 for applicable phone numbers)

5. Establish a shift schedule for personnel relief.
6. Make appropriate work assignments as needed.
7. Ensure all personnel are informed of any changes in emergency status or identified needs.
  • 2.0 Duties CPIP-4.1 Page 4-3 03-01-90 2.1 Once the incident is terminated and/or downgraded, determine the need for recovery support.

2.2 Ensure the following is accomplished as needed:

(Initial)

1. Deve 1op an overa 11 schedule for completion of recovery operations.
2. Develop a schedule for completing construction facilities needed for the recovery phase.
3. Identify key problems, resource limitations and technical decisions needed.
4. Identify milestones and monitor and report the progress of the recovery operations.
5. Develop an agenda (if needed) for response staff meetings and followup with expediting commitments .
  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN CPIP-5.0 Page 5-1 03-01-90 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.0~

TECHNICAL SUPPORT MANAGER CALL OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides the necessary steps to call the members of the Technical Support Staff, and/or their alternates, and have them report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) or, when required, to the affected station.

1.0 Required Action 1.1 Implement Section 5 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory .

  • CPIP-5.1 Page 5-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.1 OPERATIONS SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the operations support aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Operations Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) ground floor Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties

  • 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Coordinate the efforts of the technical specialists.

2.3 Analyze systems for operation in a degraded mode.

2.4 Activate the Emergency Response Facility monitoring systems as required or requested by the Corporate Response Manager. See Corporate Emergency Response Center Computer System Users Guide.

2.5 Recommend alternate procedures and prepare those procedures, where required.

2.6 Assist in recovery.

2.7 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

2.8 Notify INPO (See CPT, Section 5).

CPIP-5.2 Page 5-3 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.2 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the instrumentation and control aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Instrumentation and Control Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) ground floor Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Review instrumentation and control operations.

2.3 Coordinate temporary or short-term instrumentation and control changes.

2.4 Assist in recovery.

2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

CPIP-5.3 Page 5-4 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.3 REACTOR CORE ANALYSIS ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the reactor core analysis aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Reactor Core Analysis Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center.

(CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Analyze reactor core for operations in degraded mode.*

2.3 Recommend alternate procedures and prepare those procedures where required.

2.4 Assist in recovery.

2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

  • Core damage assessment procedure entitled, 11 Core Damage Assessment Procedure for Virginia Power Corporate Emergency Response, 11 NE Technical Report No. 422, is available for use in the Innsbrook Records Management area.

CPIP-5.4 Page 5-5 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.4 RADIOLOGICAL CONTROL AND WASTE MANA~EMENT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES .

Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the radiological control and waste management aspects of Technical Support.*

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Radiological Control and Waste Management Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and detennine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency. In articular, an immediate assessment of the need for meteorolo ical su art be ma e.

2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Review radiation controls in effect; make appropriate recorrmendations.

2.3 Analyze and coordinate waste management schemes.

2.4 Assist in recovery.

2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements .

  • CPIP-5.5 Page 5-6 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.5 TECHNICAL STAFF SUPPORT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the staff support aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 IITITiediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for the Staff Support shall call other members of the Technical Support Staff, report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties

  • 2.1 2.2 2.3 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

Provide support for the Technical Support staff.

Provide computer corrmunications support and data transmission.

2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

CPIP-5.6 Page 5-7 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.6 LICENSING ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the licensing aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Licensing Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Resolve questions concerning operating license requirements with NRC representatives.

2.3 Assist in recovery.

2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

2.5 Establish contact with NRC (See CPT, Section 5)

CPIP-5.7 Page 5-8 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.7 CHEMISTRY ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose This procedure provides guidance to implement the Chemistry aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 Inmediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with Staff Support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Chemistry Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center or to the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification, and determine required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Provide assistance in chemical/radiochemical data evaluation.

2.3 Assist in recovery.

2.4 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

CPIP-5.8 Page 5-9 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.8 METEOROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose: This procedure provides guidelines to implement the Meteorological Assessment aspects of technical support.

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with staff support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Meteorological Assessment shall call and report to his team leader or the alternate at the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC) Innsbrook Technical Center, and then go to meteorological operations, Innsbrook IE, first floor, to determine current meteorological situation and ascertain the emergency meteorological staffing required to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties

  • 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities.

2.2 Provide assistance in meteorological assessment data evaluation.

2.3 Provide meteorological support to assist in recovery.

2.4 Remain cognizant of current meteorological assessment in each phase of emergency.

2.5 Telephone number through the PBX in the meteorological area is

CPIP-5.9 Page 5-10 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 5.9 SAFETY ANALYSIS ACTIVATION AND DUTIES Purpose: This procedure provides guidelines to implement the safety analysis aspects of Technical Support.

1.0 Immediate Assessment Upon notification and discussion with staff support personnel or the Technical Support Manager, the individual responsible for Safety Analysis Support shall report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC)

Innsbrook Technical Center, or the affected station, ascertain the emergency classification and determine the required staffing to support the pre-recovery phase of the emergency.

2.0 Duties 2.1 Implement staffing to support pre-recovery activities *

  • 2.2 Provide safety analysis support for emergency operations.

2.3 Recommend alternate procedures required.

2.4 Assist in recovery.

and prepare those procedures where 2.5 Remain cognizant of staffing requirements.

CPIP-6.0 Page 6-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.0 RECOVERY MANAGER GUIDANCE CALL OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides the necessary steps to call personnel responsible for manning the Local Emergency Operations Facility at the affected station or the Corporate Emergency Response Center at the Innsbrook Technical Center.

Activation The Station Emergency Manager has initiated the Corporate Emergency Response Plan due to an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency at the affected station.

1.0 Required Actions 1.1 Implement Section 6 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory.

  • CPIP-6.1 Page 6-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.1 RECOVERY MANAGER GUIDANCE~

1.0 Primary Responsibilities The Recovery Manager is responsible for coordinating offsite actions necessary to mitigate the consequences of any emergency condition at North Anna/Surry Power Station. The Recovery Manager reports to the Local Emergency Operations Facility and coordinates with the Station Emergency Manager, Corporate Emergency Response Manager, and Federal, State, and local governments.

2.0 Conditions Declaration of an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency.

3.0 Actions and Limitations 3.1 Establish corrmunications with the Technical Support Center (TSC),

Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), and offsite authorities.

3.2 Synchronize time in all facilities using the time of the ERF computer. May be read off any CRT monitor in the upper right corner.

3.3 Obtain a comprehensive update of the current plant status, emergency conditions, actions that are underway to mitigate the event, the emergency class, etc.

3.4 Obtain the operational status of the TSC and the CERC.

3.5 Verify that key emergency operations personnel are at the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF).

3.5.1. Key Personnel 3.5.1.1 Operations support 3.5.1.2 Radiological assessment coordinator 3.5.1.3 Emergency plan advisor 3.5.1.4 LEOF services coordinator

CPIP-6.1 Page 6-3 03-01-90 3.5.1.5 LEOF access control security 3.5.1.6 LEOF teleco1TJT1unications coordinator 3.5.1.7 LEOF Technical Advisor 3.6 Verify that the services coordinator has provided each emergency response team work station with designated plans, supplies and materials necessary for their operation.

3.7 Verify that the radiological assessment coordinator is evaluating the i~pact of an actual or potential radiological release.

3.8 Notify all LEOF personnel (using P.A. system) of your name, duty position, and the operational status of the LEOF. If adequate staff is present, declare LEOF operational.

3.9 Notify the SEM, Corporate Response Manager (CRM), and LEOF staff

  • when the LEOF has been activated
  • 3.10 Notify State and local governments using the following titled forms:

3.10.1 Report of Emergency to State and local governments.

3.10.2 Report of Radiological Conditions to the State.

NOTE: Update State and local governments at approximately 30-minute intervals and after a significant change to the plant status, radiological data, meteorological data, and/or if one or more of the following activities are underway:

3.10.2.1 Station monitoring* teams dispatched offs it~

3.10.2.2 Station emergency personnel called-in 3.10.2.3 Evacuation of onsite personnel 3.10.2.4 Transport of a contaminated injured individual 3.10.2.5 Escalation of emergency class 3.11 Evaluate EPIP-1.05 and consult with radiological assessment coordinator prior to making protective action recommendations to the State.

  • CPIP-6.1 Page 6-4 03-01-90 3.12 Coordinate with the CERC, as required, to augment specialized equipment, services and/or staff for the station and/or LEOF.

3.13 Review and approve news releases.

3.14 Direct that all communications failures in the ERFs (CR, TSC, OSC, and LEOF) be identified and brought to the attention of the LEOF services coordinator so that he may coordinate with LEOF telecommunications coordinator for repair.

3.15 Direct LEOF Telecommunications Coordinator to monitor Whelen Siren Control system and to obtain siren status if system is activated.

3.16 Establish a 24-hour working schedule.

4.0 Recovery Implement the Recovery Procedure in CPIP-6.5, if the conditions of the following checklist have been or have the potential of being met:

4.1 Station EALs no longer indicate a potential or actual emergency exists.

4.2 The release of radioactivity from the station no longer exceeds permissible levels, and there is no danger to the public.

4.3 The station is capable of sustaining itself in a stable shutdown condition.

  • CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.2 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-5 03-01-90 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Purpose:

This procedure directs the dose assessment activities of the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) at the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF).

1.0 Immediate Functions 1.1 This procedure is activated upon declaration of an emergency classification of ALERT or greater or at any. other time when the Radiological Assessment Coordinator"""aeems necessary.

1.2 The RAC notifies the Recovery Manager of HP Support Team staffing and equipment status.

1.3 The RAC initiates Attachment 1, LEOF HP Initial Check-Off Sheet.

2.0 Assessment Activities

  • 2.1 The RAC ensures that the radio operator controls offsite monitoring teams using Attachment 2, Instructions For Control of Offsite Monitoring Teams.

2.2 The RAC updates meteorological conditions periodically using Attachments, 7, Table of Wind Direction and Affected Sectors, and Attachment 8, Classification of Atmospheric Stability and records onto Attachment 5, Meteorological Data.

2.3 The RAC ensures that the Dose Assessment Team performs dose rate and dose projection calculations using Attachment 13 or 14 as appropriate.

Attachment 13 provides instructions for the use of the personal computer and a Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet. Attachment 14 provides instructions for performing the calculations manually if the personal computer is not available.

2.4 The RAC compares offsite team data with calculated off-site dose rates when field team(s) become available.

NOTE: EPIP - 4.07; Protective Measures, provides detailed guidance on assessing projected doses to the population and protective action recommendations. Protective measures are also included in Attachment 9. EPIP - 5.07, Administration

Rlcg002

  • 2.5 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-6 03-01-90 If radiation monitor data or station sample is available, Protective Measure recommendations will be made based on radiation monitor or station sample data.

2.6 If radiation monitor data or station sample is unavailable, Protective Measures reconmendations will be made based on offsite team data dose calculations.

2.7 The HPN communicator maintains conmunications with NRC.

2.8 The RAC updates the Recovery Manager as conditions change or information becomes available regarding offsite release assessment";

radiological trends and protective action recommendations.

2.9 The RAC updates radiological conditions form on EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments, Attachment 2, Report of.

Radiological Conditions, as conditions change.

2.10 The RAC consults with the Recovery Manager about dose assessment activities and issued protective measures.

2.11 The RAC periodically checks status of radiation monitors and health physics survey results.

2.12 Repeat Steps 2.1 through 2.11 as needed.

2.13 When direct~d by Recovery Manager, secure from emergency.

2.13.1 Determine the need for further use of offsite teams for data/sample collection.

2.13.2 Return equipment to normal mode as appropriate.

2.13.3 Submit completed forms and records to the LEOF Coordinator.

  • Rlcg002
  • ATTACHMENT 1 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-7 03-01-90 LEOF HP INITIAL CHECK-OFF SHEET Date/Time of arrival: _____ / ______

INITIALS

1. Report to the Recovery Manager upon arrival in the LEOF and obtain a briefing on the emergency.

~~- 2. Notify Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) in the Technical Support Center (TSC) of arrival of HP support in the LEOF.

3. Ask RAD for the following and record on Attachment 6, Corrrnunications Message Log Form or status board:
a. Event classification
b. Current plant conditions
c. Process radiation monitor readings and meteorological data.

(If not available from the Emergency Response Facility Computer System-ERFCS)

d. Status of sample analysis and/or results, if any.
e. Release status (start time, duration, pathway, etc.)
f. Status/location of offsite monitoring teams.
g. Request telecopies of Report of Radiological Conditions to the State, if any complete. See EPIP-2.01 Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
h. HP Technician support (if not already in LEOF)
4. Check status of LEOF radiation monitors.
5. Verify operability of PING 38 Radiation Monitor.
6. Check LEOF HVAC system. Refer to either Attachment 3, HVJl.C Operations for Surry Power Station LEOF or Attachment 4, HVJl.C Operations for North Anna Power Station LEOF. Realign HVAC system as needed.

Rlcg002

  • 7.

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-8 03-01-90 When sufficient HP support is available, assign HPN communicator to relieve TSC-HPN communicator and maintain communications with the NRC. Use EPIP-2.01 Attachment 2 data, Report of Radiological Conditions and record on Attachment 6, Communications Message Log Form.

Rlcg002

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-9 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 2 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTROL OF OFFSITE MONITORING TEAMS Date: ___ ___ ___

/ /

INITIALS

1. Get current status/location of offsite monitoring teams, including mobile radio call signals.

_ _ _ 2. Use EPIP-4.19, Radio Operations for Health Physics Monitoring.

Use CPIP-6.2 Attachment 6, Communications Message Log Form, to document radio communications.

--- 3. Establish radio communications with team(s).

a. Verify status/location of team(s)
b. Give telephone numbers to call in case of radio failure.
c. Give initial instructions/directions, as necessary.
d. Ask for SRO readings.
e. Use the monitoring locations which are listed in EPIP-4.12, Attachment 2 or EPIP-4.16, Attachment 2.
4. Refer to EPIP-4.12, Offsite Environmental Monitoring Instructions for guidance to confirm and track a radiological release and determine its composition. Refer to EPIP-4.12, Attachment 3, Factors Controlling the Area Affected by a Release, if the monitoring team is located within 2 miles of the site.
5. Refer to EPIP - 4.16, Offsite Monitoring, to review the procedure being used by the offsite monitoring team, as necessary.
6. Maintain command and control of team(s).
a. Maintain radio communications.
b. Notify team(s) of sampling requirements, as necessary.
1) Tracking plume
2) Noble gas sampling
3) Particulate/iodine sampling RLcg002
  • 4) Determine air sample activity CPIP-6.2 Page 6-10 03-01-90
5) Soil/Water/Vegetation sampling
c. Notify team(s) of emergency status as conditions change.
1) Event classification
2) Current plant conditions
3) Weather forecast
4) Estimated plume location, size and width
5) Offsite protective measures implemented, if available
d. Collect data from team(s)
1) Plume width and location
2) Air sample data
3) SRO readings
4) Current location
5) Maximum dose rate readings
e. When the need for offsite monitoring no longer exists, direct team(s) to return to site.
f. Make provisions for sample analysis, personnel and equipment monitoring and decontamination .
  • Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-11 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 3 NORMAL OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY I. Normal Operation Mode NOTE: 1. If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the off/closed position.

2. . Red light indicates 11 0N 11 or 11 0PEW and green light indicates
  • 11 0FF 11 or "CLOSED. 11 CAUTION: When performing HVAC operation, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to performing the next step in the sequence.

Equipment Status

1. Damper 0-1 Open
2. Damper D-2 Closed
3. Damper 0-3 Open
4. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting Automatic NOTE: The Air Handler is interlocked with the thermostat which allows automatic cycling of air handler and its condenser to maintain desired temperature. The manual setting overrides this automatic mode and the system will remain on.
5. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Normal Setting Normal
6. HEPA Filter Off
7. Computer Room Air Handler and Its Condenser On NOTE: The Thermostat and Humidity Control for the Computer Room HVAC System are inside the Air Handler Unit .
  • Rlcg002
  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-12 03-01-90 RVAC cosnoL P~IL NOJU1AL MOO!

A.H.FAN SWITCH C,FAN H.FAN D*l D*2 D-3 OIIATlC.

MODE sAt sld.T O"N OQN 'EN llD SWlTi NORMAL Q, ~p CQSE clst ckdst GU lt1T'l'ONS eON *e *

  • ON 0

ON 0

OPEN OPEN OPEN IED lCHTS 0

OFF 0

OFF 0

  • 0 OFF Cl.()5£ CLOSE Cl.()5£ UCHTS ea- a-S*l 1-2 1.lCHTS

'

Rlcg002

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-13 03-01-90 NORMAL MOOE LEOF PENTHOUSE

. -

-

...

..... DAM,£" D-l

.....

'

- -INLET G"'ILL

~

e C

RAD 1./'I °"MftEJII D-2 MONITOR

~

w HEPA

~ ~ 'JLTER

%1, i! - t4AJN -

~

- AJJII *NCLEJII

~ -

' \

LEOF ' '

RETURN AIR SUPPL "I AIR

-

cc

<t

~

EXHAUST GAIL.L COMPUTER ROOM

  • \_)

RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-14 03-01-90 EMERGENCY OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATION SEQUENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY II. Emergency Mode: The Facility if manned for an .,Emergency or Exercise NOTE: 1. Red light indicates 11 0N" or "OPEN" and green light indicates "OFF or "CLOSED."

11 CAUTION: When performing HVAC operations, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.

Equipment Status

1. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting Automatic
  • 2. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Emergency Setting Emergency
4. HEPA Filter On
6. Damper D-3 Open
7. Computer Room Aire Handler On
  • Indicates change of equipment status from norma 1 operation mode.

Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2

  • Page 6-15 03-01-90 IVAC CONTIOL PANEL 2MERGENcY NOOE

.A.H.FAN SWITCH C.FAN H.FA.N A 'TO~IATIC.

MOOE s1'r s1'.r U~ 8UTTOt:S SWIT~

CUEN IUT'lONS E :tJ:.Ct~CYW

~p ~p clsE CQSE cQn:

ON 0 0 ON ON 0 **

OPEN OPEN OPEN IID .. ICHTS CUE~ LI~TS OFF OFF AMI! P. LICMTS

  • Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-16 03-01-90 EMERCENCY MOOE MAY "*El STATICII LEO, 'ENrHCuSE

[I~- 0-1

- - '*

..... ' " " ,*11.1..

~

E C *-o IOGTCl'II I + I DIMl'I" ~I I

. ,,. II i ~

  • ,u.,1*

l'p -

- IUJN

. .

j '

-

-

  • aJ* MA~I.EIII

-

-

  • LEO, 1:,

Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-17 03-01-90 ISOLATION OPERATION MODE HVAC OPERATIONS SEiOENCE SURRY LOCAL EMERGENCY OPER TIONS FACILITY II I. ISOLATION MODE: The Airborne Radiation M~nitoring System detects a predetennined radiation level entering the facility down-stream of the HEPA Filter.

NOTE: 1. Use of the isolation mode for an extended period of time will result in a loss of positive pressure within the LEOF.

2. The airborne radiation monitoring system DOES NOT monitor air activity within the LEOF when the HVA"csystein"is in the Isolation mode.
3. Red light indicates 11 0N 11 or 11 0PEN 11 and green light indicates 11 0FF 11 or 11 CLOSED. II CAUTION: When performing HVAC operations, the indicator lights should show the fully closed or open position prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.*
  • Eguiement
  • 2. Damper D-2 Status Off Closed
4. Damper 0-1 Closed
5. Upper Main Air Handler Switch on Automatic Setting Automatic
6. Lower Main Air Handler Switch on Emergency Setting Emergency
7. Computer Room Air Handler On
  • Indicates change of equipment status from normal operation mode.
  • Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-18 03-01-90 IVAC CONnOL PANEL lSOUTIO_. MODE A,H,FAN SWITCH C.FAN H,FAN Z>-1 Z>-2 Z>-3 L'TOl'MTI.

MOOE sAr sfd.r oRN l~N QEN ll>> rUTTOKS swNj RCt~

~p ll, c9sE clsE clsE CUT li'TlONS

ON ON 0

ON 0 0 0 OPEN OPEN OPEN I.Et) ICHTS 0

orr 0

011 *** e OFF CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE cu ' LICHTS ea-s-l e~-

1-2 AMI LICHTS RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-19 03-01-90 I SOL AT ION MOOE

. ., NlfEI ffATICII

.

. z LEOF '£NTHOUSE o-c-*1>-1 IN..IT 0-JL.1..

E C

w MOHJ,~ 1.;1 °'"" D-1

~

i ~ .,u.",.

i' MAIN

- as._ MIUC~l,- * -

-

j '

.

. LIO, I I E

C

!

i

  • u RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-20 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 4 HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF NORMAL OPERATION MODE To align the system for normal operation perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown. This is required to ensure system interlocks do not defeat the start-up.

NOTE: If the system has tripped due to a power failure, all equipment should be cycled to the off/closed position.

CAUTION: When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to performing the next step in the sequence.

Eguiement Status

1) Damper D-1 Opln2
2) Air Handler Fan, S-1 On '
3) Damper D-3 Ope~
4) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1 Off
5) Damper D-2 Cl~sed
6) Computer Room HVAC, S-2 &S-4 On 5
7) Exhaust Fan, V-1 On
1) The room thermostat cycles the refrigeration unit (S-3) or the heating coils (HC) as thermostat calls for, while the air nandler fan runs continuously.
2) Damper 0-3 is interlocked with the Air Handler Fan S-1 and will not open unless S-1 is running.
3) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1, and Damper D-2 are interlocked. Fan F-1 will not operate without D-2 open. If Damper D-2 is closed with F-1 operating, then fan F-1 will trip off-line.
4) The computer room HVAC system operates independently of the main LEOF air conditioning unit. Switch S-2 is located on the ventilation panel and Switch S-4 is located on the MCC in the Electrical/Mechanical Equipment Room labeled 11 Computer Room Indoor HVAC Unit 11
  • NOTE: Both switches must be in the on position for the system to operate.----
5) The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet.

The operating switch is the left hand switch on the double switch plate.

Exhaust Fan, V-1 can only be operated if (1) the air handler S-1 is on, (2)

Damper 0-3 is opened, and (3) the local on/off switch is in the on position.

Rlcg002

NORMAL MODE CPIP-6.2

  • Page 6-21 03-01-90 LEOF PENTHOUSE

(

--

-~

DAMPER D-1

- - INLET GRILL

--

-

-

C:

<t RAD L..af DAMPER D-2 MONITOR a..

,

UJ c..

~ HEPA

<t => FILTER l:: I/

~-

UJ a::

<t <!

l::

MAIN

--

-

'.'" >

I ,\

- AIR HANDLER LEOF I I RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR DAMPER 0-3 COMPUTER ROOM

. AIR HANDLER COMPUTER ROOM RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR

  • \_)

TOCAIFIFL

  • HVAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-22 03-01-90

. '

To align the system for emergency operation perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown.

CAUTION:

When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to perfonning the next step in the sequence.

Equipment Status

1) Air Handler Fan, S-1 On
2) Damper D-1 Closed
3) Damper D-2 Open
4) Damper D-3 Op n
5) Exhaust Fan, V-1 On 1
6) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1 On *
7) Computer Room HVAC, S-2 &S-4 on 2
1) The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet.
2) See note 4 of Normal Operation Mode.

Rlcg002

EMERGENCY MODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-23 03-01-90

(

LEOF PENTHOUSE

~ DAMPER D-1 INLET GRILL

-

-

~

-

-

a:

<I RAD MONITOR I + I'DAMPER 0-2 Q..

) \ I w

~

<I Q..

) < HEPA

~

~-

wa:

<I <I, ,

FIL TEA

--

~-

MAIN

-- AIR HANDLER

> -

-

'\

LEOF \ I RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR

-

cc:

<I Cl.

)

w

~

<I

~

DAMPER D-3 COMPUTER ROOM EXHAUST GRil AIR HANDLER COMPUTER ROOM RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR

'-*

\__)

TDC~IRF

  • HYAC OPERATIONS SEQUENCE NORTH ANNA LEOF ISOLATION NODE CPIP-6.2 Page 6-24 03-01-90

,

To align the system for isolation mode perform or verify the system line-up in the sequence shown.

CAUTION:

When performing damper operations, the damper indicator lights should show the damper fully closed or open prior to performing the next step in the sequence.

Eguiement Status

1) Air Handler Fan, S-1 On
2) Damper 0-1 Closed
3) HEPA Filter Fan, F-1 Off
4) Damper D-2 Clo~ed
5) Exhaust Fan, V-1 Off
6) Damper D-3 Cl~sed
7) Computer Room HVAC, S-2 &S-4 On
1) The local on/off switch for fan V-1 is located in the Custodian's Closet.
2) See note 4 of Norma 1 Operation Mode.

Rlcg002

ISOLATION MOOE

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-25 LEOF PENTHOUSE 03-01-90

/

...-------------1[2'. DAMPER D-1 INLET GRILL c::

...... RAD ~ DAMPER D-2

<I MONliOR c..

)

w c.. HEPA

~

<I

,
I: FILTER w a::

~ ......

<I <r

I:

MAIN

- AIR HANDLER

'\

LEOF 1/

RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR

,-

1 er

......

<r 0..

)

w

~

<r

I:

DAMPER D-3 COMPUTER ROOM EXHAUST GRIL AIR HANDLER COMPUTER ROOM RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR

\__)

TDCAIRFl .

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-26 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 5 METEOROLOGICAL DATA Call CERC and get 11 Current Conditi.ons 11 and request --- hour FORECAST.

Current Conditions Sigma theta 0 Upper delta T 0 c

Wind Speed: miles per hour ----

Wind Direction:

Stability Class:

Pre c i pit at ion:

Other:

  • Pre pa red BY:

Date/Time:

Forecast Condition (FORECAST is for

- - - hours)

Wind Speed:

miles per hour Wind Direction:

Stability Class:

Precipitation:

Other:

Prepared By: Date/Time:

NOTE: RETURN FORM TO RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR.

RLcg002

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-27 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 6 COfllfUNICATIONS MESSAGE LOG FORM Time:

FROM:

TO:

_.......;_ ________

Message: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Time: FROM:

TO: ----------

Message: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Time: FROM:

TO: ----------

Message=-------------------------~

  • Rlcg002
  • ATTACHMENT 7 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-28 03-01-90 TABLE OF WIND DIRECTION AND AFFECTED'SECTORS WIND AVERAGE DIRECTION SECTORS
  • PHONETIC DEGREES FROM AFFECTED ALPHABET 349-11 N (0°) H J K HOTEL 12-34 NNE (22.5°) J K L JULIEIT 35-56 NE (45°) K L M KILO 57-79 ENE (67.5°) L M N LIMA 80-101 E (90°) M N p MIKE 102-124 ESE (112.5°) N p Q NOVEMBER 125-146 SE (135°) p Q R PAPA 147-169 SSE (157.5°) Q R A QUEBEC 170-191 s (180°) R A B ROMEO 192-214 SSW (202.5°) A B C ALFA 215-236 SW (225°) B C D BRAVO 237-259 WSW (247.5°) C D E CHARLIE 260-281 w(270°) D E F DELTA 282-304 WNW (292.5°) E F G ECHO 305-326 NW (315°) F G H FOXTROT 327-348 NNW (337.5°) G H J GOLF RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-29 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 8 CLASSIFICATION OF ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY Surry Power Station Stability Pasquill Sigma Upper Delta Cl ass ifi cation Categories Theta (degrees) (DEGC/115.94 Ft)

Extremely unstable A > 22. 5 <-0. 67 Moderately unstable B 17.5 to 22.4 -0.66 to -0.60 Slightly unstable C 12.5 to 17.4 -0.59 to -0.53 Neutral D 7.5 to 12.4 -0.52 to -0.18 Slightly stable E 3.8 to 7.4 -0.17 to 0.53 Moderately stable F 2.1 to 3.7 0.54 to 1.41 Extremely stable G < 2 .1 > 1.41 Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-30 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 8 CLASSIFICATION OF ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY North Anna Power Station Stability Pasquill Sigma Upper Delta Classification Categories Theta (degrees) (DEGF/126.1 Ft)

Extremely unstable A > 22. 5 < -1.31 Moderately unstable 8 17.5 to 22.4 -1.30 to -1.18 Slightly unstable C 12.5 to 17.4 -1. 17 to -1. 04 Neutral D 7.5 to 12.4 -1.03 to -0.35 Slightly stable E 3.8 to 7.4 -0.34 to 1. 04

  • Moderately stable Extremely stable G F 2.1 to 3.7

< 2.1 1.05 to 2. 77

> 2. 77 Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-31 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 9 PROTECTIVE MEASURES Site Boundary~ 0.31 miles (Surry) or 0.85 miles (North Anna)

Site Boundary Doses (EPIP-1.01)

Whole Body Thyroid General Greater Than 2 rem Greater Than 12 rem Site Area 0.5 - 2.0 rem 1 - 12 rem Site Criteria (EPIP-1.04, 1.05, 4.07)

  • Site Evacuation Greater Than 1 rem Greater Than 5 rem Site Shelter 0.5-1.0 rem 1.0-5.0 rem No Recommendation Less than 0.5 rem Less than 1.0 rem KI Blocking Agent Greater Than 12 rem (EPIP-5.07) (SPS)

Greater Than 10 rem (EPIP-5.07) (NAPS)

Offsite Whole Body (EPIP-4.07)

IF' THEN, I. projected dose is less than 0.5 rem 1. No Recommendation

2. projected dose is equal to or greater than 0.5 but less than 2.0 rem 2. Shelter
3. projected dose is greater than 2.0 rem 3. Evacuate
  • RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-32 03-01-90 Offsite Thyroid (EPIP-4.07)

IF, THEN~

1. projected dose is less than 1.0 rem 1. No Recommendation
2. projected dose is equal to or greater than 1 rem but less than 12 rem 2. Shelter
3. projected dose is greater than 12 rem 3. Evacuate Emergency Exposure Limits (EPIP-4.04)

Classification Whole Body-Rem Thyroid-Rem Damage Repair Activities 25 125 Lifesaving Activity 75

  • RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-33 03-01-90 CHPEOFS COMPUTER PROGRAM ATTACHMENT 10

1. Precauti ans and Limitati ans
a. In order to run the program the computer data line must be operational. The error message X nnn, indicates there is a problem with the data transmission line between your terminal and the IBM computer. Nnn designates the error number. In order to correct this problem you will need to call IS Network Control in Innsbrook at extension . Tell the operator that answers your call that your termi na 1 is down, that you a re on TSO Sys tern B, the termi na.1 number which is found on the front of the terminal, and the error number.

The operator will tell you how long it will take to bring up your terminal which in most cases will be only a few minutes.

b. In order to use the printer both the ready and the CU lights need to be on. If the "hold print" light is on press the "enable print" button to get both the CU and the ready lights on .
  • c. Note that the system will log you off if a data entry does not occur within 15 minutes of your last data entry. A data entry is defined as anytime you hit the enter button. If the system logs you off then you will need to begin your logon again. When you run EOF after being logged off enter the previous update data as you normally would if this were the first data point. Then enter your next to last point as the current update and enter the last values for the doses in update
2. This is necessary because in update number 1 the system does not calculate any integrated doses. It only calculates integrated dose for updates 2 and on.
d. In order to maintain data reliability you must only use the data from only one location. You may not mix data from multiple locations since this wTTl lead to errors in the integrated and projected doses, as well as the integrated and projected curies released~
e. In order to use this procedure the user must have the following:
1. A current TSO logon and password issued by Virginia Power IS.
2. A modified set of PF key assignments in their computer file.
2. Log on Procedure
  • a.

b.

Rlcg002 Turn on the terminal.

Type in TSOB and press enter.

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-34 03-01-90

c. Type in your logon TSO-ID as assigned to you by Virginia Power IS.

Example: TSOCATA or TSBKLEF

d. Press enter.
e. Type in your password (it will not be displayed on the screen). Pre.ss enter.
f. The system will reply with a "***" message. Press ALT and PF3 key.

Note that anytime the system replies with a series of three asterisks, press enter.

3. Executing CHPEOFS
a. After you have logged on, the system will return with a ready message.
b. Type in "SPF 6". Press enter.
c. The system wil 1 reply with a 11 ***" message. Press enter.
d. The system will now ask you to enter a TSO comnand or a Clist. Type 11 CHPEOFS 11 and press enter. This wi 11 begin the execution of the EOF Program.
4. Data Entry
a. There is one data entry screen used by the computer to enter data into the program. This input screen will look as follows:

Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-35 03-01-90 CURRENT DATE UPDATE LOCATION PROJECTION TIME LOCATION DOWNWIND OFF CENTERLINE MI TIME CURRENT TIME DATE CURRENT DATE WINDSPEED STABILITY CLASS WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE MR/HR I-131 ACTIVITY UCI/ML Fill it out as follows:

Location - any five characters, (i.e., Lima5).

Projection Time - enter in hours the dose projection time in hours , ( i . e . , 3 . 0) .

Location Downwind - the downwind distance form the station to the data point in mi1 e, ( i . e. , 4. 0 mi ) .

Offcenterline - the offcenterline distance from the station to the plume centerline. If the data point is on the plume centerline the distance would be 0.0 mi.

Time - the time of the measurement in the following format: hhmm usfng the 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> clock, (i.e., 0930 would be 9:30 a.m.).

Date - the date of the measurement in the following format:

mm7cld/yy (i.e., October 12, 1989, would appear as 10/12/89).

Windspeed - the windspeed in miles per hour, (i.e., 4.0 mph.).

Stability Class - the meteorological stability class numeric representation where Class A= 1, Class B = 2, etc. up to Class G-** 7.

  • Whole Bodf Dose Rate - the reported whole body dose rate in mrem/hr,i.e., 2.0 mr/hr).

I-131 Activit) - the reported I-131 activity in uCi/ml, ( i . e. ,

1. OE-7 uCi /ml .

RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-36 03-01-90 Please note that it is very important that you be sure to use decimal points when typing in the data. An example qf a completed data entry is found below. '.

CURRENT DATE UPDATE LOCATION --------- LIMAS PROJECTION TIME----- 3.0 LOCATION DOWNWIND--------- 2.0 MI OFF CENTERLINE ----- 0.0 MI TIME --------- 1458 DATE ----- 10/13/89 WINDSPEED --------- 5.0 STABILITY CLASS----- 4 WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE------ 2.0 MR/HR I-131 ACTIVITY ------ l.OE-7 UCI/ML When all the data has been entered and checked to be correct, press enter. The computer will return the dose calculatitins to the screens similar to the example below:

TIME 1458. DATE 10 1989. LOCATION LIMAS UPDATE NO. 1 INPUT DATA: WHOLE BODY I-131 DOSE RATE 2.00 MR/HR ACTIVITY l.OOOE-07 UCI/ML OUTPUT DATA BASED UPON OFFSITE MONITORING.

WHOLE BODY: SITE BOUNDARY 2 MILES 5 MILES 10 MILES DOSE RATE 3.142E+Ol 2.000E+OO 5.020E-Ol 1. 827E-Ol MR/HR INTEGRATED O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO MR PROJECTED 9.426E+Ol 6.000E+OO l.506E+OO 5.482E-Ol MR THYROID : SITE BOUNDARY 2 MILES 5 MILES 10 MILES DOSE RATE 2.906E+03 l.850E+02 4.643E+Ol 1. 690E+Ol MR/HR INTEGRATED O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO O.OOOE+OO MR PROJECTED 8. 719E+03 5.550£+02 1.393£+02 5.071E+Ol MR RLcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-37 03-01-90 After pressing the print key on the tenninal to obtain a hardcopy of the output, press enter. The next screen that is displayed by the computer is shown below: f ACUTAL WHOLE BODY DOSE RATE AT SITE BOUNDARY IS ~~~~~MR/HR ESTIMATED WHOLE BODY DOSE RATES ARE 3.142E+01MR/HR AT SB 2.000E+OOMR/HR AT 2 MILES 5.020E-01 MR/HR AT 5 MILES 1.827E-01MR/HR AT 10 MILES PROJECTED TOTAL INTEGRATED WHOLE BODY DOSE IS 9.426E+Ol MR AT SB 6.000E+OO MR AT 2 MILES l.506E+OO MR AT 5 MILES 5.482E-01 MR AT 10 MILES PROJECTED TOTAL INTEGRATED THYROID DOSE IS 8.719E+03 AT SB 5.550E+02 MR AT 2 MILES

  • 1.393E+02 MR AT 5 MILES 5.07E+Ol MR AT 10 MILES

After pressing the print key on the terminal to obtain a hardcopy of the output, press enter. The next screen that is displayed by the computer is shown below:

LAST TRANSACTION TIME----) 14:58:00 ARE YOU READY TO EXECUTE THE PROGRAM AGAIN ----) NO (YES OR NO)

The purpose of this screen is to allow you to remain in the program without having the computer log you off if the enter key is not pressed within 15 minutes. The default answer to this question is 11 N0 11

  • If you press the enter key at this time the program loops back to the same question and the last transaction time is updated to the current time. If you type in 11 YES 11 and press enter, the computer wi 11 display the data entry screen for the next data calculation. In order to exit the program, press enter when the input screen is empty.
5. LOGOFF PROCEDURE
a. To terminate the session go to the data entry screen and press enter without typing any data on the screen.

Rlcg002

  • b.

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-38 03.-01-90 Type in 11 =X 11 , press the ERASE EOF key and then press enter.

computer will return with a ready message.

The NOTE: Certain logon TSO-IDs will not return with a ready message, but the "Specify Disposition of Log DATASET'! screen appears. In this case type the letter 11 K11 at the cursor and press enter to get the ready message.

11

c. Type Logoff 11 and press enter. This wi 11 1og you off the computer system .
  • Rlcg002
  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-39 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 11 DOSE ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET DATE: - - - - TIME: - - - - SECTOR- - - - PROJECTED BY: - - - - -

STABILITY CLASS:

- - - - WIND SPEED MONITO~:

SAMPLE:

WHOLE BODY X/Q_ _ __

SITE BOUNDARY 2 5 10 OTHER DOSE RATE INTEGRATED DOSE PROJECTED DOSE

TIME OF ARRIVAL MILES SITE AREA MILES GENERAL THYROID X/Q _ __

SITE BOUNDARY 2 5 10 OTHER DOSE RATE INTEGRATED DOSE PROJECTED DOSE TIME OF ARRIVAL MILES SITE AREA MILES GENERAL Integrated Dose~ (Time Since x Dose Rate)+ Previously Last Update Last Update Integrated

  • Dose Projected Dose~ Integrated Dose+ (Most Recent Dose Rate x Release Duration)

(mr/hr)

RLcg002

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-40 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 11 (cont'd)

SOURCE TERM DATA Xe-133 Ci/sec

Integrated Curies

Projected Curies

I-131 Ci/sec

Integrated Curies

Projected Curies

Integrated Curies= (Time Since x Ci/sec ) + Previously Integrated

  • Last Update Last Update Curies Projected Curies *=Integrated Curies + (Most Recent Ci/sec x Release Duration)

Rlcg002

1 i

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-41 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 12 X/Q MULTIPLICATION FACTOR STABILITY CLASS Distance A 8 C D E F G Miles 2 l.37E-2 1.12E-2 4.27E-2 6.37E-2 8.33E-2 l.28E-1 2.38E-1 5 6.02E-3 2.36E-3 8.84E-3 1.59E-2 2.42E-2 3.74E-2 7.79E-2
  • 10 3.llE-3 1.24E-3 2.BOE-3 5.84E-3 1.00E-2 1.55E-2 3.24E-2 Rlcg002
  • ATTACHMENT 13 CPIP-6.2 Page 6-42 03-01-90 DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM INSTRUCTIONS - USE OF PERSONAL COMPUTER AND SPREADSHEET NOTE: User should be familiar with Lotus 1-2-3.
1. Verify that:

a) The personal computer and the printer are plugged into the AC power strip located beneath the work counter, or plug in the necessary equipment.

b) The communication cable between the personal computer and the printer is properly connected, or connect the computer and the printer using the proper communication cable.

c) An adequate supply of printer paper is available and loaded into the printer, or request the clerical personnel to provide paper, and when it is provided load it into the printer.

2. Turn unit on (computer, monitor, and printer) by operating the appropriate on-off switches. Adjust the monitor to suitable brightness and contrast settings.
3. Wait until 1-2-3 empty spreadsheet is displayed.
4. Insert a blank formatted disk in Drive 11 A11 *
5. Depress 11

/",

11 F11 , 11 R11 to obtain File Format.

6. With cursor, select the appropriate dose assessment work sheet based on stability class, monitor data or sample data.
7. Enter data into specific cells according to EPIP-4.09 and EPIP-4.11.

NOTE: The spreadsheet was created in a mode which prevents the entry of data into certain "protected" cells. The cells which will accept data can be identified by the green color of the generic data entered, and by the capital letter 11 U11 (for Unprotected) included in the display at the upper left corner of the screen. The spreadsheets follow the instructions of the appropriate steps of EPIP-4.09, and emulate the appropriate attachments of cells. Only the variable data (monitor readings, accident selection parameters, effluent flow rates, etc.) must be entered by the operator.

Accident selection parameters are taken from the appropriate attachment just as they would be if the calculation were being done manually. The cells of the model spreadsheet which will receive operator input are filled with zeroes when the model is first loaded. Only the cells for which data is available should be modified.

Rlcg002

  • 8. When data entry is complete, confirm data entries are correct.

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-43 03-01-90 9~ press I I / .. ' II F II ' .. S II *

'

10. Depress 11 escape 11 3 times. Enter file name: 11 A:SPSXXXX 11 to save, then press 11 enter 11
  • NOTE: XXXX is designated military time of monitor data time.

NOTE: SPS is Surry Power Station. If Dose Assessment Program is being used at North Anna Power Station the file name would be 11 A:NAPSXXXX.

11. Press 11

/

11

,

11 P11 , 11 P11 , then press 11 A11 , 11 G11 *

12. Remove Dose Assessment print-out from printer and record results on EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2.
13. Give EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2 to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator .
  • RI r.nOO?
  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-44 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 14 DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM INSTRUCTIONS
1. a) If source term data is available, the Dose Assessment Team member performs Noble Gas and Iodine source term calculations with the fo 11 owing:

From EPIP-4.09, Attachment 2 and/or Attachment 3:

Xe-133 (Ci/sec) value I-131 (Ci/sec) value b) The Dose Assessment Team member perfonns the Noble Gas and Iodine ratio calculations with the following:

I-131 value (Ci/sec)  ; Ratio value Xe-133 value (Ci/sec) c) The Dose Assessment Team member performs the Projected Integrated Equivalent Curies Xe-133 and I-131 calculations with the following:

From CPIP-6.2, Attachment 11:

Projected Integrated Curies Xe-133 and I-131 =

Integrated Curies+ (Most recent Ci/sec x Release Duration) d) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.

e) Go to Attachment 15.

2. a) If the MAINFRAME is available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member performs dose calculations using Attachment 10.

b) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.

3. a) If the MAINFRAME is not available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member calculat~dose rates using EPIP - 4.13, Offsite Release Assessment with Environmental Data.

b) Go to Attachment 15.

4. a) If the RAD/MET computer model is available, the designated Dose Assessment Team member will perfonn calculations using EPIP - 4.28 (SPS) or EPIP 4.27 (NAPS), Class 11 A11 Dose Calculation Model.

b) Get infonnation as directed by the RAC.

c) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.

  • CPIP-6.2 Page 6-45 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 15 INTEGRATED AND TOTAL PROJECTED DOSE CAL_CULATIONS
1. Determine Integrated Dose with the following steps:

a) Get affected sector(s) from the Radiological Assessment Coordinator (RAC) and record on Attachment 11.

b) If the current sector affected is the same as the previous sector affected, get start time of release or the time of previous assessment from the RAC. ~

1) If the current sector affected is different from the previous sector affected, THEN get initial time of wind shift from the RAC.

c) Determine the current length of release (hrs.).

d) Perform integrated dose calculation using the equation: [TIME (hrs) x DOSE RATE (mr/hr)J + [Previous Integrated Dose]=

Integrated Dose and record result on Attachment 11.

1) Use zero for previous integrated dose for an initial assessment.
2) For subsequent assessments get integrated dose from Previous Attachment 11.
2. Determine Total Projected Dose with the following steps:

a) Get estimated duration of projected release (hrs.) from the RAC.

1) If no estimate is given, THEN use 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />.

b) Use Whole Body and Thyroid dose rates AND Integrated Dose from Attachment 11 to determine projected wlioTe body and thyroid dose.

Use the equation _and record result on Attachment 11.

[Integrated Dose+ [Dose Rate (mr/hr) x Duration of Release (hr)]" Total Projected Dose.

3. Determine offsite dose rate, integrated and total projected dose at 2,5 and 10 miles with the following steps:

a) If radiation monitor data is available, go to Step 3.i.1 .

  • Rlcg002 b) If the offsite team readings are NOT at the Site Boundary, perform the following. Otherwise-:--§o to Step 3.i.1).

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-46 03-01-90 c) Determine the offsite team location and corresponding dose rate.

d) From EPIP - 4.10, Attachment 1, X/Q Table, find the offsite team location distance and the corresponding,X/Q value for the appropriate Stability Class. (

e) Detenni ne the X/Q value at the Site Boundary for the same Stabi"l i ty Cl ass.

f) Divide each of the above X/Q values by the wind speed (mph).

g) Divide the Site Boundary X/Q values by the offsite team location X/Q value to obtain a X/Q ratio.

h) Multiply the X/Q ratio by the offsite team location dose rate to obtain the Site Boundary Dose Rate.

i) Record results on Attachment 11.

1) Get most current stability class from the RAC and record on Attachment 11.
2) Determine the conversion factor from Attachment 12 for distance of 2,5 and 10 miles.
3) Determine Whole Body and Thyroid dose rate for 2,5 and 10 miles using the equation:

SITE BOUNDARY DOSE RATE x CONVERSION FACTOR:: DOSE RATE (mR/hr)

4) Record results on Attachment 11.
5) Repeat Steps l.b) through l.d.2) for:

-Integrated Whole Body and Thyroid dose and

-Total projected Whole Body and Thyroid dose.

j) Determine plume arrival time ..

1) Get current wind speed (mph) from Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
2) Determine arrival time for Site Boundary, 2, 5 and 10 miles by the following equation:
  • Rlcg002

CPIP-6.2 Page 6-47 03~01-90

[TIME OF ASSESSMENT]+ [60 x DISTANCE (SB, 2, 5 or 10 Miles)]= TIME OF ARRIVAL WIND SPEED (mph)

Where SB= 0.3125 (~PS), or

= 0.85 (NAPS)

3) Record on Attachment 11.
4. Detennine offsite dose rate, integrated and total projected dose at other distances with the following steps:

a) Use EPIP-4.10, Determination of X/Q, to determine X/Q for Site Boundary and distances other than 2, 5, or 10 miles.

b) Get the Site Boundary Whole Body and Thyroid dose rates from Attachment 11.

c) Detennine dose rate for distance of interest using the equation:

SITE BOUNDARY X = DOSE RATE DOSE RATE (distance of interest) d) Record on Attachment 11.

e) Repeat Steps 4.a) through 4.d) using Site Boundary Integrated Dose and Total Projected Dose.

f) Determine plume arrival time.

1) Get current wind speed (mph} from Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
2) Detennine arrival time for distance other than 2, 5 or 10 miles by the following TIME OF ASSESSMENT+ [60 x DISTANCE ] = TIME OF (24 HOUR TIME) WIND SPEED (mph) ARRIVAL
3) Record on Attachment 11.
4) Record results onto EPIP-2.01, Attachment 2, Report of Radiological Conditions.
5) Give calculations to the RAC .
  • Rlcg002
  • CPIP-6.3 Page 6-48 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.3 EMERGENCY PLAN ADVISOR LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACI~ITY Purpose This procedure provides the Emergency Plan Advisor with a general listing of responsibilities during an emergency.
  • 1.0 Immediate Functions I.I Principle Responsibilities:

I.I.I Advise the Recovery Manager on procedural matters during the emergency and recovery phases.

1.1.2 Assure that Station Emergency Plan and procedures are implemented to mitigate the emergency.

1.1.3 Act as liaison with offsite emergency agencies, i.e., NRC, DOE, and DES to aid in assessment of the station conditions.

1.1.4 Assist in long term recovery efforts at the request of the Recovery Manager.

1.1.5 Coordinate with the NRC to ensure compliance with regulations during the recovery phase.

1.1.6 Review recovery program procedures for possible impact on offsite governmental agencies.

2.0 Collateral Responsibilities 2.1 Interface with Emergency Response Directors, Managers, and Team leaders.

2.2 Coordinate meetings/briefings with Corporate Executives, Public Affairs Representatives and outside agencies.

2.3 Identify communication needs and coordinate support to expedite the recovery effort.

2.4 Assist in the administration of the LEOF/CERC.

2.5 Provide recommendations and assistance to the Recovery Manager as requested.

CPIP-6.4 Page 6-49 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.4 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY Purpose Provide communications between the Local Emergency Operations Facility (LEOF) and the Technical Support Center (TSC), the Corporate Emergency Response Center (CERC), and offsite authorities. Communicate messages from the TSC and CERC to the Recovery Manager. Notify state and local governments of emergency status.

1.0 Immediate Functions 1.1 Principle Responsibilities 1.1.1 Establish communications with the Technical Support Center (TSC), Corporate Emergency Response Center (CER~), and offsite authorities.

1.1.2 Pass messages to the Recovery Manager as the emergency situation progresses.

1.1.3 Obtain a comprehensive update of the current plant status, emergency conditions, actions that are underway to mitigate the event, the emergency class, etc.

NOTE: Update State and local governments at approximately 30-minute intervals and after a significant change to the plant status, radiological data, meteorological data, and/or if one or more of the following activities are underway:

Station monitoring teams dispatched offsite

Station emergency personnel called-in

Evacuation of onsite personnel

Transport of a contaminated injured individual

==: Escalation of emergency class 1.1.4 Notify state and local governments using EPIP-2.01 attachments for offsite notifications.

1.1.5 Continue to provide the current information to the appropriate areas throughout the emergency situation and follow through until the emergency is concluded.

CPIP-6.5 Page 6-50 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 6.5 RECOVERY PROCEDURE LOCAL EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY 1.0 Purpose Provide guidance to the Recovery Manager and the recovery organization to return the station to a normal condition and to assist State and local governments with their recovery efforts.

2.0 User Recovery Manager 3.0 Entry Conditions 3.1 EALs indicate no potential or actual emergency exists.

3.2 Release of radioactive material from the station no longer exceeds pe~missible levels.

3.3 The station is capable of sustaining itself in a stable shutdown condition.

4.0 Actions To Be Considered 4.1 Consult with SEM, State, NRC - verify entry into Recovery.

4.2 Confer with the Station Emergency Manager, NRC, State and appropriate members of his staff to develop a plan to establish a recovery program and organization.

Consider the following areas when planning the recovery program and its supporting organization:

4.2.1 Define the scope of the problem.

4.2.2 Define the resources required.

4.2.3 Prioritize work effort.

4.2.4 Minimize exposure.

4.2.5 Provide checks and approvals before commencing work.

4.2.6 Provide a mechanism to use routine station procedures to accompl~sh work, and to provide authorizations for specific procedural requirements.

CPIP-6.5 Page 6-51 03-01-90 4.2.7 Allocate resources.

4.2.8 Establish a mechanism to assign tasks and track their status.

4. 3 Direct that a recovery organi zationa 1 *,chart be prepared based on the planned recovery organization.

4.4 Have the appropriate authorities review the recovery program, i.e., Corporate Response Manager, Senior Nuclear Regulatory Commission representative, Senior Department of Emergency Services representative, etc.

5.0 Recovery Options 5.1 See Attachment 1, Options to be Considered During Recovery.

6. 0 TERMINATION 6.1 Notify onsite and offsite emergency personnel previously contacted and inform them that the emergency is terminated.
  • CPIP-6.5 Page 6-52 03-01-90 ATTACHMENT 1 OPTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED DURING RECOVERY
1. Ensure that an adequate interface is established with Federal, State, and County personnel by assigning a company liaison representativ~.
2. Direct action be taken to procure the necessary equipment and personnel resources to support the recovery program.
3. Establish a support group to assist/advise the Corrmonwealth of Virginia with their recovery efforts.
4. Direct that a briefing schedule be prepared to inform and update both corporate and the media.
5. Schedule meetings/briefings to discuss special problems associated with high radiation areas.
6. Direct that the station's security program be reviewed to ensure that it is capable of supporting the increased work effort directed by the recovery program, e.g.,
a. Search requirements
b. Record of entries/exits
c. Control of vital areas
d. Special surveillance
7. Direct that the proper notifications are made when significant changes occur or significant recovery activities are instituted .
  • CPIP-7.0 Page 7-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 7.0 MEDICAL ACTIVATION DUTIES EMPLOYEE HEALTH SERVICES ~

CALL OUT/ACTIVATION Purpose This procedure provides the necessary steps for the Medical Advisor, and/or alternate, System R.N., to report to the Corporate Emergency Response Center or when required, to the affected station Medical Treatment Center.

Activation This procedure will be activated on the notification of the Medical Advisor or alternate, System R.N., that an Alert, Site Area Emergency or General Emergency has been declared.

1.0 Required Actions 1.1 Implement Section 7 of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan Telephone Directory.

CPIP-7.1 Page 7-2 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 7.1 MEDICAL ACTIVATION DUTIES EMPLOYEE HEALTH SERVICES

1) Medical Advisor and/or alternate (System R.N.) reports _to CERC.
2) Monitor medical care of injured/exposed persons and maintain a log that includes: (see attached information on the form shown on page 7-4)
3) Assist with interpretation of medical information and procurement of consultative medical services as needed and as requested by the Corporate Response Manager.
4) Notify the nuclear station physicians if local medical assistance is needed .
  • (1)

(2)

North Anna:

Surry:

Beaverdam Family Physicians Dr. Sherrod Smithfield Medical Clinic Dr. Longford

5) If injured/exposed person needs emergency hospital care, notify the:

(1) MCV Hospital Superintendent (after hours, telepage will answer and have superintendent return the call), and (2) Radiation Safety Office (Dean Braga)

(after hours and emergency number:

Information needed for other hospitals in the appropriate Station areas is located on page 7-5.

Enter on the log the name and title of person notified and the time.

6) Have administrative personnel services team runner obtain name, address and phone number of the injured person's next of kin.

Supply this information to the Medical Advisor .

  • Record on the log the name and relationship of the notified and the time.

family member

CPIP-7.1 Page 7-3 03-01-90 FLOW SHEET LOG OF INJURED/CONTAMINATED NUCLEAR POWER STATION EMPLOYEES TIME OF CALL: DATE: - - - - - - -

NAME: TIME OF INJURY:

INJURY:

CONTAMINATION:

TRANSPORT: ( ) NO ( ) YES TO:

MODE OF TRANSPORT: ( ) VIRGINIA POWER AMB. ( ) HELICOPTER

( ) PUBLIC AMB. ( )

TIME LEFT STATION: DATE:

EXPECTED ARRIVAL TIME: DATE:

TIME MCV NOTIFIED:

OFFICIAL NOTIFIED: ( ) MCV SUPT. ( ) RADIATION SAFT. OFFICER ACTUAL PATIENT ARRIVAL TIME: DATE:

MCV DIAGNOSIS:

MCV TREATMENT:

( ) ADMITTED ( ) RELEASED TIME: DATE:

OTHERS NOTIFIED:

FAMILY NOTIFICATION: _(Name) (Relation)

TIME: (Address)

DATE: _(Phone)

R.N. M.D.

CPIP-7.1 Page 7-4 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN HOSPITAL TELEPHONE NUMBERS University of Virginia Hospital Charlottesville, VA Mary Washington Hospital Fredericksburg, VA Culpeper Memorial Hospital Culpeper, VA Medical College of Virginia Richmond, VA Norfolk Sentra Hospital Norfolk, VA DePau l Hospital Norfolk, VA Leigh Memorial Hospital Norfolk, VA

  • Riverside Regional Medical Center Newport News, VA Newport News General Hospital Newport News, VA Mary Immaculate Hospital Newport News, VA U.S. Naval Hospital Portsmouth, VA Maryview Hospital Portsmouth, VA Portsmouth General Hospital Portsmouth, VA Virginia Beach General Hospital Virginia Beach, VA Hampton Sentra Hospital Hampton, VA Chesapeake General Hospital Chesapeake, VA (Louise) Obici Memorial Hospital Suffolk, VA

CPIP-7.1 Page 7-5 03-01-90 PROTOCOL FOR USE OF HELICOPTER EMERGENCY AIR TRANSPORT SERVICE A helicopter should be used for transporting injured persons when life or limb is severely threatened and time is of the essence.

It is estimated that the time necessary for removal of the injured from the site of the injury to an appropriate medical facility would be reduced by 30 to 60 minutes depending on weather conditions and traffic congestion. The helicopter will carry a maximum of two injured persons.

Therefore, the following recommendations are submitted as guidelines for the appropriate use of the helicopter emergency transport service:

1. A critically injured patient with rapidly deteriorating vital signs, severe brain injury, intra-cavity hemorrhage, heat stroke, or progressive shock unresponsive to first aid measures on site.
2. Any severely mangled or amputated extremity where there is a possibility of salvage through reconstructive surgery .
  • In situations where there are multiple casulties, it is important to reserve the helicopter for those in the above categories. It is highly improbable that either the nature or degree of radiation exposure would be a significant factor in determining whether or not a helicopter should be used.

The most convenient helicopter services available in our service area are as follows:

Surry Nightingale (Norfolk)

Call EVMS at or North Anna Pegasus (Charlottesville)

Call Univ. of Virginia at or Richmond Med Flight (Richmond)

Call Virginia EOC at or MCV at Helicopter range is 125 miles so that all of our service areas are within reach of one or more of the helicopter services mentioned above.

CPIP-7.1 Page 7-6 03-01-90 Other helicopter services available within or in close proximity to our service areas include the following:

Dare County EMS Manteo, NC Med Star Washington, DC Duke Life Flight Durham, NC Life Guard 10 Roanoke, VA

  • CPIP 8.0 Page 8-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 8.0 REVISION OF CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN MANUAL 1.0 Purpose The CERP manual is revised semi-annually. This process keeps personnel, procedures, and basic information current. The CERP Telephone Directory is maintained separately from this document and is revised quarterly.

2.0 Responsibility The revision is the responsibility of Emergency Planning. The Corporate Team leaders provide the information for semi-annual revisions.

3.0 Revisions The CERP is reviewed by the Emergency Planning Department staff and posted

  • to a working copy of the current version. The manual revision is submitted to the printing department and the revised pages are returned to Emergency Planning for distribution to manual holders.

4.0 Manual Retention Team managers and their alternates, assigned major roles in the plan, receive controlled manuals. It is the responsibility of the manual holder to update his copies and return the acknowledgment form sent ~ith all revisions to Records Management, Innsbrook, Ground Floor. The manuals are controlled documents and are subject to audit by the Quality Assurance auditing group and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

It is the responsibility of the team leader or his designee to keep his roster current and to advise members of any changes in personnel assignments or telephone changes that occur between revisions.

5.0 Personnel Reassignment Any personnel assignment or reassignment should be submitted to the Director-Corporate Emergency Planning on the form located in the CPIP-9.0 section, page 9-2.

CPIP 8.0 Page 8-2 03-01-90 6.0 Manual Return and Reassignment There is also a place for reporting the return of the Corporate Emergency Response Plan manual. Manuals are not to be au~omatically passed along to a new team member. The return and reassignment of the manual should follow the procedure listed below:

1. Return manuals with the form mentioned above in Section CPIP-9.0 the Emergency Planning group at the Innsbrook Technical Center, 2 SE.
2. Individual will be removed from distribution list, manual list, and purged from the assigned position in the plan.
3. Manual number will be reassigned to new team member and manual will be distributed to the appropriate individual.

It is necessary to follow this procedure for proper document control.

These fonns are subject to audit by the Quality Assurance department and the Nuclear Regulatory Corrmission .

  • CPIP-9.0 Page 9-1 03-01-90 CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 9.0 REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL Purpose This procedure is followed to remove personnel from the Corporate Emergency Response Plan and make provisions for the appropriate replacement.

Removal To be removed from the Corporate Emergency Response Plan, a participant must obtain approval from their Corporate Emergency Team Leader and the Director-Emergency Planning. (See the form on page 9-2). A replacement will be designated and training for the position provided in accordance with Section 9 of the CERP.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - -1 CPIP-9.0 Page 9-2 03-01-90 To: Director - Emergency Planning From:

Date:

CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL CERP Pas it ion

Presently Performed By

Reason for Removal

~

*

Turnover Completed

Date

Approvals:

CORPORATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM LEADER

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML18151A409&oldid=1931430"